Phaladeepika_Mantreswara_1961

of women” in the work Phaladeepika composed by Mantreswara. CC. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 180 138 mudtarat Adh. Sit MERU) gen Resa: gatas: < TMAMATAT TA ITs | waragt ate gat a fra: gest aa qevenat 7 grhaRE: 2 , ADHYAYA XIt Sloka 1.—If Jupiter and the lords of the 5th house reckoned from the Lagna and the Moon be well- placed, and Sth house has on it the aspect of a benefic planet or of one owning an auspicious house (i.c., other than 6th, 8th and 12th), or if the lords of the Lagna and the 5th house be posited together in a house or haye mutual benefic aspect or occupy each other’s places, the acquisition of children is assured. wreak By mT Bag | THAT STAT StANY Zeraty a aaiea gat: waiPTEN Sloka 2.—When the 5th places counted from the Lagna, Jupiter and the Moon are either associated with or aspected by malefics and are devoid of benefics or of their aspect, or, when these houses are surround- ed by malefics on both sides and when the lords of the above said houses are posited in Dusstthanas (i-e., 6th, 8th and 12th), the person concerned can have no issue whatever. mt Bent aA aaa afay ware ga: GAG Ags Taemay a wa gaat | CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 181 Sl. 3-4 Iga Seats? 139 dat aergrifratesdifenat fie: asia gaaseraang srarat ateaha NaN Sloka 3.—If a malefic planet owning the 5th house be in that house, the person concerned will have children. When that house is occupied by a malefic, the person will have sons in plenty. I¥ a benefic planet should occupy the Sth house and at the same time own that sign or be in exaltation, there, the result js loss of children. The signs Vrischika, Kanya and Simha when they happen to represent the 5th house are termed childless Rasis and. a person born under such a condition will be of very limited progeny and this too will be accomplished only after a long interval. a ATT faa wet ah wat wrest: aisha TT | WE Bld Tehaaqaena TANT Aa- SUSAREMET TATE Tea: Wel Sloka 4—When the Sun is posited in the 5th house identical with childless Rasi, Saturn is in the 8th and Mars in the Lagna ; or when Saturn, Jupiter and Mars occupy respectively the Lagna, the 8th and the pe and the 5th house happens to be a childless sign; or when the Moon occupies the 11th and the 5th house reckoned from Jupiter is occupied by a malefic planet and there are many planets stationed in the Lagna; the person coucerned will have a child late in life after a great effort. ‘C-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 182 140 edifratat Adh. XII aa aeqaa aad seme HE ee i ati at gaastt at aft genta Bataan | ae AT AEGIS ofa at aeaSHY aTETTETAT ae Tectia aE TaTaATAGT UAL Sloka 5.—If the Sun should singly (without being associated with any other planet) occupy the 5th house identical with Karkataka, there is possibility of the person concerned having children by a second wife. The same should be predicted if Mars or Venus be similarly situated, Saturn in such a position will give many children. The Moon or Mercury similarly Placed will not give many while Jupiter in the Moon’s sign identical with the Sth house will make the persen concerned the father of many daughters, seINanfattaaR erica : RATT cr IATA faa | ¥2 afd aat uecatzighal: 34 atthe Tareqqagerniiaty 14) Aloka 6-—The follo wing 4 yogas lead t iret of the family: ( wig % yogas lead to extinction 9 mn 1) the 4th, the 7th and the 10th houses HG Panty being Occupied respectively by a malefic ae Venus and the Moon; (2) the 12th, the 8th the pi and the first houses being occupied by male- fies; (3) Venus and Mercury in the 7th, Jupiter in the 5th pad naletics in the 4th houses; and (4) the Moon in the 5th and male ics fics in the 8th, the 12th and CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 183 Sl. 7-9 glaaiseata: 141 att oa wat gadey ier et Faactiecraga: | RAN GR Tae WE GSTS BEAT? |i Sloka 7.—If a malefic were to be posited in the Lagna; the lord of the Lagna in the 5th house; lord of the 5th house occupying the 3rd house; and the Moon were to occupy the 4th house; then the person born will have no issues. If the Moon were to occupy an odd sign or an odd Navamsa identical with the 5th house and receive the aspect of the Sun, then the person born will cither be subject to affliction through his children or will be issueless. ard Uae afk asad aegis fet Aq | TARA ATMA ay Fas TAT Nel Sloka 8.—If the 5th bhava be a sign owned by Saturn or Mercury and is aspected by or associated with Mandi or Saturn, the person concerned will have a son by adoption. The same will be the result when the lord of the 5th house is weak and is not connected in any way with the lords of the Ist and the 7th houses, atria gaa Reakemiiadg’ at | BAS arg: HPAIST TSH: TALE gay ga eV Sloka 9.—If the lord of the 5th house be in depres- sion or in an inimical house or be eclipsed, or be in conjunction with the lords of the 12th, the 6th and the 8th houses the result will be the loss of children ; so say CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 184 142 Reaver Adh. XII the astrologers. The same will be the case when the lord of the 5th is posited in the Sth and is not aspected by benefics, TAME 4 geiay a TG Farag | gaat said aeostat azt waaaasaga: aA | Sleka 10.-If in any nativity the lord of the 5th house, Jupiter, Mars and the Sun are all posited in male Nayamsas, they lead to the possession of a good number of children, so, the sages say, the hature— good or otherwise—of the children being ascertained from the strength of the lord of the 5th house. Grea Hay Geeae cB dak gaat | BiteaT Sede Sint wea eregas SA 12 211 Sloka 11.--If the 5th house or its lord be posited ina male sign or Amsa or be in conjunction with or aspect- ed by male planets, the children will be all males. The birth will be of daughters if the said house or its lord be in a female Rasi or Amsa or be associated with or aspected by female planets. Taam Ber haere gary | ation a asst gat aay eiaaht ais W221 Sloka 12.—Conception (of a birth) may take place when the Sun and Venus in the case of males, and Mars and the Moon in the case of females, are possess- ed of strength and pass through their Rasis or Amsas CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 185 Sl. 13-14 Brgatseara: 148 ' identical with an Apachaya (Ist, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th and 12th Rasi (aqeracrfar). aagdiaiiaaiad: ai gtaaacht aaa: | gaat gentataarge we: aes Well Stoka 13.—The number of issues is to be guessed by scrutinising the number of planets in the 5th house and at the same time that are not. (i) inimical, (ii) in depression and (iii) in inimical Navamsas. The same may also be guessed by studying the number of plancts similarly situated, but in conjunction with the lord of the 5th house, The study of benefic dots of planets occupy) ing the 5th house, or benefic dots in the 5th house reckoned from Jupiter or the Navamsa occupied by the Sun, also enables one to guess the number of issues. siaghfisegigrnas ge a guia aint dard aaita sad PH carTERET | WBMP PST TAA AAT at tse ganeiet a g fel vez een Sloka 14——Add together the figures representing the positions of Jupiter, the Moon and Mars in the case of female horoscopes. If the result denotes an even Rasi and an even Navamsa, the strength of fecundity in the female for producing offspring is assured. If it is mixed (7.¢., Rasi male and Amsa female (Rashid RAN rake, Svildelae Dibiiiddém eGadgori fter ## Page 186 144 qadifixtat Adh. X1i a great effort. If the sum total of the figures denoting the positions of the Sun, Venus and Jupiter signify an odd Rasi and an odd Navamsa; it denotes that the virility in the male to produce offspring is very strong ; and in case one of the two (Rasi and Navamsa) be even; onc has to predict a mixed result. Tnote below two horoscopes,—a husband and his wife. HUSBAND Born, Tuesday, the 24th March 1891, 4-15 p.m. @) M—11°—13'__ 9° WIFE Born, Friday, the 23rd /24th June 1905, night 2-30 a.m. 2— 9°—10'— 1” 4291641" Moon 10—28°—55’—10" GB) 0-19" 5 3” Mars 616° 517" eae itt Mercury 2 8° g—21" (5) 10—11°. Jupiter Im 2°—11'—24" (Oye apepte Venus 0249-11-34" CSS IS sores ie Ll gutien 10—10°—18'— 7” (8) 4519 25-—4iris. TLapaa 0—16°—48'—44" Adding (1), (6) and (5) we get 7—20°—39' 2)" Vrischika Rasi, Makara Na- vamsa. Both Rasi and Na- vamsa are even. So the yiri- lity in the male to produce offspring is not strong. Adding (5), (2) and (3) we get es | a eee Tula Rasi, Meena Navamsa Rasi odd. Navamsa even. The result in this case is mixed. The couple are living and have so far no issues, \ aearafaeged 1 qaarotia: epafiaed agepe ata a #7 flo PY aah stiseaaeac ti | CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 187 SL. 15 aigaiisena: 145 ay aia gahaaoraeaes Tel aa Reateat 3 After a arg faust ga | Sloka 15.—Substract five times the figures for the Sun from five times the figures for the Moon- If the Tithi represented by the resuit be an auspicious one in the bright half of a month, progeny is assured to the native (even) without much exertion, But if it be one of the dark half of the month, there is no such possibility. It is by a close examination of the strength of the Tithi—whether it is auspicious or other- wise in both the Pakshas—bright and dark—that one has to divine the possibility of the native being blessed with issue. During an aarate (Amavasya), a fisq (Chidra) Tithi, the fafz (Vishti) Karana or any one of the fearazor (Stthira-karanas), there will be no issue at all. The FS (Chidra) Tithis are (1) SAekf (Chaturthi), @) awl (Shashti), (3) etaeiy (Ashtami), (4) waeft (Navami), (5) gear (Dwadasi) and (6) SFR (Chaturdasi). These 6 arc generally avoided for any auspicious function. There are 11 Karanas distributed over the 30 Tithis of the lunar month at the rate of 2 Karanas for cach Tithi; four of these, viz., (1) S@are (Chatushpada), (2) "Twat (Nagava), (3 FRG (Kimstughna) and (4) ASA (Sakuna) are called FI (Stthira) Karanas and are so named as they permanently hold sway over the four half Tithis commencing from the second half of Srnqaragat (Krishna Paksha ae The other seven, viz., (1) a Bava), (2) Alea (Be ), @ aaa lava), (4) Gf (Taitthila), (5) aOR eines, ‘(oafira(Vanija) 1@C-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 188 146 maditratat Adh. XII ‘and (7) ffB (Vishti) or WE (Bhadra) are called Bt (Chara) or moyeable Karnas and occur in 8 cycles to preside over the remaining 56 half-tithis of the lunar month beginning with the later half of BETATAAT (Suklapaksha prathama). Taking the sample horoscope given under the previous Sloka. HUSBAND 5 times the figures for the Moon 24—26°23'25” 5 times the figures for theSun 56—26° 5’_19" WIFE 5 times the figures for the Moon 54—24°—35°—50" | 5 times the figures for the Sun 11—15°—50’—_ 5" Substracting we get 4— 018-15" 120° 186 15° 11th Tithi Ekadasi (Bright half), Substracting we get 43— §°—45'--45” 218° 45’ 45°=19th Tithi Chaturthi (Dark half), which is a Fx (Chidra) Tithi. The reader should note that while subtracting the number, of houses, care should be taken to remove as many cycles of 12 houses and read only the balance. \ aearaataahtare fife fet at eet af erg gai ag deeETS: Wal Tetras art asacat Rie aMTITT NEN Tele Aan aTeat geal Bega + | "dealt Fake wrist wresical FeaTAATTAT |g 011 afd Prams wagaat ee eqeat: walshrareTa | cc TEE SES. I BFL URC ## Page 189 Sl. 19 BUST! 147 Sloka 16-18:—Should however the result happen to be one of the fz (Chhidra) Tithis, the ff (Vishti) Karana, or a fercatot (Stthirakarana, alluded to in the last sentence of the previous Sloka), one ought to worship God’Krishna by means of the gevuem (Puru- sha Sukta) Mantras to ward off the barreaness threatening the family. Ifthe Tithi disclosed be .agt (Shashti), he ought to worship God Subrahmanya; if it be ageii (Chaturthi), he ought to propitiate the lord of serpents; if it be aqeft (Navami), he ought to arrange for the reading of cimtam (Ramayana) and hear that story; if it be aay (Ashtami), he ought to observe the stzm (Sravana) Vrata (by fasting); if it be sgaatt (Chaturdasi), he must worship God Rudra (Siva) by axateraa (Rudraparayana); if it be igre dasi) he must propitiate the Gods by liberal feeding; if it be sararet (Amavasya) or distet (Pournami), he ought to propitiate the Manes. These things he ought to do all the more and with greater care and effort when the Tithi happens to be one among the last five of the month—ziz., after qemqazaqat (Krishna Paksha Dasami). Generally, in the dark half of a month to which so ever of the three divisions a Tithi may belong, worship ought to be resorted to: the particular deity to be propitiated being arts (Naga- raja) in the first division, viz., 1—5 Tithis), rz (Skanda) in the second (next 5 Tithis—i.e, 6—10) and eft (Hari) in the third (or last 5). ss Guat fytiatiseatit feaenfiiaa- wouareastt af a trae | CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 190 148 madttrarat ____ Adh. XIT Marat SIT WATT HaATISATT BA AAAS TTT 2AM Stoka 19—Tf at a birth the lord of the 5th house be posited in its inimical or depression sign or be eclipsed (by the Sun’s rays) or occupy any of the Bearatft (Dusstthanas), viz., the 6th, the 8th or the 12th); or the planet occupying the 5th house be similarly situated or happen to be the lord of any one of the three houses, viz. the 6th; the 8th or the 12th, one ought to declare childlessness as an inevitable result. He ought to divine the source of the same by an’ examination of the particular deity, tree and ani- mal represented by the sign occupied by that planet. REPS AGUA ga: acrRaani wa Rettaagatettanadsrraaa: | aalataazragRearaacrnay qniaeatlreeraa: Reaper 12°] Tere Bae aemaeRT SAMAR Tat ay ait NSAI | meligesataaadr senate at srg fag Fe fart 1221 mut Bt aay qe get Fait area yf Rater ag | wag oeataat ah pattefaatg: at ottit art Reet aarbatis TRAACTSBA URW CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 191 SI. 20-22 gig seara: ‘Sue 149 Sloka 20-22.—If the planet in question happens to be the Sun, the person concerned becomes sonless owing to injustice done to God Siva and Garuda and the consequent curse of the Manes; if the Moon, it will be due to the displeasure and anger of the mother, a gaget (Sumangali) or other venerable woman owing to her feelings having been hurt; in the case of Mars, it will be due tc some fault done to the village deity; to God afaa (Kartikeya), to an enemy, or one’s Dayadins; if the planet be Mercury, the sonlessness will be due to curses made by youngsters or to the killing of spawns (eggs of fishes and similar creatures) or to the wrath of God Vishnu; if Jupiter be such planet, it will be due to some harm done to the hereditary Brahmin family priest or the destruction of a tree full of fruits: if the lord of 5th or the planet posited therein be Venus, the cause of childlessness will be due to the cutting off of a tree full of flowers or an injury caused to a virtuous lady or to the cow kind or a sinful deed to people that ought to be revered ; if Saturn be the planet under advertance, it will be due to the destruction of an sate (Aswatha) or Pipul tree or on account of (a) Yama’s ire or through departed spirits, goblins and the like; if Rahu should occupy the 5th house or be associated with the lord of that house it will be due to the curse ofa serpent; in the case of Ketu, it will be owing to the curse of a Brahmin. If it be Mandi, it will be due to a curse from departed spirits. If Venus and the Moon in conjunction with Mandi should be in such a posi- tion, the cause will be attributed to the murder of a - damsel or the killing of a cow, If Jupiter or, Ket in CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Stinagar."Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 192 150 medina > Adk. XII conjunction with Mandi be in the 5th house, the sonlessness will be on account of the murder of. a Brahmin. faeteaeta: is another reading reading in the last quarter of the 20th Sloka, ug & aan aerincaaaiiea cae ache asa aigateaabaiectintatre tere gates Sloka 23.—Thus have been detailed the several sins accrued by one’s actions in his many previous births and now revealed in his present nativity which lead to childlessness and to ward off which and to secure a son, persons versed in the Astrological science have recommended (appropriate) particular Japas, gifts and such other good actions prescribed for the several planets. Aware Baa cera: gat att: ofa aearta | ar ae Raaaat gases searaeata 42/2211 Sloka 24.—A holy bath in Rameswaram, engaging oneself in reciting holy scriptures and epics, worship of God Siva, observance of holy austerities, with reference to (propitiate) God Vishnu, gifts, ceremonies in honour of departed spirits, installation of the serpent deity—these are the various modes recom- mended by which one can attain progeny. wag FATA TTA a gatate: | prarakiarn sawend TT wet cratatatgy ar CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 193 Sl. 26-27 EIgenseara: 151 Sloka 25——The birth of a son should be expected during the Dasa or Apahara of any one of the 6 planets, viz., (1) the lord of the Lagna, (2) the lord of the 7th, (3) the lord of the 5th, (4) Jupiter, (5) the planet aspecting the 5th house or (6) the one occupy- ing the 5th house or when Jupiter in his orbit transits the sign or the Nayamsa Rasi occupied by the lord of the 5th house or the sqa@ (Upagraha) Yamakantaka. wate Gata Thi as as ae aaa | gan: ara eran gre stare rarest aT Rall Sloka 26.—Yind when the lord of Lagna comes during his transit (1) in conjunction with the lord of the 5th house, (2) to his exaltation sign, (3) to his own Rasi, (4) to the 5th house and (5) to the sign occupied by the lord of the 5th house. During any one of these twansits the birth of a son is possible. Reaamrasaaa? Aaraaidls eat aeay | gimadiananlal SIERy GAtEA: BTA RV Sloka 27.-Add the figures of the following three planets:—(1) the lord of the Lagna, (2) the lord of the 7th house and (3) the lord of the 5th house. Dur- ing the course of the Maha Dasa represented by the ruler of the asterism and in the Apaharas of any one of the following, ziz., (1) the planet in the 5th house; (2) the planet aspecting the 5th house and (8) the planet owning the 5th house, the birth of a son may be qozocKastinlt Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 194 152 weattrarat Adh. XIi guiigawan wmmaatirat a | FSAAA TATTATN aT STATA: RCA Sloka 28.—Find which of the following is strong :— (1) the lord of the 5th house, (2) Jupiter, (8), (4); (5) and (6) the lords respectively of the Rasis and Navam- sas occupied by (1) and (2). During the Dasa or Apahara of this strong planet, birth of a son is possible. fa a fieasaatige Bato gatiieang | TTT = sea FEeadead gas 12911 Sloka 29.—Men will generally have the bitth of a son when Jupiter in the course of his orbit passes through a Rasi trine to the sigh representing the Rasi or Amsa occupied by the planet owning the 5th house reckoned from Jupiter. According to other treatises on the subject, a learned man ought to investigate indications of progeny from the positions of planets at the birth time of the native, THAIS raat | Reet a AY Aa ar gates 11261 Sloka 30-—Note the ruler of the asterism occupied by the Moon as also that of the 5th from it. Add the figures of these two planets. When Jupiter in his orbit passes through the sign represented by this result or through one of its triangular ones, the birth of a son is possible. CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 195 Sl. 31-83 BIgatseata: 15 lo Paaaaeaready cal gat aeaTgahy | araaemeaat Bart wat gt seH ASAT BAN Sloka 31—The birth (of a child) may also take place when the Sun in his orbit passes through the third sign reckoned from the Rasi representing the fata (Nisheka) Lagna or trasits a Rasi triangular to the atata (Adhana) Lagna. aMRaAIRET AAAS a PATTI aeay | anaes JaTeait caigkaagar at aq Wea loka 32.—If a birth takes place in a Lagna which is the 5th or the 9th from the Adhana Lagna, it should be declared as through the effects of the native’s good actions done in previous births. If benefics should occupy or aspect the Adhana Lagna, the person born will be endowed with long life, wealth and happiness. aeareegareTa arate Ash at | aererafa Fash HATER TERA: AN Sloka 33.—Find the exact glaaia (Dwadasamsa) of the Moon at the time of the arara (Adhana) and the Rasi to which it belongs. Count from (Mesha or from) this sign as many Rasis as the number re- presented by the grgatiat (Dwadasamsa) in question. When the Moon is in the Rasi thus found in the month of delivery, the learned may predict the birth of the child in the womb. 28C-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 196 154 qediteatai _ Adh. XII HATA RRM TA eRe TEATS | oraaaest 3 cena GS azarae URvu gla aehaciachaal nedifratat gafarat ATT wlagitseata Il Sloka 34.—One ought to predict effects by a con- sideration of (the positions of the several planets with respect to) the Moon and the Lagna at the time of a query, adoption of a son, investiture of sacred thread, the gift of a girl, the first maturity, or the time of impregnation, as he would if a birth had taken place at the time, ; Thus ends the 12th Adhyaya “Topic of Children” in the work Phaladeepika composed by Mantreswara. aareariseaa: St SAR aft Taig hharel FE aa: wee | Erne afi fay azo: ane: Ge sams: 1121 ADHYAYA XIII Sloka 1.—The first thing that ought to be done by the elders when a son is born is the examination of the longevity or otherwise, and then only of the other effects. If the nativity be found to possess also some merits, they ought to be investigated with the help of persons proficient in the science of Astrology. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 197 SL 2-4 waa SeaTa: 155 ahaaaateaas aigt yaad & RPa | AUTEM HITT TAT RM Sloka 2.—Ag regards the correct determining of the Lagna of birth, some opine that it is the time of satata (Adhana) or impregnation ; others say that it is the time when the head (of the infant) emerges; some others say that it is the time when the child (falls to) touches the ground; while other experts in Astrology hold that it is the time when the child gets itself com- pletely separated from the mother’s womb. qa sera Fake a aaa | atat a fiat sacar aaazataETtt Tee UR Sloka 3—In the case of viviparous creatures, it is not possible to determine the period of life within the first twelve years. In consequence of the sinful acts - of the parents (whether in this or in a previous birth), the child meets with destruction being seized by areag (Balagrahas). aa Tack sagas a Pena: | ASAIN WaT BMI: ages aeWT Ul! Sloka 4.—If the child dies in the first four years, it is because of the mother’s sins. If in the middle four years, it is owing to the accumulated sins of the father. Tf it comes by its death in the last four years, it must be due to its own sins (in a previous birth). CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 198 156 ReerRat _Adh. XIII ares sanaaaeaes TATA | aapat at faa cat ae Bieeanlefhts waz Sloka 5—In order to ward off the evil effects enunciated above, the father should arrange for the performance of religious rites preceded by the incan- tations of Mantras and offerings of oblations by the pouring of ghee into consecrated fire on every birth- day of the child till its 12th year; supplementing these with suitable medical treatments and the like, the life of the child must be promoted and the child protected, ay ao ES * ; red SRI TRERTET at ATS sree aig | SO TGT waa: Yoke: TAAL AU Stoka 6—The first cight years in men’s lives is the perod it Tees (Balarishta)—ills that afflict children Til the 20th year they say, it is the aunts (Yoga- es) Period (evil brought on by planetary conjunc- tions). It is called aeziga (Alpayus) or short life when the period extends tc 82. It is called Fer, (Madhyamayus) or middle age when the Period of life extends to 70 years, It is : ; 5. s gufg@ (Purnayus) when tl period of life extends to 100 ey oo ealal” at Prisae | deta tciaeriacaay Wnt 7—A hundred y riod of life for hy ant Tat argark Stok as the p ears are generally reckoned uman beings. The division CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 199 SUB. ft aatgatiseara: 157 of this period into three portions constitute respectively the life period of a short-lived, middle-aged and long- lived person and is recognised universally. aa: mikaageiariassy ayseqy TAFUGTTASATRAS F AFTTTAT | qed fiqaatatiet saree Per ary said ns a gaat Pred af uc Sloka 8.—If a birth occurs in any of the evil Yogas Rageg (Dinamrityu), fatia (Dinaroga) or Faatare (Vishaghatikala), the child will die very soon. If there be a birth when the Moon is in the asterism got (Pushya), qafatet (Purvashadha), and frat (Chitra), the death of the father, the mother, the child or the maternal uncle respectively should be predicted ac- cording as the Moon is stationed in the Ist, 2nd, 3rd or 4th quarter of any of these stars at the time. Ifa birth occurs when the Moon is in qr (Moola) and if the Lagna should also have no connection with any of the benefic planets either by occupation or by aspect, the destructidn respectively of the father, the mother or of the family itself should be expected according as the Moon is in the lst, 2nd or the 3rd quarter. But if the birth be when the Moon is in the 4th quarter of Moola (qr), there will be prosperity and wealth: In the case of Aslesha (agar). the result will be reverse. fara (Dinamritya) and FACT’ (Dinaroga) are thus dee fined ip. EGA A Een AREAL Digitized by eGangot ## Page 200 458 aeahratat Adh. XIII Bee hae As aaertt Paeans geal aeteea arog A aaa mA aera FE Aq age Teage Assay Tssasashest: as 7 aal TAT: I The first quarter of &faBT (Dhanishta) and Rit (Hasta) the second quarter of fRITAT (Visa nd wtef (Ardra: the 3rd quarter of SACTAIETAT (Uttarabhadrapada) and ATRSaAT (Aslesha) ; and the 4th quarter of W&9I (Bharani) and Wet (Moola) are termed fga@eZ (Dinamrityu), and evil Yoga, power- ful only if it occurs during day time. The first quarter of MTRBI (Aslesha) and BacraTTISe (Uttarabhadrapada) ; the second quarter of WEUft (Bharani) and HST (Moola); the third quarter of SACHETAT (Uttaraphalguni) and 4a (Sravana); and the fourth quarter of Ta¥ (Swati) and APATT (Mrigasiras) are known as FRATHT (Dinaroga), the evil influence of which exists only if it occurs during day jime. These two (viz., Dinamrityu and Dinaroga) are however devoid of evil if they occur during night. For fereafear (Vishaghatika), see ST. V—112 p. 293, qrataantaastaa at Part 2a sea fanaa Praatasitate cat: | a: aerraesargudgeaa waa. daraiana 3 at ale Peat ReRSeH a aR jen Sloka 9.—1fa birth happens at the extreme end of a Rasi which is (occupied by) associated with or aspect- ed by a malefic planet, the child will surely meet with CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 201 SI. 10-11 aalganseata: 159 its death at once. If the birth be at a avert (Gan- dantha vide I-4 supra), the father, the mother, or the child itself will die. Should however the child survive, he will become a king. If born at the junction of any one of the four corners identical with the conjunction of or aspect by a malefic, the death of the child will soon happen. The same result will occur if the Moon at birth attains the fateful degree in any sign (vide next sloka infra) and is at the same time posited in a Kendra or the 8th house. ag Si Saal Te ae Pei avast geray | AA ast TeqU: geet Haat wider 12 ou Sloka 10.—Tf the degrees attained by the Moon in Mesha and the other signs be respectively 26, 12, 13, 25, 24, 11; 26, 14, 13, 25, 5 and 12, they indicate death. (Vide also aLaE p. 38). ala Sat ee QA gda wea wguia stat ada | gh fra sequin ato Raiat sg way ware 21 Sloka 11—The following are (also) respectively deemed (by some others) as @rqutmt: (Mrityubhagas or fateful degrees) in the several signs from Mesha onwards: 8, 9, 22, 22, 25, 14, 4, 28, 18, 20 21 and 10. wi Fey Geass sareritat waaay aaa wes alaarat | atteal mae at aareagedanih eae Cc ERG ACAD Sha AGA ALTE. AT UN ## Page 202 160 wediteatat Adh, XIII Sloka 12.—One may predict the death of the child to occur very soon in the following case: viz., (1) when malefics occupy (by themselves) the 8th and the Kendra houses, (2) when malefics are all placed in the ist. and’ the 8th houses. (3) when they occupy the Ist and the Tth (4) when the Moon or the Lagna is bet- wixt two malefics, (5) if the Moon being devoid of strength occupy the 6th, the 8th or the 12th, (6) if the waning Moon in conjunction with a malefic, is in the Ast, 5th, Tth; or 9th house, (7) if the malefics be in the 8th and 7th and (8) when no benefic planets occupy or aspect a Kendra house. seraitsa eagr ake wigetsrat ara - wattiig qeath anemone: | Sire Reatierar af afatgeaneatteeag- ART wazaaeans: THRE eit: 12211 : Sloka 13.—When the lord of the Lagna or of the sign occupied by the Moon at birth is weak and badly placed ((¢., in the 6th, 8th or 12th house), the child will tie within as Many years as are represented by the said sign (when counted from Mesha). If the planet owning the Lagna-decanate or the decanate occupied by the Moon be weak and badly placed, the period of exit of the child will be as many months as are represented by the sign owning the decanate in question. The period of life will be so many days from birth as are signified by the Rasi owning the Navamsa Lagna or Chandra Navamsa when the planet owning this is weak and similarl r ly badly-placed. After CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by ¢Gangotri ## Page 203 To head ft Coripull : ete ie ee Coy Af 6-877 SI. 14 ATA Sea: 161 a careful examination as to which among the two or three possibilities predominates and what malefics are posited in the 5th and the 8th houses, one ought to divine about the ills of the child. wat fit w Ra RaaaaTa Maweseaiarsan | agdtaaareqat awaaiatsy fat ATRESIA BRAS: ZL Sloka i4.—Consider the following 3 pairs (A*) the decanate Rasis of the Lagna and the Moon; _(B) the sano afar Lagna drekkana Rasi Chandra drekkana Rasi B wage cif sBaaata ciet Lagnesa Navamsa Resi Chandresa Navamsa Rasi To} wraaerania crf sragigata cat Lagnesa Dwadasamsa Chandresa Dwadasamsa Rasi Rasi IT (Chara) AC (Chara) AVF (Dirgha) ) AT (Chara) faz (Stthira) we (Madhya) |} A AT (Chara) , BHT (Ubhaya) Ae (Alpa) J feax (Sthira) SWF (Ubhaya) At (Dirgha) ) | feaz (Stthira) SH (Chara) HET (Madhya) - B fear (Stthira) feac (Stihira) eT (Alpa) ) SAT (Ubhaya) FRAT (Sithira) VF (Dirgha) ) Swa (Ubhaya), SAT (Ubhaya) wea (Madhya) + G Baa (Ubhaya) AC (Chara) , eg (Alpa) J C4! Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 204 162 aealfrarat Adh, XIII Navamsa Rasis of the lord of the Lagna and the lord of the sign occupied by the Moon and (C) the Dwada- samsa Rasis of the lord of the Lagna and of the lord of the 8th house. The life of the child may be pronounced as #1 (Deergha), mea (Madhya) and seq (Alpa) according as (a) when one of the Rasis in the said 83 pairs is qz (Chara) sign the other is a at (Ghara), feat (Stthira) and gqq (Ubhaya) sign, (6) when one of the Rasis is a feat (Stthira) sign, the other is ager (Dwandwa), qx (Chara) and feat (Stthira) sign and (c) when one of the Rasis is a we (Dwandwa) sign the other is in afeac (Stthira) gg (Dwandwa) and az (Chara) sign respectively. eavaraaraT; RARER ATR eR: IMT aE gat eae fieeg: cag | THAT eases WeeartPagaseg: gt aera et Sloka 15. ; ae i ie The life of the native may be pronounc- eas wae medium and short according as the bene- ee ans lord of the Lagna are all posited in a es eoaeeata and Apoklima houses respectively. ae ord, of the 8th house and the malefics occupy K a Hao the reverse should be predicted. aa sige friendship or otherwise of the following Pp A 5 d he lord of the house occupied by the Moon fi ‘i hat ee the 8th house from the Moon, (2) lord of t : pit and that of the 8th house from the Lagna ang ( ) the Sun and the lord of the Lagna, If they are friendly, the native will be long-lived: if inimical, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri 4 ## Page 205 Sl. 16-18 sala seats 163 he will be short-lived ; if neutral, he will have medium life. aah caaiqaaal sat seraaiaaTR | aamiaats Raabe cata: aera 28 Sloka 16.—1f the lord of the Lagna and the lord of the rising Navamsa be stronger than the lords of the 8th house reckoned from each, the native will be long-lived. The same remark holds good with respect to the lord of the Rasi occupied by the Moon or the lord of the Moon’s Navamsa. If otherwise, the reverse will be the result. waver Haase Segfeat Raahentda ai | wagers ae AeA BAMTAFTATTATTATT AT PON Sloka 17.-If the lord of the 8th house possessing greater strength than that of the lord of the Lagna occupy a Kendra, and if malefics be posited in the 8th and 12th houses, the life of the native will be short, or he may be of medium life, or even prolong his life to the full period with the vicissitudes of happiness and misery. AsengTht qaTATT asaft TA fea senate asta: datali afe | aaa Rabi eaesahyaa, CC-0, KasitibinaTle, AGS TLE, Bel RG <il ## Page 206 164 Adh. XIII Sloka 18.--In the case of an weqrgaia (Alpayur- yoga), the person meets with his death when Saturn during his transit reaches in his first cycle the particu- lar portion of the zodiac signified by the sum-total of the figures (representing the position at nativity) of Saturn, Jupiter, the Sun and the Moon. If the native is found to be of medium life, the event will come off in the 2nd cycle. It will happen in.the 3rd, if the native is pronounced to be a long-lived one. A clever astrologet will predict the event after also satisfying that the Dasa and Bbukti at the time is untoward AIM way Tarai 7al Baty fakgia area | = TH A ett afk Raaeneragaal TURES trearema tt Tq USN Slok: ee HEE JOST ates Vestal ath the Lagna be associated vie malefic and be eclipsed by the Sun’s rays or be Ree val ene ini: ical sign, the demise of the Wied us a to be predicted, when the same lord Gann Ppens’to occupy one of the Dusstthanas ‘ 12th) orthe Lagna or be somehow con- nected with it. The same event may also be predict- ed from the rising N, . ng Navamsa the decanate Lag the Rasi occupied by the Moon fs fiat: aonb: a ne omar qet aatsett | i ean CMETE Guibty d waa ha BAT 1201) Sloka 20,— If the follow; : ing thr a Moon, the Jor pulitee PAHs Uig,, the d of the sign occupied by the same and CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 207 SI, 21-22 satgait seat: 165 the lord of the Lagna be all well-placed by: being associated with or aspected by good planets and pos- sess many points of strength, the birth at that time is declared to be very auspicious and rich with special merits. wrhitsRaararaee: Fehon Baa: | ae far feat a daa: we Wiaghhefsanaseear 122 Sloka 21.—The lord of the rising sign being posses- ed of great strength and unaspected by malefic planets but aspected by benefic oncs and occupying a Kendra Position, wards off death and secures to the child long-life graced with numerous virtues and an illustri- ous or powerful sovereignty. atIeae, ETAT wre Rega: wag ata | wat aE Tat azeaati RFU YR sa VAAL ATT: URI Sloka 22—If Jupiter, the minister of the Gods, endowed with all surpassing strength and glittering with his full collection of rays, is posited in the Lagna, he can singly ward off many of the evils which would otherwise be difficult to be got over, just asa humble salutation placed with all sincerity before the lord Vishnu,cc-o, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar, Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 208 166 wedifaarat _Adk. XTIT ad featamameng cteghadaaiade | amiga ata: 11221 Sloka 23.—The waxing Moon if posited in a Tri- kona, the 11th house or a Kendra position with respect to the Lagna and at the same time in a sign or Navamsa belonging to the Sun, the Moon or Jupiter, will conduce to the performance of meritorious deeds every day, and ward off completely all ills. aaeonkeay a we aA walhaa: acqea azz | ara genie Heras ayaaat Ta Tad a Rew R21 Sloka'24—Tf, in a nativity, there be no malefics in the Ist, 4th, 5th, Tth, 8th, 9th and 10th houses, and if the lord of the Lagna and Jupiter occupy Kendra Positions, the person concerned will perform many goo] acts, enjoy all kinds of comforts, and live for a hundred years free from disease ara d RacartieaeatacseaaeTN ATT | wang fama aa ykataat 4 aft waver cedlirnat algaifar ara salaaitseara: Sloka 25.—Through the Dasas enunciated by Sri- pati, through Ashtakavarga, through Kalachakra Pas, Anat REQUSH nAike, WANS ASR SL EP Radfottiseman ## Page 209 Sl. 1-2 aaeatseara: 167 ought to predict the Ayus of the native by the appli- cation of suitable rules after a correct calculation of the several planetary positions, careful working, and a minute scrutiny. Thus ends the 13th Adhyaya “the Length of Life” in the work Phaladeepika composed by Man- treswara. J u Ut GzaT Sea | ADHYAYA XIV AS 3-8 a ane Feaertt teenafeaizat saree: | x es) fn S Tato aaaaat Henares 2 Sloka 1—Anything about diseases ought to be divined through (1) the planets posited in the 6th house, (2) those posited in the 8th and 12th houses, (8) the planet owning the 6th house or (+) those in con- junction with that planet. The particular disease may be predicted if the same happens to be signified by two, three or more independent Yogas. forte sreaT TRATES aardieate cremated RIL GILST I | aera TATAT RTT NATTA ATMA T TT NTT 12 Sloka 2.—High fever dominated by viliated bile, burning of chemi Res Pashia HiaReDidueanssdismase | ## Page 210 168 aaudifrarat Adh. XIV eye-trouble, danger from enemies, skin-disease, lucaria (afererfa-Astthisruti), danger from wood, fires wea: pon, and poison, trouble to one’s wife, children and fear of quadruped;'thief, the sovereign, the God Yama, serpent and God Siva,;—all these may be caused by the Sun. Prlawaniartiean alasat aa: aqrestaaharaners Taraat: | Jaafanabaanganrattat a eas 6. _ nica <, Mimacnigannseata Wa aq UU Sloka 3.—Excessive sleep, laziness, phlegmatic affliction; (@@It-Kapharoga), diarrhoea, carbuncle, typhoid-fever danger from horned and water animals, indigestion (afawei - Agnimandya), __ tastelessness (aefa-Aruchi - Anorexia), trouble from women, jaun- dice, mental aberration, impurity of blood; danger from water; fear from Balagrahas, Goddess Durga, Kinnaras, God Yama, serpent and from female Yaksha may be expected through the Moon. THA rasaAAS aaa qearanmantiafreranitarezagia | yotetatst aesasaesiad fat BEA TATA ATS AMAT (2 Sloka 4.—The disease and untoward events origi- nated by Mars are: excessive thirst) morbid irritation of blood bilious fever, danger from fire, poison, weapons, leprosy. eye-discases, appendicitis, epilepsy, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 211 Sh . 5-6 : sgeatseqra: 169 injury to the Marrow: roughness of the body, psoriasis (a1a-Pama), bodily deformities, trouble from the Sovereign, enemies and thieves, fighting with by others, sons, foes, and friends, fear from evil spirits, Gandhar- vas, and frightful demons and diseases affecting the upper limbs of the body (such as lungs, throat, teeth, tongue; car, nose, etc.);, arise (Ramika) is a synonym of firaqfSpey (Vicharchika-Psoriasis). ara 2493 eqrraaentieatt sat Presets Aqatt WAITS ANT | USR 4 Prafeniiaaa gear | Wer Recher at ae vist vB: YN Sloka °—Mereury brings on mental disease, trouble to the vocal Organs, eye-disease, diseases of throat and nose, fever, discases ‘arising from the three humours ara (Vata), fag (Pittha) and &% (Kapha), poison, skin diseases, anaemia, bad dreams, itches and scab (Psoriasis), accidents due to the fire, troubles arising out of violence and imprisonment and harm from evil demons Moving in the abodes of Gandhar- vas, and in fiery pits (where these evil spirits usually dwell) [or Gandharvas, the Earth, mansions and horses, etc. ag well as evil spirits.] Tas aes Tania TR ean neraeE STR PRG by Gane 22 ## Page 212 170 gears _ Adh. XIV Der Pease OTA far aaa A FAVS STATA URI Sloka 6.—Appendicitis (intestinal disorders), fever arising out of disorder in the entrails, diseases arising from sorrow, fainting or swoon, and phlegmatic ais order, ear trouble, giddiness trouble in connection with temple matters, torture for knocking off hoarded wealth, harm resulting from the curses of Brahmins and Gods, discases engendered by Kinnaras, Yaksbas- Gods, serpents, and Vidyadharas, etc., (class of demi- gods) and troubles arising from serious offences done to wise men and elders, all these are indicated by Jupiter. Tg Oey NS TAT TAMAS PATTI ITHaTy | ardigacenieatieta aati adarautga agers fra: aaa wll Sloka 7.—Venus signifies the following: anaemia, diseases caused by the irritation of phlegmatic and windy humours, trouble to the cyes, urinary diseases, discases in the generative organ, strangury, trouble in cohabitation, exudation of semen, loss (fading away) of bodily splendour as a result of intercourse with courtezans, rickets, fear from witches, female ghosts and female deities and break of friendship with a dear friend. qasarnateta aaa AAT CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, sled. grate ate oe OER ## Page 213 araTgapahaag fe eaTaTRTEASTT pqeraaary igh aaa: Vet Rarakehes ey Stoka 8.—Saturn brings on diseases caused by wind and phlegm, paralysis of the leg, misfortune, weari- ness, mental aberration stomach-ache, excess of inter- nal heat, desertion of servants, injury to the ribs, danger to wife and children, injury to some limb, mental anguish. He is responsible for causing a blow from a piece of wood or stone and trouble from (foul) ignominious goblins and the like. araigery anmggtationta 84 stag fe 5 © Tate & aaa APATITE T | raahiaqgst Fae cat aaet A wi Pet a geal SaleatraaT 12U Sloka 9.—Rahu causes palpitation of the heart; leprosy, aberration of mind, danger from artificial poisoning, pain in the legs, trouble from goblins and serpents and ills to wife and children. Ketu indicates trouble through dispute with Brahmins and Kshatri- yas, or from enemies, Mandi (Gulika) causes fear from (seeing) corpses, poison; bedily pain and polution (arising from the demise of one’s near relations). weaUeraag Taal FRET aR alatareeat aareaftan eer afk ares ae way wazecerenftaraeat 772} ZWD 7 0-H TRS SE ch URES ol) Scan ## Page 214 172 maaitrntat Adh, XI Vv Stoka 10.—Jf the 12th and the 2nd houses be occu- pied by the Moon and the Sun. being conjoined with or aspected by Saturn and Mars. the person born will suffer from cye-disease. The 3rd and the 11th houses and Jupiter if associated with or aspected by Saturn and Mars will cause ear-disease to the native. Mars (a malefic) in the 5th’ house in conjunction with the lord of the 6th or the 8th house will make the native suffer from stomach-ache- Similarly the lords of the 8th and the Gth houses if posited in the 7th and the 8th along with malefic will bring about rectal disease. Venus under the above conditions will make the per- son born suffer from a disease in the private parts (venereal disease.) weststaTey saraq aa a eel aay Oh Ue ot att wee a ATTA | wat waa a fast desk zal Boece dite soay coma asa ary 112.2 Sloka 11.—Tf the 6th or the 8th house be occupied by the Sun, there would be fear of fever; if by Mars or Ketu, the danger will be from ulcer; if by Venus, it will be thro a disease in the private parts. If Jupiter should Cccupy the 6th or the 8th house, the native will be seized with consumption. If Saturn be in such a position, the native will suffer from nervous diseases) If Rahu aspected by Mars be in the 6th or the 8th, the person concerned will suffer from car- puncle. If Saturn in conjunction with the Moon o ef the above two houses, the native will ir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri CC-0. Kashmi ## Page 215 SI. 12- 13 aaqagtsearr: 193 suffer from the enlargement of spleen. If the waning Moon occupy any of the above houses identical with watery signs, in conjunction w malefic, the person will suffer from a watery disease or consumption. Notes In all these cases, great care should be used in making pre- dictions. Common sense and experience are to be used as guides. ara (alt Fa a ae a2isa senrat waeRaaas Ia TNA | east wEATATT BATAAN AT TATA UEMUNTAAL Gey ASPB AA 11221 Sika 12.—T now proceed to explain the manner in which a person meets with his death, and the cause of the same. If there are planets occupying or aspecting the 8th house, death is caused through diseases per- taining to the strongest of them; or (if there be no planets occupying or aspecting the 8th house) through diseases declared for that house or for the house in hich the lord of the 8th is placed; and (where the foregeing tests do not apply) it may be predicted with certainty that death will be caused either by the lord of the 8th house or by the lord of the 22nd decanate (counted from the Lagna decanate). w. aio gah aR ATEN alae | alas Fast TEE AATeagieatat WAR esearch Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 216 174 Ragitratat _Adh. XIV Sloka 13—When the 8th house is occupied by a planet or aspected by one, death should be declared to be caused by diseases pertaining to that planet. When there are no planets’ occupying or aspecting the 8th house, death is caused through diseases declared as arising from the nature (or characteristics) of the Rasi representing the 8th house, argusaitrmastiaad fysarge- vane faftdisgat 4 zengaiteaah: Wels WIS TH Tea aes, PRI chdgterest afieg wea ar ifort: ahr een Sloka 14.—The Sun causes death through fire, high fever, bile or weapon. The Moon brings on death through cholera, watery diseases (such as aglar- Jalodara-ascitis) Or pulmonary disease in general. The troubles caused by Mars for inging about death are (accidental) fire, magical spells, Witchcraft (6 dre), and weapons. The agency ius by Mercury for the same purpose is anaemia, Tua a Hiscase and giddiness. re cath without much trouble or through phlegm, while Venus will do it through venereal complainis or similar ones caused by associa- fon with women, Saturn will bring it about by wind- disease or a dangerous fever like typhoid. 384 a Sanat veka wae: | eUR ae shot aunt Rarer Hea: 941 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 217 $l. 16-18 - -aggatises 175 Sloka 15.—Rahu will bring about death by leprosy, by cating food mixed with poison, by venomous bites, or by small-pox and the like. Ketu will cause un- natural deaths such as suicide, or assassination as 2 result of the hatred of enemies or through worms ctc- saeeatan waveitsa FTSA | Ta aria fearnitateaa ate aT eal fa Sloka 16.—One ought to predict death through the evil effect arising from the 8th house rec- koned from the Lagna or through the evil effect of the Rasi representing the Navamsa occupied by the Jord of the 8th house, Fasthsontas FH Meas Tae | aay q Mera erateataTearT Ericalkeale Sloka 17.-1f Mesha should happen to be such a Rasi (see previous Sloka), death will be due to bilious fever, heat, and liver or gastric disease. If it be Vrishabha, death will be due to vitiation or derange- ment of the three humours of the body; through fire, or weapon; if Mithuna, by catarrah, asthama, oF sharp pain such as colic; if Karkataka, by insanity windy-disease or loss of appetite (anorexia). ancatisrmad at Raat fear geeat carey | gaat digedtinad dareeweatoatsta Well Sloka 18—If Simha be the Rasi under considera- Gad: Kagel RepearehdnstiutecBindwarcLisitizedby eGhrigourt© wild ## Page 218 176 Adh. XIV beasts, fever, boils, or e: emies; if Kanya, it will be through women, venereal disease, or by a fall (from a height) ; if Tula, by brain fe id typhoi ind if Vrischika, by disease of the spleen, jaundice, and sprue. aM IREITI ens wy ad warebefisraa: | Hg aastaentiss Agr aati nea Sloka 19.—If Dhanus be the Rasi under reference, death wil] be due to a tree, water, wood or weapon. Wthe Rasi be Makara, death will be by stomach- ache, want OF appetite or aberration of mind, ete. If Kumbha, it will be by cough, fever and consumption ; lastly, if Meena be the Rasi concerned, death will be by drowning or by some watery diseases such as Gees (seitgzJalodara), i ee A Weare Ray aq TAMCEMAYTSNCT | WAY ait atest Rea: aaa UI is Stok 20. When the 8th house happens to be own- ciby a maletic planet (and is also malefic) and be eccupied also by a malefic, death will be due to weapon, fire, tiger or snake. If two malefics being in Kendras “spect cach other, the native will meet with his death through the dis-pleasure of his sovereign or through a Weapon, poison or by fire, abeaiak ateratsy heist at ait aa | FEAT AH AA OTR aay ReceaGeleet CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinaj ## Page 219 81. 22-93 ag@aitseata: 107 Sloka 21.—If at a person’s birth, the 12th house or its lord be in a house or Navamsa owned by a benefic or be associated with a benefic, his death will bea happy one being free from any anguish or suffering. If otherwise, it will be painful. aa afta aft daa oantae drains aaa Raatsinits Segaiealiesakaay ue Sloka 22.—Yf the lord of the 12th house occupy his exaltation, a friendly house or a Varga of a benefic planet or be associated with a benefic planet, the (life of the) person concerned will be going upwards to heaven. If it be otherwise, he will be going to perdi- tion or hell. Some interpret this as a result of the nature of the Rasi (of the 12th house); i.e, heaven ifa aftaige (Sirshodaya) one and hell if a ggtea (Prishtodaya) one. Rare wagay ggaa: ai wat act Send abet ait sagt amas get | are wha feel g Fea aenatentiia: TAMA WATTFIALT [RB Sloka 23.—The refuge of the departed is signified by the planet associated with the lord of the 12th, by one posited in the 12th house or by the one occupying the Navamsa of the 12th Bhava. Ifthe Sun and the Moon be such planets, the future world indicated is Kailasa; if the planet in question be Venus, it is 0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri fect gar. Digi y eGang ## Page 220 178 ReaernTat Adh. X1V Swarga (Heaven, or Indra’s Paradise); if Mars be such a planet, it is the Earth; if it be Mercury, the native goes to Vaikunta; if Saturn, the future abode will be Yama’s world; if it be Jupiter, the native goes to Brahmaloka; if it be Rahu, he goes to other islands; and if it be Ketu, the native’s next abode will be Hell. watts & Gand aber Gaz | Tales cehehadea & ata attatay Re Sloka 24.—It is the lord of the 9th house that gives all about the native’s past birth, while all information about his future birth is revealed by the planet own- ing the 5th, The particular caste, the country and the quarter or direction of the individual in his past and future births should be guessed from the two respective planets referred to above. ae chat af zagla dhaat dafiguaer | a Gem TaN feat a arya 124) : Sloka 25.—Tf the planets referred to above be in their exaltation, the particular world indicated should be declared to be the one occupied by the Gods. If they occupy depression or inimical houses, it indicates forcign islands, If the planets be in their own, {tiend’s or neutral’s houses, then the abode in question should be guessed as India alone. te ane geass gE Tete | 2 UA PROT AGES ATS, BATT ararag afi ## Page 221 Sl. 26-28 magaseata: 179 Sloka 26.—The country pertaining to Jupiter is Aryavarta (name of tract extending from the Kastern to the Western ocean and bounded on the North and South by the Himalaya and Vindhya respectively). Venus and the Moon indicate tracts watered by the sacred rivers. Mercury represents all sacred places. Saturn signifies prohibited tracts like those occupied by foreigners, while the Sun indicates mountain and forest regions, and Mars, the country of Bihar. fet Padinima: aie: wiaisdgad a da | adlatt saearésen sizer saga: ah UR Stoka 27—If the planets (referred) to in sloka 24 Supra i.e., lords of the 9th and Sth) occupy a fixed Rasi or Amsa identical with a Prishtodaya and an aatga (Adhomukha) Rasi (vide I-8 supra) along with malifics, the past and the future births of the native should be declared as trees, plants and the like. If otherwise, i.¢., if the lords of the 9th and 5th houses occupy a Sirshodaya and an geqge@ (Urdhvamukha) Rasi identical with a az (Ghara) or moveable Rasi or Amsa with benefics, the birth should be of an ani de wate: daaeeaharq achat ale ageased j av am: wafient: tefing Fame Preactiag UI Sloka 28.—If the lord of the 9th or the 5th house occupy exaltation, or Swakshetra or the house of a friend of the lord of the Lagna, then it should be declared that the native’s previous or the future birth (as the case may be) must be that of a human being: CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 222 180 qediratati Adh, XIV Tf the Rasi occupied be that of a neutral (qa@-Sama) to the lord of the Lagna, the birth concerned will'be that ofa beast. It will be that of a bird, if the Rasi be that of an inimical or depression one. All these may also be declared with reference to the appearance of the decanates occupied by the planets owning the 9th or the Sth. aaa sad aaa at aera af aersrdh 1 ant gms wae get: RA ea 11291 tft aSeBefart cedars teracaggatea- srafarar arm agra serra: tt Sloka 29—If the said two planets be together in one house, the native should have had his birth in his own place. If they be of equal strength, the births (past and future) will be in the same caste. The colour and quality will also be similar to those belong- ing to the lords of the 9th and the 5th houses. Pre- dictions regarding all the rest, should be similarly made by a reference to what has been stated in the aareary (Samgnadhyaya). Thus ends the 14th Adhyaya on “ Diseases, Death, Past and Future Births” in the work Phala. deepika composed by Mantreswara. CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 223 Sl, 1-2 Seager sear: 181 | FSET WN at et waaagat erat a wa MIRA AHIR TTETAITSAL | Tat: Ga waaaTaeeRT Bh ar Yaaaike Araqehidia: Wen ADHYAYA XV A Sioka 1.—All Bhayas will produce completely their good results if they are occupied or aspected by benefics or their own lords, or planets owning bene- fic Bhavas and are free from association or aspect of malefics. The same will be the result in the case of malefics if they happen to be the owners of the Bhavas concerned. This good effect will be ensured in the case of all the planets when they are not occupying depression signs, when they are not eclipsed aad when they are not posited in inimical signs. anita Bait agar wes deg qatar TRA waasahes TaATS | wart garg: aaagualarsar Fe B aaaatt gat qtr RU Sloka 2.—Astrologers pronounce the strength of a Bhava such as the Lagna to be ample and the Bhava thoroughly beneficient, when a Trikona; the 2nd; the 4th, the 7th and the 10th places there from are occu- pice By aHARIR QUID ARAlE Mikes BATTS Ree (he ## Page 224 qedifisrt = Adh. XV. 182 Bhava) and are unoccupied and unaspected by male- fic planets. A Bhava suffers decay when the positions referred to above are differently occupied and aspect- ed. The effect of a Bhava will be mixed when posi- tions noted above are occupied or aspected by benefic and malefic planets promiscuously. AIA RASTER TS TEAY aerafiag wit af waebaeqhea: | Tne Part Beat aetediscishe aq TAMISH Gaal + qEeegaE 13) Sloka 3.—Of the Lagna and other Bhavas examin- ed in succession, whichever Bhava has its lord occupy- ing the 8th place or obscured by the solar rays or in depression or in an inimical house while no benefic Plancts aspect or are associated with it, the result is the total destruction of such a Bhava, The Bhava will be incapable of producing any good effect even if a benefic other than its lord similarly circumstanced Occupy the Bhava; if a malefic should be in that Position, the total destruction of the Bhava would be the result. arias wR | SITS AIPRTTONEE TANIA Bakar: Wen Sloka 4—Mialefics posited in the 6th, 8th and 12th places counted from the Lagna or other Bhava under consideration cause the destruction of the said Bhava, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 225 SL 57) Garqaitseatat 183 Benefics in such a position are not capable of produc- ing good effects for the Bhava. So say the astrologers with respect to the several Bhavas. REACT iat Reenksis graradt axa at | abe wat Guam ater tn Sloka 5—When a Bhava has its lord in the 6th, the Sth or the 12th, or is occupied by the lord of any of these three, it suffers annihilation, say those that are proficient in astrology. If such a Bhava be aspected by a benefic planet, it will be in a flourishing condition. MATH AA aie aaa | Ie aTEATET ELT CUGRRATC BAIT aTETaE qREaerT aT aaa aa aaa: wets vate febrdarertar MeN Sloka 6.—A Bhaya suffer annihilation when the Bhava itself, its lord and its Karaka are devoid of strength and are hemmed in betwixt malefics, or are associated with or aspected by malefic or inimical planets and not by others; or if the 4th, the 8th and the 12th houses or the Sth and the 9th houses from them be occupied by malefics. This will be all the more clear and evident when any two or are three of the conditions specified above synchronise. TTRATUTTAT SHAT. TACT Cann apf apts in AMHRIE HEY P| eGangotri ## Page 226 184 wader Adk. XV Ta Waray Fae eRe gar fata: ay waeraeest wae fafeaer 19M Sloka 7—In the case of any Bhava, the following planets cause the destruction of the Bhava during their Dasa periods: (1) the lord of the 8th house reckoned from the Bhava, (2) the lord of the 22nd Drekkana counted from the Bhava, (3, 4 and 5) Planets posited in the Gth, the 8th and the Tth houses counted from the Bhava, if they are weak. Malefics occupying the 3rd, the 6th and the llth houses and benefics in Kendra and Trikona houses all reckoned from the concerned Bhava, as also the planets which are friendly to the planct owning the Bhaya; are declared to bring success to the Bhava (during their respective Dasas) if they are possessed of strength. TASH ReMAT IAAT HEE RTT TSI MUTI : UEAT agie? a Tae waREehaa xe qaraitadgat Rasa waa el ve Sloka 8—The lords of the 8rd house from the ¢ \’Lagna as well as the Moon, the planet occupying, as well as the one aspecting the 8th house, Saturn, the lord of the 22nd decanate, the planet owning the sign occupied by Mandi, the planets owning the Rasis and Amnsas occupied by the several aforesaid planets, Rahu when weak by being posited in untoward houses (the h o th) or in co: Cc Stl Skat Redcat tinshitte bittead Sema CHER, with or | ee ## Page 227 Si. 9-10 wpagattseata: 185 aspected by malefics; each one of these—is declared as causing the destruction of the Bhava in its respec- tive Dasa-period. quae bae Fre aaa alt felt dadistt aaa gram Ravataght wat 42 asta wage afea ehrerat afer 18 Sloka 9.—Whichever Bhava is occupied by the lord of the Lagna, the prosperity or well-being of that Bhava is assured. Note the houses owned by the planet associated with or aspecting the lord of the Lagna; It is only the effects of these Bhavas that will be pushed on by the lord of the Lagna. If the lord of a Bhava occupy a greqta (Dusstthana)—Cth, 8th or 12th) the effect will be reverse; ic.) if the planet be weak, the effect will be immensely harmful; if strong, the injury will be slight. aarragiish deans Ra gerbe a Fay wait: ame aI aaah Ba gant fae ay at Pak Salt Baas ae anh aes 11221 Slota 10.—The lord of the Lagna though malefic will only promote the growth of the Bhava it occupies- If he should also happen to own any of the Zea (Dusstthanas 6th, 8th, 12th), the effect of his owner- 240.0. Kashmir Research Institute, 5 Sabapa mDigitieed by eGangotri ## Page 228 486 radtieerat Adh. XV that of the other one. For example, if Mars owning the Lagna, occupy Simha or Meena identical with the 5th house and be aspected by a benefic, astrologers declare that the person concerned will be get sons very soon. teeaitiattaata af tae Beards Tag aTesa gwT Tact Te | walatiaigaad ga Te yeast alse aft Sismaaed take ePrwar 12 201 Sloka I1.—In the case of a planet owning two houses, that house which happens to be the Moolatri- kona one will predominate and its effects alone will be felt in full while the effects of his own house will be ie The effects of both the Bhavas will come to pass he Dasa of the planet, the first half of the Dasa- pee being monopolised by the effects of the Bhava ae nee ee in order. This is the opinion of some. ae ne ‘ oH ers who hold that a planet posited in an wate Ns will haye the effect of that house felt first \ ~1¢ One that occupies an even house will have its effect in the first half of the Dasa. Tarren a at at Ba Regaeadace | TUG TMA a aatahienPaRa 122H Sloka 12.--Bhe destruction of each of the Bhavas from the Lagna onwards should be predicted by the astrologer to a querist during the Dasa-periods of planets which are yery inimical to the planct owning CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ia ## Page 229 Sl. 13-15 be cosysibd 187 the particular Bhava, or which occupy houses where there are no benefic dots in their Ashtakavargas. a getanat weg afeseser aeihaatste | erat Ratt aanene: aed ilears afer N28 Sloka 13—A planet may be in his exaltation or may occupy a friendly house and may be endowed with the 6 kinds of strength. Notwithstanding all this, if he should happen to be in a Bhavasandhi, he be- comes ineffective. This should first be noted before predicting, the effects of the Dasas and Bhuktis of planets. wig AERAAeTAMRIa Wee Fae | aed ad ae aad feaiseua: wy BATT Ul Sloka 14.—Tn the several Bhavas, the planets that occupy the exact degreess, etc., signified by any parti- cular Bhava, produce the full effect of that Bhava. When a planet is in a Bhavasandhi, it produces no effect. In the case of planets occupying intermediate positions, the effect must be ascertained by a rule-of- three process, aaiccntiaratest afm Bet Praia | ParafeaAaaaeRVATAT: | aa Gaqurgaataiganieriagat feraeghianacesrmlactat ell Sloka 15.—A person ought to divine about his own self; father influence, health, vigour and fortune from CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 230 Adh. XV 188 wedifierat the Sun. It is the Moon that determines the charac- ter of one’s heart, understanding, royal favour, mother - and affluence. It is through Mars that a person can ascertain his own courage: disease, characteristic qualities, younger brothers, lands, foes and blood- (paternal) relations. It is Mercury that influences one’s learning, relatives in general, discriminations maternal uncle, friends, speech and action. MITRE aay udiarenyionia HEAETTST aT | aasTgET hagas BEALE | atta faaé a fitter saad Praag eau Sloka I6—One ought to conjecture about one’s own genius, wealth, physical cevelopment, sons and knowledge by referring to Jupiter. Information regarding one’s wife, vehicles, ornaments, love affairs a pleasures is to be sought through Venus- It is Saturn that settles a Person’s period of life, livelihood the cause of death, his adversity and his seneanits! ~ One ought to Suess about one’s paternal grand-father through Rahu, and abou ZI it the mat iL through Ketu. © maternal grand-father qattacaeh yaa: dadieat TeRATTIT aay wag | TURRET famggacet: Teagan etiam 11201 CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 231 Sl. 17-19 qa seata: 189 Sloka 17.—The Karakas of the Bhavas beginning with the Lagna or the rising sign are (1) the Sun, (2) Jupiter, (3) Mars, (4) the Moon and Mercury, (5) Jupiter, (6) Saturn and Mars, (7) Venus, (8) Saturn; (9) the Sun and Jupiter, (10) Jupiter, the Sun, Mercury and Saturn, (11) Jupiter and (12) Saturn. aecfawiaaggiarat aa aesg ve aaa Rata Ryawedy uel Sloka 18.--The fullness or otherwise of the effects of planets occupying the 12 houses, viz, Lagna, 2nd, 8rd, efc., must be judged by a consideration of the exact nature of the sign occupied by the planet, 7¢., whether it is a friendly or an inimical sign or the house of a neutral planet, or whether the planet in question is occupying his own, or his exaltation Rasi. Satyacharya, however, says that benefics posited in any house generally promote the advancement or prosperity of that house while malefics in any house work only its decay. This is reversed in the case of the 6th, the 8th and the 12th houses. qn Waterss Tories aes | aang aed & aeoaiRarteaneng: (23 Sloka 19.—Malefics posited in the 6th, the 8th and the 12th houses promote the evil effects of the Bhavas> while benefics in the same houses cause the destruc- tes, efthe aad Dlanitic, skispenihedhesaaciion of the ## Page 232 190 qadiiratat Adh. XV evil effects arising out of these three houses should be declared. Notes The author opines that the general principal to be observed is that benefics in good houses promote their good effects and in inauspicious houses spoil their evil effects, while malefics in good houses spoil them and in bad houses create untold sufferings. We 7a oes AParer wea a a wa veer | qassasicTaraia wats agraafeata 112°) Sloka 20.—Whenever the effects of any Bhava are to be determined in the case of a nativity, that Bhava should be considered as the Lagna and the effects of the 12 houses reckoned there from such as Ist (form), 2nd (wealth), etc., should be examined and declared. A maf eared fet tiger wat aalezE | TATGPRUME BT Tere aatfeamPTaTT 12211 Sloka 21—In the same way should the effects of the father, the mother the brother, the maternal uncle, the son, the husband and the servant be determined by treating the signs occupied by their respective Karakas, viz., the Sun, the Moon; and other plancts, in the nativity as the Lagna (Ascendant). : qafeaatenaaed ag Relea g TTT | aA TA TH aalaTeAIE aU get TeATT URAN CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 233 Sl. 23-24 quagaitseara: 191 Sloka 22.—Find the house occupied by the Sun. It is from this that one ought to conjecture all about the appearance of the father of the person concerned. The father’s prosperity and renown should be divined from the 2nd house counted from that occupied by the Sun. His brothers, character, etc., must be ascer- tained from the 8rd house reckoned from the Sun- All about his father’s mother, father’s happiness; etc., should be sought for from the 4th house (from the Sun). os c cling Pew tes: afeané saa ceeist fetsat 3 tq alt Ag Tag aaka gra gfe TePTErTETa: RU 1 Sloka 23.—The father’s intelligence and tranquillity ‘of mind should be deduced from the 5th house (from the Sun) ; his sufferings, injury, enemies and disease should be guessed from the 6th house; his love and passion from the 7th house, his misery, death and his longevity should be determined from the 8th house ‘(from the Sun). “gor at aferat gia saree aang | BT AUST ATHRMTTTRTRTAL GETTER Sloka 24.—All about the father’s religious merit, auspicious works and his father should be sought for from the 9th house (from the Sun); his occupation from the 10th house; his gains or income from the llth and his expenditure or loss from the 12th house (from the Sun), The effects of the 12 Bhavas counted from the Moon, Mars, etc., (for the mother, brother, etc. behpudcmhersieadmdgitdle deine. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 234 192 wealtrntat Adh. XV TAA awn at ATT | TRAY Tw ATT fae TA ATS Fea u Sloka 25.—All details about the mother, brother, father, son, etc., of a Bhava should thus be divined by areference to the particular Bhava and its Karaka. When any Bhava; its lord and its Karaka are all strong, one ought to predict good effects (happiness) for that Bhava. ai a: flamsegary ae die: wat Ranch | Bt HAA Alay: Satwe SaPreTgey 1 Rs | Sloka 26—But others say that the Sun in the 9th; the Moon in the 4th, Mars in the 3rd. Jupiter in the 5th Venus in the 7th and Saturn in the 8th, will cause distress to the Bhavas concerned- BA TIGA aR GE cee | Wa dake Touts Fa ae det saa aay UM Sloka 27.—The lord of the Lagna produces the effects' pertaining to the Bhaya with whose lord he is conjoined, or the oné occupied by him. If the Bhava or its lord be strong, good will result from that bhava; if weak, one has to expect only untoward things: FRU Fal ASAT Yea wagq- wgingat ot fagt aarMRE FI aga qeerartaar Reagaat BE garaaatatagied ig AATT 2<|) CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 235 Sl. 29-30 qarganiseata: 193 Sloka 28.—Whatever Bhavas contain a number of benefic dots in the Ashtakavarga of the lord of the Lagna, the effects derived from these houses will be happy if the respective owners thereof are. strong and are associated with the lord of the Lagna, Wherever there are a less number of such dots, the lord of the Lagna causes adverse effects if he be associated with the owners of these houses and if they are also weak- In the same way should all the Bhavas be judged. Durraaareaaay SATA TTAT BUT ATT | weal Bt gage aie gafate: qartaTaHa Ks FT ATT UR Sloka 29.—If the lord of a grata (Dussthana) should occupy another house of his own, he will produce (in his Dasa) the effects of only that house occupied by him’ as aaa (swakshetra) and not the effects due to the areata (Dussthana). For example, if Saturn should occupy Makara identical with the 5th Bhava, there will be the acquisition of sons,and the untoward effects due as owner of the 6th house will not happen, aatt Rafhieay ait er Rey aes Previy ay fest: vem ara SRa: Ren gla aepacigrarat Hedtigatat sane aregaatabarat AA TARR. QG-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Di gitized i eGangotri ## Page 236 194 naditearat Adh. XVI Sloka 30.—The following are the five recognised connections between two planets :— (1) When they occupy mutually cach other’s sign. (2) When they are in conjunction. (3) When there is mutual aspect between them. (4) When they are in Kendra positions with respect to each other. (5) When they are in Trikona position with refer- ence to each other. Thus ends the 15th Adhyaya on the “Study of the effects of the Bhavas” in the work Phaladeepika; composed by Mantreswara, 1 TSA TA ll aang gearartat aya Re | wT: UgaTaeaagA | aA TTA: BAGARATA: U2 ADHYAYA XVI ~! Sloka 1.—The native will corresspond in mien either to the lord of the rising Navamsa, or to that of the planet that has the greatest strength. His hue will be like that of the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the Moon. His body and limbs wilibe in propor- tion with the rising sign and other Rasis which are CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 237 SI. 2-3 deaiseata: 195 described asforming the head and other portions of tage (Kalapursha). waa Fra egenthay Stay ar ay ar Reged Reenaad deags Bee argent aRaqaga yaaa fay Gata ceageaat alta: aeayeal RM Sloka 2.—If the lord of the Lagna occupy a Kendra or a Kona with clear rays (uneclipsed) in exaltation or Swakshetra, when the lord of the 8th house is posited in a house other than a Kendra and when the Lagna is occupied by a benefic, the person born will be long-lived, rich, honoured, endowed with good qualities, will be praised by kings, fortunate: possess beautiful limbs. be of good physique, fearless. virtuously disposed and will haye a good and happy family. aalaeagt peacsdl TRTATTSAAT Tey ram aa FeTaqTers: | aaa aie: et aaah ameryal Pali: moey Patt: fame oe feed BIT NI Sloka 3.—1f the lord of the Lagna be well associat- ed, the person born will live in a good village or amidst good associations. When the associated planet is strong, he wil! be under the patronage of a re- nowned king. When the said planet is in his exalta- tion, the person will become a king. Ifthe planet y ge, the person wi liye in his shoud Beli eoes PR Ge Windes pal HW eGangotri ## Page 238 196 madara Adh. XVI ewn native place, He will always ben his legs if the planet be in a moveable house. He will be stationary in one place if the planet be in a fixed sign. The effect willbe mixed if ina dual sign. : agrat ea get Tat ga geneadaaa wat Reeee | wen sate akanegeah afgoyesaat | Regt freat fefeersitast wert: el Sloka 4—If at the birth of a person, the lord of the Lagna be of brilliantrays: he will become famous; if the planet be well-placed, the person will be happy and prosperous. But if he should occupy a Bert (Dusstthana). be in the house of a malefic or that of an enemy or occupy his depression sign, the native will be, miserable and will live in a despicable place, and reside amidst outcasts or vile people. If the Lagna is strong, the person concerned will be happy, thrive well and vill come to power and prominence. But if the Lagna be without strength, the man will con- stantly be overcome by calamities, be sad and will suffer from disease. aia gernagh aeci geraher waicezai att a age arecat at | aaa afiatintariia sarracrat Baraaargaey at: aarer Pears: sn Sloka 5—If the lord of the 2nd house be posited in the Lagna and benefics occupy the 2nd house; the CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 239 Sl. 6-7 aeaiseaa: 197 person concerned ‘will 2e endowed with the best qualities, have a prosperous family, will be rich, affable, and far-sighted. If the planet owning the 2nd Bhava be connected with the Sun (vide XV-30: Supra), the native will utilise his knowledge and wealth for the good of humanity. If the associa- tion of the said lord is with Saturn the person’s Jearn- ing will be very insignificant and of a low order. a ataertaratgit HASHAM Wei AgiRaIeiM aes: RRR | ay arene fraat uel fea alee: Ral sracdiaaaata: Wa FIST NEL Sloka 6 —}f planet associated be Jupit person concerned will become proficient in the scriptures and code of law; if it be Mercury, he will be clever in politics ; if Venus. he will be an expert in amorous topics; if the Moon, he will know something of the arts; if Mars, he will be an adept in works involving hard labour and will be a back-biter; if Rahu, he will be lisping or stammering (will speak indistinctly); if Ketu, he will stammer and utter false- hood. If malefics occupy the 2nd house, the elses concerned will be a fool and without wealth. aed ae araaldaaaenieamaalsareat | 5a 4 att wesiggeat ties meraraaTy WSU Sloka 7.—1f the lords of the 3rd house and of the Lagna_be connec vide J -3 a) by, their cocaine te, Stee Beaters Y eGiangotri ## Page 240 198 wadttntat Adh. XV t mutual exchange of places and be also strong, the native will be brave, valorous, and helpful to his brothers; he will also be capable of accomplishing daring acts, allt ah senna artasht gang | saatge Fakes phat vate sieeara <1 Stoka 8.—Tf the lord of the 3rd house be strong and be associated with a benefic and ifthe Karaka of the Bhava (Mars) be strong and also posited in a benefic house, the prosperity of the brothers is indicated, But should he be weak or badly placed, there will be loss of brothers, maar af kat a art gat a : ARAteT pele Sloka 9—Tf both the Karaka and the lord of the 3rd Bhava be posited in odd Rasis and be aspected by. Jupiter, the Sun and Mars, and if the 8rd house also happen to be an odd sign, the native will have as many brothers as are revealed by the Navamsas of both the Karaka and the lord of the 8rd Bhava, Braet oat aheaty qat Tata bic Pafinemenat Be aaa TET! | wat arate dant gage et milegt- aig: dteratt Bata qui: dbeideare U2 Sloka 10—Tf at a birth, the lord of the 4th house as well as the Moon occupy a gata (Dusstthana-6th, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Stinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 241 Sl. 11-12 gigaitseara: 199 8th or 12th) and be cevoid of conjunction or aspect of benefics, or, be hemmed in between malefics, be also aspected by or conjoined with a malefic, the result will be the death ofthe mother. But. should the above two planets be strong and be associated with or aspect- ed by benefics, and if benefics be posited in the 4th house, the Yoga will conduce to the mother’s happi- ness. ‘The happiness of the mother should be declared by a reference to the benefics occupying favourable places reckoned from the Moon. way saiseat Gaal wa aatigit ae at ahaa ae Reet Gara: Feary | arated af ages wee at wait niaateatifa argaae aeaeatat a ae We el Sloka 1.—Tf the lord of the Lagna occupy the 4th house or the lord of the latter be in the Lagna; if the Moon should have the aspect either of these, the person born will certainly perform the mother’s funeral rites. But if these two planets be posited in the inimical or depression signs of cach other; or if they were to occupy, sixth and 8th houses with refer- ed to each other and are not in any way connected (vide XV-30, supra) with each other (either by associa- tion or aspect), the person will not be able to do the last funeral rites for the mother at the time of her demise. noise tances | C-0, KAMARA SAMBA DLR RMy ecangouri ## Page 242 200 qedtrnrat Adh. XVI Sloka 12—-Just as what has been said about the mother from the 4th Bhava, similar remarks should be made in the case of the father; brojhers and sons from a reference to the respective Bhavas, Karakas of the Bhavas concerned, the planet owning the Bhava, the Lagna and its lord. wet SaTAGA agTeTATT- arcifeat saataca faa: | aataastatyanasaeat MATTE FT ATSATATT 2 24 Sloka 13.—The lord of the 4th house and Venus; if well placed, in the Lagna or in 'the 4th house, will confér on the native the honor of using a palanquin as his vehicle, lordship and kingship; they will also lead to the acquisi like, silk, costly jewels, ornaments, bed, and such other appendages as will facilitate sexual gratification, cows, elephants and horses. ion to the native of gold and the Zea Gea aamagm gash at aeATE BETTY | att aataagishan wee airafaeaTery 2 2n i Sloka 14.—Tf the lord of the 4th house be in a greatat Dusstthana 6th. (8th or 12th) or conjoined with the Sun and Mars, or if the 4th house be Occupied by Mars and the Sun, the house where the native was born, will be burnt. If Rahu or Saturn be in the 4th with its lord, the house will be old and dilapidated. If the loge (Of Js, et eaediindaiacsakegs. Bites einige! ## Page 243 SL. 15-17 aisaitseara: 201 planet, the native’s belongings such as the cows, lands, vehicles; etc., will be unsurped by his enemies. qewaa seas way aT adlaz | Gatiaia cat defeat wag Ueki Sloka 15.—If the 5th Bhava be identical with a Rasi or Amsa owned by Mercury (a benefic) or occupied by that planet, the person born will be intelligent and open-hearted. The same will be the case if the lord of the 5th house is well posited and has attained a 43ftrniat (Vaiseshikamsa). fafa: warat at Bat teqariiaar ' gat ar ey a afe Rave Tt agate: | ata: RR ascTanaTd agar Rant Hist amaaaciiaat Bags 126 Sloka 16.—(1) Malefics in the 6th, (2) the lord of the Lagna in conjunction with or aspected by the lord of the 6th possessed of strength, (3) the same lord posited in the 6th, (4) the lord of the 6th in a Kendra house and (5) in conjunction with or aspected by malefics, will subject the native to constant and intense annoyance from enemies, which cannot be easily remedied. wauahategeatay alramataaet qazhys | 26 CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 244 + 202 geatenrar Adh. XVI aietaishy aa af heii RV TANTAA ZAMTATT 112011 Sloka 17.—If the lord of the Lagna be stronger than the lord of the 6th house and be posited in the (Rasi or) Amsa of a bencfic and also be aspected by a benefic and if the lord of the 4th endowed with strength occupy a Kendra or a Kona, the person born will be hale and healthy being endowed with a strong constitution and will enjoy all comforts and happiness. aaa ¢ Tae Araya | TMIRSIS Baa TTA wt DH ec Sioka 18.—If at a birth the lord of the 6th house be in a g:eqra (Dusstthana), identical with its depres- sion or inimical sign or bz eclipsed by the Sun’s rays and if the lord of the Lagna be stronger than him and if the Sun be in the 9th house, the destruction of the enemies of the native may be declared. Magara AY TR is another reading. t pie translation will bee‘*and if the 6th house be occupied '¥ a Denefic, the destruction of the enemies of the native......"” a an $e. TAIT Sard az THAT FETE HTaT: TZAL AA? we 0 Sloka 19-—The following Bhavas: 2éz., (1) that owned by the planct associated with the lord of the CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 245 SI. 20-22 Gteattseara: 208 6th house, (2) that occupied by the lord of the 6th and (3) that owned by the planet in the 6th—these Bhavas will prove inimical to the native concerned. Some books read BAai for AZal in the second line. wedaraga ana acter saris | afigaadt arett wat aagtsat Ren Sloka 20.-If the 7th house be connected (vide XV-80, supra) with a benefic (either by association or aspect) and its lord be endowed with strength, the wife of the person born will be virtuously disposed, and will live happily with her husband, being blessed with children and endo vel with all good qualities. ReeeTa aTES aia | aibia Bat a Gat qrTATPat WaT UR Sloka 21.—Persons in whose nativities the lord of the 8th house is posited-in a house other’ than a Kendra and is also Weaker than the lord of the Lagna should be declared to be long-lived and free from anxieties, obstacles and miseries. qa a aT at TTL TAT Te | arama ats farce eM Stoka 22—If Mars ot the Sun occupy the 9th horse and the lord of the latter be in a Beat (Rvs ithanaRarhstinitle Sear Dilises WaGagflget ## Page 246 204 aedttrarat Adh. XVI be the demise of the father of the native soon after his birth. Notes If the death does not take place immediately, it may take place in the Dasa of the Sun or Mars. faut a4 fran ae aety gah | wat qetigay Pat silat afesar Zl Sloka 23.—Tf the Sun in the case of a day-birth or Saturn in the case of a night-birth be well placed and aspected by benefics, and if the lord of the 9th be also strong, the father of the native will live for a long time. aren: afawstt a at Beet aaa | wel WPSMTI AT ee aagtsha get Frag: U2 Sloka 24,—TF the luminaries (the Sun and the Moon) be in trine to Saturn and Mars, the child will be abandoned by both the parents: But if they be aspected by Jupiter, the child will be long-lived and happy. is AS ~ x abrarntiq: aaaet a cate | ar Dartisaafiat aqettat UMN Sloka 25.—If § : aturn owning the 9th house occupy a moveable zn and be unaspected by henefics, or if ina Dusstthana, the child concerned lives under the care of a foster-father, the Sun b: CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 247 Sl. 26-28 qeatsata: aa age a args ashy at at! mat gat wea ea TeaTfeh URI Sloka 26.—If the 9th house or its lord being in a moveable sign is conjoined with or aspected by Saturn and if the lord of the 12th house be strong, the child born is sure to be adopted by another. aati gueait at acral Hepat aie Baas sik at a aaryan aganneta: qotrerart Saag Ta Rll Sloka 27.—If a benefic planet occupy the 10th house and the lord of the latter in full strength be in a Kendra or Kona position identical with its Swakshetra or exaltation sign, or if the lord of the Lagna be in the 10th, the person concerned will be revered by all, widely renowned, and disposed to do always virtuous deeds. His affluence will be similar to that ofa king and he will be long-lived. aaah saagit erat wi gk a nay are araafa mamags ag wer ale | canned Peat Ragt ateg aeahat sierahasaay wba ae RI -Sloka 28.—If the Sun or Mars occupy the 10th house, the native concerned will be a great and MIhEY. oRELIGRARSedM Inshilie Sika be EO BLecandhithe ## Page 248 206 modiitrnrat Adh. XVI lord of the 10th house should also be well-placed, he will be able to accomplish great undertakings invol- ving much valour and heroism. He will perform some benefical acts commended by the good if the 10th house be occupied by benefics But if Rahu, Saturn and Ketu be posited in the 10th house; the result will be that the person concerned will do sinful and wicked acts. BT TRAE ARIETSEY aT | AG ABST TAT SPARITHT AA Sloka 29.—Note the following two Bhavas: (1) the Bhava owned by the planet associated with the lord of the 11th house and (2) the Bhava occupied by the lord of the 11th. The (gain) acquisition of things (or objects) connected by the Bhavas concerned may be predicted. A similar guess may be made also through planets occupying the 11th house. arrtaal TaRA Taal a7 FE | TS WHAGEAGAL ATTATRRG 1121) Sloka 30.—Note the following two Bhavas: (1) the Bhava owned by the planet if any occupying the 12th house; (2) the Bhava occupied by the lord of the 12th. The loss of things connected by these two Bhavas should be predicted, Warerfitgena: meaRacataratoraty at ard & a ea ## Page 249 Sl. 31-33 Steatisenat 207 dish Reims a wtegaiats aa ATRAEAARS ACA TRENT RIN Sloka 31.-One ought to predict the success or acquisition of a Bhava (1) when the lord of the Lagna during bis transit arrives at a sign which happens to be a Trikona sign to the Rasi or Amsa occupied by the lord of the Bhava in question: or (2) when he comes to the Bhava itself. or (3) when the lord of the Bhava transits a sign which is triangular to the sign or Amsa occupied by the lord of the Lagna, or (4) when he comes to the Lagna itself or (5) when the two lords (i.e., of the Bhava and the Lagna) come in con- junction or aspect each other. The same event may likewise be predicted when the Karaka of the Bhava in question comes during transit in conjunction with the lord of the Lagna or the lord of the house occu- pied by the Moon. qRANaTaAeR Yesar | Wy Te yTTS Toh BAER aR Sloka 32——Vind out the Rasi and Amsa occupied by the Jord of the Bhava under consideration. When Jupiter in his transit comes in trine to this Rasi or Amsa, the realisation of the (good) effect of the Bhava may be expected. wa J GATES HU | aa aga: aghalanaisera [22 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 250 208 medttrarat Adk. XVI Sloka 33.—Whenever the lords of the Lagna and the 6th house come in conjunction, (while in transit) the enemy of the native will come under his control, if the lord of the 6th house is weaker than the lord of the Lagna. Otherwise. the contrary will be the result. qa Fa ara TBAT | RTA 8al aca a a eT wae ah daliaaaa 2! Sloka 34.—Tf there should be enmity between the lord of a Bhava and that of the Lagna due to natural or temporal causes, or their being posited in the.6th and 8th places with respect to each other, envy> rivalry or jealousy will arise to the native with the person denoted by the Bhava during the transit of these planets. But if there should be friendship- natural or temporary-between the aforesaid two planets, one ought to predict new friendship being formed when the planets also conjoin in their transit. waa TN gat aay aenwherheaTT | anata Guay age Pra 4 sft wacieRarat aadifreet safzerea- Waal RaRES ar Teaser: Sloka 35—Whenever the lord of the Lagna comes in conjunction (while in transit) with the lord of any particular Bhava under consideration, the success (or CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 251 Si. 1-2 | seen: Ttseata: 209 gain) of the Bhava may be expected, if the lord of the Bhava be strong. Otherwise, the effect will be different. Similar scrutiny may also be made by reckoning from the Moon instead of from the Lagna. Thus ends the 16th Adhyaya on “the general effects of the 12 Bhavas” in the work Phaladeepika composed by Mantreswara. I aaeantseare: 11 Beaters 11 TIRIMUAEA TTT TTT | saa AW AT TaAATTAT 112 11 ADHYAYA XVII Sloka I.—With respect to any Bhava, when Saturn in his transit should arrive at the Rasi and Navamsa occupied by the lord of the 8th or the 12th house reckoned from that Bhava, the total destruction of that Bhava should be expected. The same will be the case if Saturn transits houses that are triangular to these two houses. U Raters: |) THA Vat Aes? RRs ar | aa Right asta way ah: 1121 @é.0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 252 210 Reena Adh. XVII Sloka 2.—Ascertain the Rasi and Navamisa occupied by (1) the lord of the 8th house, (2) Gulika, (3) Saturn or (4) the lord of the 22nd decanate (counted from that of the Lagna).. When Saturn transits that Rasi or Navamsa or its triangular position, death may shappen. SASMTTAR Fat wears Taga aig yt aR: WR _ Seka 3.—Find the lord of the decanate that is rising. Find also/the dord of the 8th house as also that of the 22nd decanate. When Jupiter transits the Rasi or Amsa occupied by atly of these 3 planets, or its triangular position, death may take place. Uh Rega eaia 1 eaATiTy | RTA TERMIST aT BRS Ue Sloka 4—When the Sun transits (1) the Rasi that represents his. own Dwadasamsa, (2) the Navamsa Rasi occupied by the lord of the 8th house, or (3) the Navamsa Rasi occupied by the lord of;the Lagna or their Trikona position, death may be expected: ARAL is another reading in the 2nd line. According to that Jupiter takes the place of the Sun. ceanciiat waitat mime oi fat 1 aia aa Fa Nall Sloka 5,—When the Moon transitsothe; Rasi or Navamsa occupied by the lord of the 8th house or the CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 253 Ski 6-7 ____ aagattseira: 5 aii Sun or their triangular house, death may take place, All these (the above stated) should be considered with reference to the Lagna or the Moon. Wage aa MSHA TRA! masa atiteatat ad gt Bata T qaguinegt aes Tas UM Sloka 6.—Subtract the figures of Yamakantaka from those of the lord of the rising sign. Substract the figures of the Moon from those of Saturn. Find out the Rasi and its Navamsa indicated by each of When Jupiter transits the Rasi or evlof these results or their s ‘death will'take place. from. those: of Rahu. y the Navamsaorthe lifference, the death of a TY SRAM GRAS ae. | TROTTER TRIATAERTEAT Tt ARTIST US TAT BTA: WOM Sloka 7A—Subtract the figures for Yamakantaka from those of the Sun, When Jupiter transits the Rasi or its Navamsa thus found or its triangular position; the death of the father may happen. Subtract the GaurasninrnadaartnsiivesrisivesDigiizéd ayieGangnttaka. ## Page 254 212 qaditaatat Adh, XVII When Saturn transits the Rasi or Navamsa thus found or its triangular position, the same event may happen. Subtract the figures of the Moon from those of the Sun; during Jupiter’s transit through the Rasi or Navamsa thus indicated or its triangular position, the death of the mother may come to pass. The same event may also happen when Saturn passes through the Rasi or Navamsa indicated by subtracting the figures of Mandi from those of the Moon, or its tri- angular position. (st. gt. XII-80). AGATA TART | Ra deta aT ga yaaraay Ui Sloka 8&—Substract the figures of Yamakantaka from those of the planet ruling the 5th star reckoned from the natal one. When Jupiter transits the housé indicated by the result or its Trikona position, the son’s death may be expected. \y rarcorfacta: TIMP RTATTATHA ARTA | agin’ gegaaet aeatot ar staat Sra 1131 Sloka 9.-Find the house occupied by the lord of the sign indicated by the aggregate of the figures for the Lagna, the Sun and Mandi. When Jupiter arrives in his progress through the orbit at the Rasi found as above or in a triangular sign thereof; the native meets witle dhs Aga@bPresearch Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 255 Sl. 10-11 aaqaseata: 5 918 mirage aged Raltet csiaatit aaa sit: ar | qurfeanet IT TASSe TTS NLU Sloka 10.—Subtract the figures for Saturn from those of Mandi and find out the Rasi and its Navamsa indicated by the difference. When Saturn arrives at this Navamsa or the Rasi thus found or their triangu- lar position, death will take place. The same event may also happen when Saturn arrives at the particular Drekkana of the particular Rasi indicated by the aggregate of the figures of the five Upagrahas reckon- ed from Dhuma. Aeaatagetaia aioe sefa aa: frat afekesanit v4 Peafeatecatia: UCN Sloka 11.—Find out the Rasi and its Navamsa indicated by the sum-total of the figures for the Lagna and Mandi. The Rasi and its Navamsa, say the Astrologers, will give the cluc to the particular month and the portion threof in a year in which a person’s death may be expected to happen; (é.e., when the Sun arrives at this particular Rasi and the particular Navamsa thereof, the person will die), The Moon at the time of the decease will occupy the Rasi indicated by the total of the figures for Mandi and the Moon; and the rising sign will be that denoted by the total of the figures for the Lagna, Mandi and the Moon- aIbaeRaTRaAAIATISTS] aggreaiaata facet | CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 256 214 «Reina Adh: XVII zrainaloraae feat aq aeq- waegareqsaaITalay VrT UZRit Sloka 12.—Ascertain: the Navamsas the | Dwada- samsa and the Drekkana indicated by the figures for Mandi. When Jupiter arrives at the Navamsa, Saturn at the Dwadasamsa and the Sun at a triangu- lar'sign from the Drekkana in question, and when the Lagna is the Rasi occupied by the lord of the sign denoted by the aggregate of the figures for the Lagna, the Moon and Mandi, death will take place, é a arfagestarat tf wre is another reading in the 4th "1% (Pada). The transl i be the Rasi and Amsa denoted by th: when the Sun transits Sloka 13.—Multiply by 9 the figures for Mandi and Saturn. Add the two products and find ‘out the particular Rasi and its Nayamsa which the total indi- cates. When Saturn passes through this, death’ will happen. we Fama Rater ange | aaiarrarres AY seas das (123) Stoka 14.—Subtract the figures of Yamakantaka from those of the lord of the rising sign and find out the Rasi and its Navamsa indicated by the difference, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri \, ## Page 257 SLO15+17 MaTASeaTT? 215 When Jupiter comes to occupy this Navamsa in the Rasi thus found, death will take place without doubt. IATARpeTaa Ta | athraratat asf are aeqad BE AAU Sloka 15.—Find out the sign of the zodiac indicat- ed by the sum-total of the figures for the lords of the 6th, the 12th and the 8th Bhavas. When Saturn is in this house or in a triangular sign from it, death has to be apprehended. TREO ITATANT SI qe fateh wets a Far | weabramafareerisa aq aa Patrrate Tet a ea Sloka I6.—Find the Rasi, etc., occupied by the lord of the decanate that is rising- When Jupiter transits this position or its Trikona, the native meets with death. When Saturn transits the house owned by the lord of the decanate of the 8th house, or its Trikona: the same event may be predicted. Rerseqeauhiasa: aaa | aatgaraichy Gatrabia was saq Weel Sloka 17.—Find the weakest of the three sets of planets, viz., (1) the lord of the Lagna and the lord of the 8th house and (2) the lords of the 22nd decanate, both counted from the Lagna and the Moon, and (3) CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri 4 ## Page 258 216 qeattierat Adh. XVII the Moon and Mandi. When Saturn transits a Tri- kona position to the Navamsa of any of the above planets, death may happen. srtitaaiaautied wat geataa 323 | aharernatimanarataraartaa shat Tq Sloka 18.--Find the Rasi representing the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the Lagna. See how far it is removed from Mesha. When Saturn transits a Rasi so far removed from the Rasi occupied by the lord of the 8th house, death may happen, say those conversant with the various schools of astrology. Notes For example assume that person is born in Simha Lagna and the Sun is in Chitra-3. The lord of the ascendent in Gat Navamsa and is removed 7 Navamsas from Mesha. When Saturn transits in the 7th house from Jupiter, the lord of the 8th house, death may be predicted. VU IT MO: ahaa Tash aT | Bat a we TAREE aheag SrsesaRy 23H q Sloka 2.—Death may also happen when the Moon in her transit passes through the house occupied by the lord of the 22nd decanate counted from that of the Moon at the time of birth, or its Trikona position or through the Lagna Rasi, the 8th house or the 12th house. PoRactaT afc) gq menace | frmnfirtad aaa Rifteneny 1201 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 259 Sloka 20.—When the Sun passes through the Rasi occupied by the lord of the 8th house, and the Moon through the Rasi occupied by the Sun or through the asterism occupied by the lord of the 8th house, demise will happen. a ubioatia: sala wat | nai fRrsraat Bestar Tew 12211 Sloka 21.—When Saturn transits (1) the Rasi that is triangular to the one occupied by Gulika in the case of those born in the night or (2) the 7th Rasi therefrom in the case of those born in the day, death may happen. i qergegeasea wT aa gest | wel g frat Raraabratandisaar 1221 Sloka-22.—When Jupiter in his transit passes through the Rasi indicated by the sum of the figures for Jupiter and Rahu or through its trines, death may be apprehended. seme Brtiaefafsasg gat | adler TT aT ATE AAT RA Sloka 23.—When Saturn goes to the house occupied by the lord of the decanate of the 8th house from the Lagna, death may happen. The same event may be expected when Saturn passes through the Rasi owning the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the 8th house, 28 om CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 260 218 qaeditrart Adh. XVII FURS Tal TS TTA | Teena Pore war se UVM Sloka 24—When Saturn in his transit passes through the Rasi and Amsa occupied by him at birth or its trines, death may be expected. The same event may be apprehended when Saturn transits the Rasi and Amsa occupied by the lord of the sign occupied by the Moon at birth or of the 8th house or its trines. fiaftequal Asea anbadiser wat ata | fear Saegabeatit at gat wR RAM Sloka 25—If the birth be at night, death will happen when Saturn transits through the Rasi occu- pied by the Moon or through the Amsa indicated by the Rasi occupied by Mandi; if the birth be at day, death may be expected when Saturn transits the Rasi occupied by the sun or through the 7th, the 5th or the 9th from that occupied by the Sun. Taare # aegerata F aa: | ararr atta agente Rall Sloka 26.—Ascertain how far Mandi is removed from the lord of the 8th house, When Saturn in his transit arrives at the Rasi so far removed from Mandi, death may happen; so say the revered preceptors. SPAR RATATEAY al | 2 aril feat aateta agent 1129) CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 261 Sl. 28 BATAISEATA: 219 Sloka 27.-When the Sun transits the 6th, the 7th or 12th place reckoned from Venus at birth, death is sure to happen; this is the verdict of preceptors- Rarceahenasraat wae aibeagaay aot aeearatereteas: | ag areata & ar aegeat arent aaniaratsaed Fret aaahattsht aT RCI aia nepaciatfeatat cedifrsrat fraforarat aT TeRNSeATa: Il Sloka 28—Find out where the following planets are posited at birth: (1) the lord of the 8th, (2) the lord of the 12th, (3) the lord of the 6th, (4) the lord of the 8th house decanate, i., 92nd decanate and (5) Mandi. When Saturn, Jupiter, the Sun and the Moon in their transit pass through these houses» death may take place. The same may also happen when these transit the Navamsas of the five planets stated above or their Trikona positions. ‘Thus ends the 17th Adhayaya on “Exit from the World” in the work Phaladeepika composed by Mantreswara. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 262 220 madthratat Adh. XVIIT 1 aareattsera: Ul Batre 1 fontgsargiaaal sara at Hira aaa Rout fattadbertBaaz | ae THETA RT BAN WITT- ser ita asad amenettg ar eu ADHYAYA XVIII z Slixg /—If, at the birth of any person; the Sun be in conjunction with the Moon, he will be skilled in machinery and stone work; if the Sun be in conjunc- tion with Mars, the person born will be intent on ues gecdss if he be associated with Mercury, Me Tee be lever; intelligent, famous and person born in ab Rea Sonjuncton with Jupiter, the Fi liclisinettters) Yoga will be cruel and interested at a birth, the *S. Ifthe Sun and Venus be together actin ge concerned will earn money as an associated with % use of weapons. If the Sun be spavériane aturn, the person born will be clever @ 10 metals or in various sorts of pottery. OTM T Ae AG: Ta Tal a ee Walt ateatatheaay | Rated Sogersfacafa Saat aye TART Pra: Bea en Te: Peniigad afk: gelaaq 12H ce “400n be in conjunction with Mars, the person 3 born will be a dealer in hammers, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 263 Sl 3 sagan Seata: 221 ploughs or other rough instruments. women, spirituous drinks and earthen jars; he will be disobedient to his mother. If the Moon be associated with Mercury; the man born in the Yoga will speak sweetly and modestly, be clever in interpreting, and endowed with good luck and fame. When the Moon is in conjunc- tion with Jupiter, the person born will be over-power- ing (his enemies), but fickleminded; he will be a chief of his family and wealthy. When Venus is associated with the Moon, the persori born will be an adept in weaving, tailoring and dyeing of cloths. If the Moon be in conjunction with Saturn, the person born will be the son of a widow remarried. Aaah aftieagatgr aetey grera: asia wale areata: aaa fs at | TT ABisT gas AIA TaReaa TS] granisraaen waa Whe fear all Sloka 3.—If Mars and Mercury be together, the person born in the Yoga will be a dealer in herbs’ plants, barks, oils and drugs. He will be clever in boxing. When Mars is in conjunction with Jupiter, the person born will be a leader of a city, or a king or a wealthy Brahmin. The effect of Venus and Mars being together at a birth will be that the person born will be a shephered, a wrestler, skilful, addicted to other people’s wives, Or a gambler, If Mars be in conjunction with Saturn at the birth of a person; he will be miserable, untruthful 2 i a COO Rene Reach tite are Gesp Ass Raa: ## Page 264 222 wediteantat Adh. XVIUT ate) wait aecufaga ae zeae amat yaa: faa seat APATIEEeTzt | abet VaCRANT ASI GaN Te TT Fa: sagas geqendssanist a URI Stoka 4——When Mercury and Jupiter are in con- junction, the person born will be an actor, fond of music and versed in the art of dancing. If Venus be in conjunction with Mercury, the person born will be eloquent, possess lands: and will become a head of an assembly. If Saturn be associated with Mercury, the person born will be clever in cheating others and addicted to licentious pleasures. The man at whose birth Jupiter and Venus occupy one house wil] have good learning, possess wealth and wife, and have many good qualties. If Jupiter and Saturn be together at a birth, the person affected by the Yoga will be a barber, a potter or a cook. BER is another reading for GUE: in the 2nd iine. afrafioarmtiscrngsatiaaateIeEeTt | wala 4 fefegeataaia atiaes: Ta Raesat: Sloka 5—If Venus and Saturn be together at a birth, the person affected by the Yoga will be short- sighted, will get his wealth augmented through a young woman; (His marriage will be a keynote to financial success), He will be skilled in writing and painting. If more than two planets occupy a house: prediction should be made by combining the effects CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 265 SL. 6-8 SSIES! 223 described for the several possible pairs of planets constituting the Yoga. U aexeeaay ll wat Rar yoiaiadeaas Fa atest Praaa | fee: Qal Gamat ade: Ges HeTahy ee sae Sloka 6.—If the Moon in Mesha be aspected by Mars, the person born will be a king; if by Mercury, he will be learned; if by Jupiter, he will be a king. if by Venus, he will be cqual to a king; if by Saturn, he will be a thief; and if by the Sun, he will be poor. The Moon in Taurus (Vrishabha), aspected by Mars and other planets in order will make the person born (1) poor, (2) thievish, (3) respected by other men, (4) a king, (5) wealthy and (6) a servant respectively. quasars Te TeTaTSaT a | waa drangahifatant stasiay Ae ater oll Sloka 7.—If the Moon occupy Mithuna and be aspected by Mars and other planets, the person con- cerned will be (1) transacting business in iron instru- ments, (2) a king, (3) learned; (4) fearless, (5) a weaver and (6) poor respectively.. The Moon in Kataka if aspected by Mars and other planets will make the person born respectively (1) a warrior, (2) learned, (3) a wise man, (4) 2 king, (5) a dealer in iron, copper etc., and (6) a sufferer from eye-disease. unt Sififigael We ft az aie nba | ad yn teat: VITA Eros, agyfraraa wT Il CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 266 224 qadtitrarat Adk. XVIII Sloka 8.—If the Moon occupies Simha and is aspected by Mars and other planets, the person born will be (1) a king, (2) an astrologer, (3) wealthy, (4) a king, (5) a barber and (6) aking respectively. If at a birth the Moon be in Kanya and be aspected by Mars and other planets, the person born will be (1) clever, (2) a king, (3) head of an army, (4) skilful in all matters, (5) a landlord, and (6) a king respectively. Tat gale cease afte aor: we | at ai gattat adie: aieastdl Rreaefier 19 Sloka 9—The effect of the Moon in Tula being aspected by Mars and other planets will in their order make the person born (1) a rogue; (2) a king, (3) a man working in gold (gold-smith), (4) trader, (5) a tale-bearer and (6) wicked respectively. If the Moon be in Vrischika and is aspected by Mars and other Planets taken in order, the person born will be (1) a King. (2) a father of twins, (3) a king, (4) a washer- man, (5) one defective of some limb and (6) money- less respectively. srgsitat and ateasttelt are two other readings for aztsitet in the fourth quarter of the Sloka. TH US asa at aires ast aera | WaT ata: Pat FiaPagel aha Tat Eat een Stoka 10.—Tf, at the time of birth, the Moon occu- pies Dhanus and be aspected by Mars, the person concerned will be a cheat; if aspected by Mercury, he CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 267 Si. 11-12 errgarseata: 225 will protect his kinsmen; if aspected by Jupiter, he will be a ruler of the earth; if by Venus, he will be a support to many people; if by Saturn, he will be a rogue; and if by the Sun, he will be an arrogant fellow. If at the time of birth the Moon occupies Makara and is aspected by Mars and other planets in their order, the person born will be (1) a king, (2) a king, (8) a king, (4) a learned or wise man, (5) wealthy, and (6) poor respectively. griseqaiasa: BRN att Rsarafsaaal fasit gaea | ardsagucatiaatia Rar disease sakee ee Sloka 11—If at the time of birth the Moon occu- pics Kumbha and is respected by Mars and other planets taken in order, the person concerned will be (1) addicted to other people’s wives, (2) a king, (3) lord of men, (4) one fond of women not his own, (5) best of Kings and (6) respected by men, respectively. If the Moon occupies Meéna and is aspected by Mars and other planets taken in order, the person born will be (1) a sinner, (2) witty, (3) a king, (4) a learned man, (5) one intent on doing what is sinful and (6) a sinner respectively. Nat WR ees | HUW AIOE FAVA YS qasaTaeara has ate | 29 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 268 qeiscrcniiea: gall: fata ARSTHGT ASTRA 2 2 *Stoka 12.--If at a person's birth the Moon occupy a Navamsa of Mars and be aspected by the Sun, the person will be a watchman of a city; if the Moon in the above position be aspected by Mars, he will be fond of killin; by Mercury, he will be skilled in close fighting; if by Jupiter, he will be a king; if by Venus, he will be rich; and if by Saturn, he will pro- mote quarrels. If at the time of birth, the Moon be in a Navamsa of Venus and be aspected by the Sun, the person concerned will be a fool; if by Mars, he will be addicted to other people’s wives; if by Mer- cury, he will be a good poet; if by Jupiter, he will be the author of good literary works; if by Venus, he will be intent on having all comforts; and if by Saturn. he will unite with other people’s wives. Tagtrectagm: afar feriszr aiasermerrrgeraiaget: deragatacaa Perera 281 Sloka 13.—If at the time of birth the Mooa occupy a Navamsa of Mercury and be aspected by the Sun, the person concerned will be an actor; if by Mars, he will be a thief; if by Mercury, he will be the chief of poets; if by Jupiter, he will be a minister; if by Venus, he will be skilled in music; and if by Saturn, he will be skilled in mechanical arts. If at the time CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 269 ESE: 22 of birth, the Moon occupies his own Navamsa and be aspected by the Sun, the person concerned will be lean; if by Mars, he will be ‘avaricious; if by. Mercury, he will be practising penance; if by Jupiter,’ he will become an important personage; if by Venus; he will be a servant under a woman; and if by Saturn, he will be devoted to his duties. aaa acaftdaat fete: eit sacadtshifieeat | shaidi aBraaat wiser crag: arafearrseatene ell Sloka 14.—1f at the time of birth, the Moon be in a Navamsa of Simha and be aspected by ‘the Sun, the person concerned will be of an angry temperaments if by Mars, he will be a friend of the king; if by Mer cury, he will become the lord of a hidden treasures if by Jupiter, he will become a great Tord ;if by Venus: he will be childless; and if by Saturn. he will do Ifat the time of birth the Moon be ina Jupiter and be aspected by the! Sun, he of reputed valour; if by Mars, he will be versed in fighting; if Mercury, he will be witty; if by Jupiter, he will be a minister; if by Venusy he’ will be without lust; and if by Saturn, he will be virtuous- ly disposed, cruel atetren gifea: Ter St cine Ruth asgen | gece: Fiacenfseat TR Welt aaieatRee eh! Sloka 15.—Tf at the time of birth tie Moon should occupy a Navamsa of Saturn and be aspected by the Sufi Kani Researchastitutel Sxinitlar | Digitized by eGgnsbirin ited ## Page 270 228 gadieatat Adh. XVIII number of children; if by Mars, he will lead a miser- able life even though wealthy; if by Mercury, he will be haughty; if by Jupiter, he will be devoted to his duty; if by Venus, he will be fond of wicked women ; and if by Saturn; he will be irascible. In the same manner shovld be predicted the effects resulting from the Sun in the several Navamsas being aspected by the Moon and other planets. amidistiand ae 4 acta we ae | iia ansgaiiieesieqiag sé Faery (28 Sloka 16.—What has been declared here (in Slokas 12-15) as vam@ (Amsaphala) duc to the Moon being posited in the Amsas of the Sun and other planets should be understood to be the effects derived from the Navamsa division. The effects that have been declared as resulting from the Moon in the several signs being aspected by the various plancts should be applicable in the case of the Dwadasamsas also. aaterrernsty Ul Ws KqeuaaasaAgERAT | daiPatisaartaients of cellar codand <a ae wteiaaat nedifiaat feta ATT seraaitseata: ll Sloka 17-—The good effects described above will be full, middling and little according as the Moon occupies a Vargottama, his own Navamsa or the Navamsa of another planet. In the case of bad effects, it ill be the reverse. <Againnihdbeushgsiahe ## Page 271 Sli malate seata: 229 Navamsa occupied by the Moon be strong, the effects described for the Moon in the several signs and aspected by the several plancts will be nullified, and only those effects due to the Moon occupying the particular Navamsa subject to the particular planetary aspect will come to pass.

two planets” in the work Phaladeepika composed by Mantreswara. |) wR: \ of yaar Fa aawet TeRaasaey Fat das weaaeqnitaearand fay | eqat ta wate atiat daa dana at aRaiaaifesteat at agreat cary Ug ADHYAYA XIX Sloka 1.—The nine planets who were worshipped in many ways with devotion for a long time by sage Parasara, having been pleased, bestowed upon him the knowledge of accurately determining their effects (on births in this world). Being convinced after Many tests that they are unfailing, I take out only the essence from the astrological scriptures containing his famous sayings and set forth the famous ‘Maha TSA. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 272 230 Reditrarat _Adh. XIX qeqizansaat Taagala- arate | x = aa act aha aemeTaeT- era ae Ganfkar: wee AUR Sloka 2.—Count the stars from Krittika in groups of nine. The planets presiding over the Dasas he- longing to the nine stars composing each group are respectively the Sun, the Moon, Mays, Rahu, Jupiter, Saturn, Mercury, Ketu and Venus, and their respec- tive years are 6, 10, 7, 18, 16, 19, 17, 7 and 20. s ee eT a ease hen aaa eeTETE TA | ui ; as MAT 12 as, Ctc., still to be ¢ in the star he isin. Multiply years allotted to the ruler of the and divide the product by 60. The quotient will be the period in years still to elapse. Any remainder remaining may be converted into months by multiplying by 12 and dividing by 60 and the remainder again into days by multiplying by 30 and dividing by 60 and so on. uiegé aerial aang aafiadenfiada: | grasa: aba creeqat UoRATaE TREAT RN sed (by the Moon) by the number of Sloka 4.—Note the exact position of the Sun in the zodiac at the time of birth. When the Sun in his next round ry Wet at ARERR Ne SHiRbarl binancartgidennidues ## Page 273 $1. 5-7 oglataattserta: 931 one solar year, which is also the year taken for the Ududasa system. By sub-dividing the same, days are also calculated. Ul GATES | Hra BATT FI Tamaya | qebraanste tery (hl Soka $.—If at a birth the Sun be badly placed, he will during his Dasa promote quarrel, sudden dis- pleasure of the sovercign. diseases among relatives, wandering with others, intolerable mental anguish, and danger from fire to concealed wealth, grain, sons and wife. ahtieng: aehult aibdacaatata | aah get fiset Raat aft oa Fal Sloka 6.—If at a birth the Sun be posited in a good house, he will during his Dasa bring on ac tion of wealth through cruel deeds, journeys, kings and quarrels, roaming through forests and mountains, wide fame, success in business, se » attachment (devotion) for ever to one’s duty and happiness: age wae THT TR VATS gaat a | arrests Tastent Borst 7 wen CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 274 282 srefifienrat Adh. XIX Sloka 7—During the Moon’s Dasa, there will be tranquillity of the mind, success in all business, good food, acquisition of wife, children, ornaments, clothes, gems, cows and lands. The person will honour Brahmins. aoa ai ahaey Tet TT ame Gea Heay | Tey age wedi adleariseras aor yicll Sloka 8.—Everything ought to be declared after examination of the Moon’s strength. In the first period of ten days of the lunar month, the Moon is of moderate strength. During the middle period of ten days, his strength is full, and he is therefore very auspicious. During the third period of ten days, his strength is on the wane and the effect also will be gradually declining. dias acornatt gounrreMeiag Fastsaaas BAA: saan: | fasta aad arg Ram qaraegquet: eatseray cay ett Sloka 9.—During the Dasa of Mars, the person concerned gets wealth through fire, the king, fighting and the like. There will be influx of money by administering medicines, falsehood, cheating and various, cruel actions. He will be always bothered (afflicted) by bilious complaints, impurity of blood and fever; he will have intrigues with low females ; he will quarrel with his wife, children, relations and CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 275 SL. 10-12 contafiensera: 238 elders, and thereby suffer misery; and he will take delight in (enjoying) other’s fortune. wea: Bie TeaMTANAT EAT Racatfiaras ser wIMerag RATS mares sect AAR 22 Sloka 10.—When Mercury’s Dasa is operating; there will be meeting of friends, personal comforts, fame through the applause of the learned; favour from elders, cleverness in (one's) speech, help others, happiness to one’s wife, children, friends, etc., acquisi- tion of fame. TMenTTARIEAT daar | ARIAT WaT WadaEahahretatey Sloka 11.—During: Jupiter's Dasa; the person con- cerned will perform some virtuous deed, acquire children, will be honoured by the sovereign and will receive praise from great men; there will be acuquisi- tion of elephants, horses and vehicles, meeting of wife, children and friends, and accomplishment (fulfilment) of one’s desires. aleigerenentia garearta TRAIT ACER | aabeat ciscaagita alpat eT TOTE TE UTATEMAATTATT 112 RU 30 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 276 234 moda Adh. XIX Sloka 12.—During the Dasa of Venus, the person concerned will obtain materials and facilities for his sport and happiness, good vehicles, cows, gems, orna- ments, treasure, He will have enjoyment in the com- pany of young damsecls, intellectual pursuits, voyage. He will do auspicious deeds and accept presents from the sovereign. asm faategaeet- ATES MATA | aeieia ofsiatiala aara- aahes aserhigaare | Sloka 13.—During the Dasa of Saturn, the person concerned may expect his wife and children to be troubled by gout, rheumatism or similar windy diseases, loss in agriculture, evil talk, intercourse with wicked women, desertion of servants absence from his residence and destruction or loss all of a sudden of his relations, lands, happiness and wealth. gates: fara. aia saftatitanegaay | araaraaatamaatsiaray wig walt satay 1221) Stoka 14—During Rahu’s Dasa, the person may expect trouble from the sovereign, thieves, poison, fire and weapons, sickness to children, ruffled mind, loss of relations, insult from base people, scandal due to a breach of decorum, ejection or dismissal from an CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 277 Sl. 15-17 oantalaatseara: 285 office, insulting treatment such as receiving kicks and failure of the business undertaken. Agee gaat saecadge | TA GARE aa AeraeTy Het wiieeritagat 32 gated saaardaan: feat afgatda: 24ll Sloka 15.—If Rahu be associated with a benefic and occupy auspicious houses his Dasa period will be fully auspicious, and will lift (raise) the native to affluence on a par with the king. The native will have all his desires fulfilled enjoying happiness in hls house. ‘There will be steady accumulation of wealth and he will become widely renowned. ‘ qatar TaeTaTe ahd a aeTT | Rarhyre araaanhaaaiest THE ATA keh Sloka 16.—Astrologers say that Rahu in Kanya, Meena or Yrischika, gives the person concerned, during his Dasa, honor and happiness, lordship of lands, carriages and servants. All these, however, are liable to be lost at the conclusion of the Dasa. PalarRaeT: fist + Mage: | Rrearag: geghiaet TAT ToaAzaT Vl Sloka 17.—During Ketu’s Dasa, -the person con- cerned will have troubles from ecnemics, thieves, the CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 278 236 qedrarai Adh, XIX sovereign, wounds from weapons, disease due to excessive heat, false calumny, a stigma to his family, danger from fire and absence from his own country. aa ahiagrat arayege- qaaaataied Raat | satema: gransead de sate: areaattstanh: 2 Sloka 18—When the Dasa of the Sun is in progress: the general effects to be noted will be accumulation of wealth by cruel acts, through kings and battle. There will be trouble from fire and | inflama tion of ihe eyes, dental and abdominal disorders. strious trouble to wife and children, separation from revered seniors and parents, destruction of servants and loss of property. fifaeazaat sacar qtatatyi: deaaafaty: PAMAITATTUTPqaTAT TAT data wetiira saat aad: 1241 Stoka 19.—During the Moon’s Dasa, the person concerned will get money through Vedic hymns, Dieties, Brahmins and royal favour. He will secure wealth and lands through women. He will further have a profusion of flowers, clothes, ornaments, per- fumes and objects of enjoyment of varying tastes. There will be misunderstanding with the wicked CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 279 loss of fortune and he will suffer from Rheumatism or gout. fafiaaremal aaaetadta- afatatyi: eager | aaraTaay garaly aha deaefacfirerieaira 112211 Sloka 20.—During the ripening of Mars’ Mahadasa, there may be attempts of money-making through lands, litigation and the sovereign. He will also acquire more cattle and lands. There will be quarrels with his brothers and sons. He will like to resort to the society of wicked women and suffer diseases arising from bile, blood, as well as throvgh fire. He will also have loss of wealth. qaTEMa TaTAaISaal QL afinaanaiia: agaraifaaa: | frrafiertanitsiatia: galt sfiherat yrassart R21 Sloka 21.—At the time when Rahu’s Dasa isin progress, the person concerned will become wicked in disposition, or will suffer from a terrible disease, which cannot be diagnosed. He will lose his wife and children. There will be danger from poison and trouble from enemies and he will suffer from troubles arising from cyes and head. There will be misunder- standing with friends and cultivators, and he will i i e fh tk ACES ASPUGASUE Gustine, Stage SAH by Gangoti ## Page 280 238 waditrarat Adh. XIX qiaaniiaeitecaraart | STAGE MTMAATT wala geben: weiter: wef RM Stoka 22.—During the Dasa of Jupiter. the person concerned will get new clothes and such other objects, will have attendants, retinue and similar grandeur, and will command intense respect and dignity. There will be acquisiton of children, wealth and friends. He will further receive adoration for the elaquence of his speech. He will suffer separation from his elders, have car disease and phlegmatic troubles. aarcart apie nist wynteraait: gases WAAR RIE: WASAIAT URA Stoka 23—At the time when Saturn’s Dasa is in Progress, the native will acquire wealth consequent on war, or dislocation in the country; he will get servants and old women; will have acquisition of cows buffaloes and bulls; and trouble to children and wife. He will suffer from windy and phlegmatic diseases, and piles. and a burning sensation in the legs, hands and other limbs. ahranaat wards. fesairranti; dadraherat | CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 281 SL 24-26 aaterfgtseara: 239 Raawaual Reaiate: arate aegTeTATTTST R2I Sloka 24.—During the Dasa of Mercury, the person concerned will get always the benefit of spiritual preceptors. He will get wealth through Brahmins, and will acquire new lands, cows and horses. He will worship great men and Gods and acquire immense wealth. Diseases resulting from wind, heat, and phlegm will also torment him. frase aletietsqart: agaaiitist frraratiseera: | maate agua sew Aree FATT: TSATTITT FURAN Sloka 25.—During Ketu’s Dasa the person will have sorrow and confussion caused by females, trouble from the rich and loss of wealth; he will do in justice to others. He will suffer banishment from his country. There will be suffering from Dental trouble, leg pain, and phlematic troubles. Arata TTA: | THATS TUTTTATTA AT Aa GEAR aaa UREN af aSpaciacharat nediftaiat arnaay, ala Gatatsan sere: Il CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 282 240 wedifeatat Adk. XX Sloka 26.—During the Dasa of Venus there will be acquisition of wife, jewels, clothes, lustrous gems, wealth, ornaments, horses, comforts of the couch, and seats. There will also be augmentation of wealth by trade, agriculture and voyages, and anxiety, mental anguish. separation (or demise) of parents and elders and miscry to one’s relatives, Thus ends the 19th Adhyaya on “ Dasas and their Effects” in the work Phaladcepika composed by Mantreswara. 1) faattseaa: 1 U eqaaaiaenent iy aeRO wea ya gan Saas a | qilmeraarashees Tae 11211 ADHYAYA XX _ Sleka I—This Chapter will briefly indicate, the effects of a planet owning a Bhava, when he is strong, or the effects of the said planet when he is weak, and the inevitable effects that one has to undergo under the circumstances, art afeg Sa nash gatas Faas UT: | waarearaihaty matte agree Ata: URN CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 283 SI. 3-5 Rattseara: 241 Sloka 2—When the Lagna possesses maximum strength, the native will, during the Dasa of the lord of the Lagna, rise to a place of eminence in the world, will be happily placed in life, will be physically strong, will have a brilliant appearance; and his prosperity will be on the increase as his life progresses just as the Moon's digits in the bright half of a month. Taste genhitg aghearhi ais a | aratte asia wari at veh ash TATA UM Sloka 3—During the ripening of the Dasa of the lord of the 2nd house, one ought to predict success or acquisition to family, acquisition of good daughters, good meals, carning money by lectures, eloquence in speech and the consequent approbation of the audience in the assembly. at at qesgeet ddtenataad = Atay | Sarah OUAsHa TAIT TRTTSAATT 121 Sloka 4.—During the Dasa of a planct that is strong and owns the 3rd house one ought to expect help and co-operation from brothers, hearing of aggreable news, (opportunity for) the exhibition of one’s valour, Icadership in an army, attainment of some honour. He will recieve support from people and his good qualities will be well appreciated. TER BRAS Cgt TAS | ag 9 qaaaatifs wana a adaeey ll C§0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 284 bao maatttrnrat i Adh, XX Sloka 5.—Help to relations, success in agriculture, friendship. with females, acquisition of vehicles, new land, new house, wealth, bigher status (promotion in one’s appointment), all these may be expected during the ripening of the Dasa of the planet owning the 4th house. aai FEAT | ams Sei Peat zarte FR TaaATT a ETE EN Sloka 6—During the Dasa of the lord of the Sth house, the native may expect the birth of a son, merriment in company of relations, or the post of a councillor under kings. He will (command), feed others and enjoy all kinds of (cooked dishes) dainties in plenty. He will accomplish acts merritorious winning the approbation of the virtuous- fafata aaeiqra aa | sataaractaraHaTaRaRaT Wu Sloka 7.—Jn the ripening of the Dasa of the lord of the 6th house, the native will be able to subdue all his enemies by exhibition of valour. He will enjoy perfect health, will be highly liberal-minded, will be very powerful and will live in all splendour and prosperity. arta TAC gzat flay eA TANS, | aria Rea aR a RATT NEN CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 285 Sl. 9-11 Preitsearst: 248 Sloka 8.—During the Dasa-period, of the lord of the 7th house, the person born acquires new clothes- jewels, new bed, ctc. He will be bappy, will .enjoy all pleasures in the company of his beloved. He will be very powerful or virile and perform marriages or similar auspicious festivities in his family and undertake pleasure-trips. anfiiaaghetawa: sacseatahenh a | akaaswasamd waft wratterus Sloka 9—During the Dasa-period of the lord of ‘the 8th house, if the planet is strong, oné ought to expect the complete, discharge of debts, his own elevation, cessation of quarrels, and acquisition of buffaloes, cows, goats and servants. ait: ceregaiaier Bet Tawa | Fait aartagat wae feared eet Sloka 10.—During the Dasa-period of the lord of the 9th house; the person born will, in the’ compariy of his wife, sons, grand children and relations, enjoy continuous prosperity, happiness) and wealth, will perform meritorious deeds, receive royal favor and will exhibit reverence to Brahmins and Geds. 5 * EMe Gs i TRAE ee A; gashad | aifé after gaorate wrtata evacarny eeu Sloka 11.—During the Dasa of the lord of the 10th house; the person concerned wi c lete OEE tS ee peer wall suecessfully, Comp! ## Page 286 244 wediiratat Adh, XX any undertaking commenced by him; he will lead a happy life; he will become widely renowned; settle himself on a permanent position ; he will be tactful and amicable in disposition and will command great respect. taineratergard sersaia TT | daraarradiad a ota orarfrateaeTy 12 Stoka 12.—During the period when the Dasa of the lord of the 11th house is in progress, the person con- cerned will have an uninterrupted influx of wealth, will meet with his kith and kin, will be served by servants and slaves, and there will be domestic happi- ness and great prosperity. aitreirataers iti Tae | garter Tabet aeeaA TANT 112 al Sloka 13.—When the Dasa of the lord of the 12th house is in progress, the person will be extravagant for the cause of the good. He will do meritorious acts, and thus ward off the several sins already com- mitted. He will also get royal honours. FATE AIRGAS TUTTAATY | agtiadtorecakaae ¢ Tarai aa] Ueeit Sloka 14.—The effects of the Dasa period of planets that are retrograde or that occupy their own, exalta- tion or friendly houses or are placed in good houses CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 287 Sl. 15-16 fatter: 245 (position other than the 6th, the 8th or the 12th) will be as those described so far. I shall now set forth the effects of the Dasas of planets occupying inimical or depression houses: or that have been eclipsed (be- come invisible) or that happen to be in the 6th, the 8th or the 12th house. aa aa Rieagiaarant way aralanientna aaah wey | aaa dae waged gba cas apald gRoead avrg seh ety eh Sloka 15--When the lord of the Lagna is badly placed, the person concerned will during the Dasa of that planet be imprisoned. He will lead the life incognito, will suffer from fear, disease and mental anxiety, will participate in a funeral rite, will suffer loss of position and other misfortunes. If the lord of the 2nd house be in a similar position, the person will during the said planet’s Dasa behave stupidly in a public assembly, will not be true to his word or his family, will receive evil tidings, or write bad letters suffer eye-trouble, will be foul-tongued, spend Heavy and will incur Royal displeasure. ghana atewti art queraat- wearaghtied shat TRG 7eq | qaeaahetegest aaaelestt qaAeAT AVAs TATEAASTS 2 EI CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 288 246 wadifratat Adh. XX Sloka 16.—If the lord of the 8rd house be posited in a gyeata (Dusstthana), the person concerned may expect the demise of his brother during the planet’s Dasa; evil counsel will prevail. in his undertakings, and there will be trouble throngh secret machinations of internal enemies. humiliation, discomfiture and loss of pride thereby. If the lord of the 4th house be weak, he will during his Dasa cause distress to the native’s mother, sickness to his dear friends, danger to his lands trouble from planets destruction of cattle, etc-, and danger from water. fata afraedt gaaifged saat WAM aang amt: art waleaTy | slgtftaadat a aad Far agegeah Woe STisraarTs WAY AT USI _Sleka 17.—When, the lord of the 6th house. is deficient in strength, the person concerned will during the planet’s Dasa lose a son. He will have aberra- tion of mind, deception, a wearisome wandering, trouble in the stomach, displeasure of the sove: and bodily weakness. that is weak During the Dasa of the planet and owning the ¢th house, the native will be troubled by thieves, suffer reverses, defeat (subjugation and various diseases). He will do wicked acts and servile duties. He will be despised and scandalised and will suffer from wounds, MS +, eo Ore WHat sae Haat ae Patecaratnt gawd wag | CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 289 Sl. 18-19 fattseara: 4% waggh alec eae artet wach aeqrraeartaaat a eel Sloka 18.--During the Dasa of the lord of the 7th house who is weak, there will be distress to the native’s son-in-law ; there will be separation from. his beloved. Something untoward will happen to him through the Opposite sex. He will have intrigues with wicked women, suffer from discases in his private parts, and will be wandering. When the Dasa of the lord of the 8th house in progress (and when he is weak), the person concerned will suffer from excessive sorrow, want of sense, carnal appetite, jealousy, unconscious- ness, poverty, fruitless rambling, calumny, sickness, humiliation and death, wines seas abge agit: fas fed 2 gh cas 1 TEA BUT TITHS, VIENTAART TAT- aa guaat aaa FarATAATT 28M Sloka 19.—1f the lord of the 9th house whose Dasa is in progress be weak, the person will have to incur the wrath (severe displeasure) of the deity that had been worshipped formerly and suffer something un- toward: there will be trouble to his wife and children 3 he will do wicked acts; one of his elders and his father may die, and he may suffer from penury. When the lord of the 10th house whose Dasa is in progress is not strong, anything done by the native DecQgagsxiahiit! Rescardh Inbtildle! WiAlwar Dialtived bysécmfedhPnOUr, ## Page 290 248 Roatan Adh, XX will be wicked in his behaviour will be absent in foreign places. There will be inauspicious happen- ings. He will lead a bad life and suffer troubles. FMAQAA MTS Tart waraaie eet aera aI | TEA Teal BATT qrmaraaiassaita faa Re ul Steka 20.—During the Dasa of the planet that is weak and owning the 11th house the native will have to hear evil tidings) There will be trouble to a brother or sickness to children ; he will suffer misery, deception and ear disease. When the Dasa of the Planet that is weak and owning the 12th house is in progress, the person concerned will suffer from vari- ous diseases, dishonour and bondage- All his wealth will disappear like the (waning) Moon in the dark half of a month. aarti aan aahatg aster aaIsitietd Katee RPA | PRTTAMTATTS ATA Rows aus ~ aaa aetieit ae art carrie 12 211 Sloka 21.—Whatever has been stated in the chapter on Definitions (Adh. I), whatever has been mentioned as belonging to the presiding planets (Adh. II), what- ever calling is declared appropriate in the Chapter on profession, {Adh. V)\. whatever d BGAAST os BYGorkeen mir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitizet ## Page 291 Sl. 22-93 faattserra: 249 described as due to the several planets (Adh. XIV), whatever has been spoken of as the effect of the aspect Or association with the planets (Adh. XVIID), or of the presence of planets in Bhavas or of the lords of the several Bhavas or the lords being associated with others, (Adh. XV, XVI, XVII,) all this, must be duly assigned to the planets concerned in their respec- tive Dasas, wilvairercm aaagt fda at aeaha a sah | TeTMacIaie Raaraay GS Faq RAM Sloka 22—The Dasa of a planet occupying a ailaate (Ve ‘goitamamsa) will give fayourable results. Tt will be mixed when the said planet is eclipsed or is in depression, When the Dasa and Apahara be- longing to two planets both of whom own or occupy the 8th, the 12th or the 6th house are in progress, the effect will be unfavourable. TORE carat Festi | as eee o. THT THETA Tatet SAIS A UI Sloka 23.—During the Dasa period of a malefic planet when the sub-period of a planet ruling the 3rd, the 5th ‘or the 7th star (reckoned from the natal star) is in progress or the Bhukti of the lord owning the Jauma Rasi or the 8th house therefrom is passing, the person concerned will have troubles from thieves and enemics and will suffer mach misery. 32 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 292 qeadat 3 yea Tl cat GeTATaTe wait aT | FEL WARAAAIAAM TS SATATAAT UREN Sloka 24—Tf in the order of main Dasas, the fourth happens to belong to Saturn, the sixth to Jupiter, the fifth to Mars or Rahu, every one of these will prove dangerous. So also will be the Dasa period of a planct occupying the end of a sign or own- ing a g:eqia (Dusstthana 6th, 8th or 12th). wareageraa aire aatate fe eat Peat Usaq | Tret futageasaragat Wah fagishaarary Well Stoke 25.If Mars be posited in an age (Ur- dhavamukha) Rasi (vide 1-8 supra), or the exaltation sign identical with the 10th or the 11th house, his Dasa-period will secure to the native concerned a Kingdom. Afier subduing his enemies, he will be- come a renowned king endowed with a large number of\vechicles and a huge army and he al feed many people. mata ant saat at STistt qseahat aa waa | TARTAN agra aaah at TART URE Sloka 26.—]f Venus, uneclipsed and free from association with a malefic planet, be in his own or CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 293 SI. 27-29 fattsena 251 exaltation Rasi identical with the 12th. the 10th or the 11th house, the person concerned will, during the said planet’s Dasa-period, get many gems and preci- ous stones, have his intellect expanded, will become immensely affluent and praised by many people. arnficgcandtaa & gan wera Ga VAI Ta TRS HIATT FTE TAT WRU Sloka 27.—All_benefics, if placed in depression, inimical, the 6th or the 12th houses, will only produce untoward results, while malefics similarly placed will give in their Dasa-periods incalculable (intense) miseries. AAA TATTATT TUST Beat | Ratt ener care Ravathir areata aT UR Sloka 28.—During a planet’s Dasa-period, when a Bhvukti of a planet inimical to the Dasanatha, or of a planet occupying the 6th house (or an inimical house) or of a planet inimical to the lord of the Lagna is in progress, the native concerned will have to apprehend danger from his enemies, and loss or change of posi- tion; even the person who has all along been friendly will turn out hositile to him. ABUT: THRARETATATATTAT TTT FATT | Paafirmeanamigd Reena aherg 128! Sloka 29.—Whichever Bhava counted from the AT WA m(RASAHA Pte Sin VEER ea Boag, SETA angotri ## Page 294 252 Redtratat Adk. XX (Bhuktinatha), it is only the effects arising from that Bhava that will come to pass in that Bhukti. When the Bhuktinatha occupies the 6th, the 8th or the 12th house reckoned from the Dasanatha, the effect will be unhappy. At other houses, it will be good. Saas wi Rog rceTETT | mara Sead Aewiege 98 fied we aq eel Sloka 30.—The good influence of planets is at its maximum, three quarters, a half, a quarter, at its minimum or xil according as the planets arc in the exaltation sign, Moolatrikona, Swakshetra, friendly sign, inimical sign or depression sign respectively- The proportions given above are with respect to bene- fies or lords of benefic houses. In the case of malefics, or lords of malefic houses, it will be reverse. When a planet is in combustion (conjunction with the Sun), its effect ‘will be similar to that in depression. Cf. st. at. VII-58). += 2 . of} arose “aermaiaatist 3 gz: | TY Hoe alma ge safe wdacae 13.20 Sloka 31.—Out of the plancts Saturn, Mandi, Rahu, the lord of the 22nd /decanate and’ the lord “of the Bu) house and the lords of the Navamsa Rasis occupied by these planets, find which is the weakest, It is only the Dasa of that planet that will prove fatal, and the demise will happen when Saturn during his transit Passes through an untoward house (viz., 6th, 8th or 12th), CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 295 +1 zany agugauiaebentat Saget weaz: aR Sloka 32.—OQut of the two sets of planets, zéz., (1) the lord of the house occupied by the lord of the 8th house, and the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the 8th house and (2) the lord of the 22nd decanate and the lord of the rising decanate, find which planet in each pair is stronger. When the Dasa of this stronger planet is in progress, and when Jupiter during his transit passes through the Rasi and Navamsa occupied by the lord of the 8th house or its triangular position, the death of the person concerned may come to pass. FACT TerAsAT walea WAY TG: GaN: | Rio BTaR ea aSHaETATNT WAT BS Sloka 33—If Jupiter, the lord of the house occu- pied by the Moon and the ruler of the Lagna, be in Kendras at a birth, the middle portion of the life is good. Planets in ggtqza (Prishtodaya) signs give good results in the end; those in saqtqa (Ubhayodaya) signs, in the middle; and those in the afraiza (Sirsho- daya) signs, in the beginning. Gf. a. wt. XXII-5). aR Waal Aeaeaac: eawERTS \ TRATES gear act aeeaaeaash TA Nall Sloka 34.—When a planet whose Dasa is in progress happens to pass through (in transit) his Swakshetra, exa tCCi@iKashmirRefedrah diispituteo Siuqgah Digivadd by efiengetti he ## Page 296 254 metifientat Adh. XX prosperity of the Bhava it represents when counted from the Lagna; provided the said planet is endowed with full strength at the birth time as well. Fal AAA WHAT Atel Geis Rgnteat ar WUE ABMBGE ATMA Get TETAPT NAM Sloka 35.—When a planet whose Dasa is in progress be weak, eclipsed by the Sun’s rays, in depression or inimical house at birth. he will during his transit through any house cause the total destruction of that Bhava. . awa oF wes char Eeentaitnaty | Fal sen aus ae: Bl dasa Fefieq Sloka 36.—When the Moon in her progress is in a Rasi which happens to be the exaltation sign of the lord of the Dasa, or a friendly house, the 3rd, the 6th, the 10th, the llth, a Trikona or the 7th house with respect to the lord of the Dasa; the effects will be happy. If the Moon’s place (during transit) be different, the effects will be far from happy. TATA: adie chet carats era at | ae PERATE Gag A a SteTES TAT URN Sloka 37.—1f the planet whose Bhukti is in progress should during the course of his transit at the time pass through his depression or inimical house or become EU P ami ERCardt Weukte GLP BELA py SOgHNE he Pass gt eGangotri ## Page 297 SI. 88-40 faaiseara: 265 through his own, exaltation house or be retrograde, the effects will then be good. RTS DIES We UE ATA AT ad wenohifaaht gemsad ae Peay | ar wena a cata aes s OEDEMA aL WR WPA WaT SA Tea FE He RCI Sloka 38.—Jn the case of a planet whose Bhukti is auspicious, the good effect will be manifested when the Sun enters the planet’s exaltation sign. ‘The same effect will Qe felt when Jupiter transits the place-. As regards the planet whose Bhukti is inauspicious (i.¢., capable of yielding bad or evil effects), the evil effects will be felt when the Sun in his transit passes through the Bhukti-lord’s depression or inimical sign. aa wot aay yseriPata- ~ - fi i RMATHMAI_aAgtHall Galq | AURA ag UT! GARI se Be cay Fed Aa RBI Sloka 39.—Rahu will give effects—good or bad as the case may be—according to the nature of the planet he associates with. That planet though good and auspicious by himself will, on account of his association with Rahu, specially cause evil at the con- cluding portion of his dasa. wears aeareaT AFR TAT TOT | ata ais Preaat aT ora aisatagisaq vel CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 298 256 moaitntat Adh. XX Sloka 40.--The 2nd and the 7th (house) are termed the two death-produeing houses. If the lords of these or the planets posited therein, are powerful they cause death during their Dasas. Should the lord of the 8th or the 12th house be very weak, the demise may be expected during the Bhukti of either of the two. Rade adisaisgagat galzat sor: a4 ataaqrteiReaa secradaen: Trish Peat a gi gaixkat ait wer Waa: weed TIAA TPA W221 Sloka 41.—The Dasa of a planet owning a Kendra will be inauspicious if he is a g@(Subha), and auspici- ous if he is an sgyq (Asubha). The Dasas of all Planets who own Trikona houses (1s 5, 9) will be auspicious. The lords of the 3rd, the 6th and the 11th houses cven if they be gat: (Subhas) will cause only evil. The lord of the 8th house, if he should also happen to be the lord of the Lagna will prove auspici- ous. The Sun or the Moon even if he should happen fo own the 8th jhouse will give only good effects, These are the effects of the several Dasas according to Parasara’s opinion. : Bintan Fea Sah a Roe a Teal we | arent ahaa caemasdtes Ht Arnet ataent wea ; Sloke 42-—-The lord of 4.Tekona house posited ina Kendra or the lord of a Kendra in a Trikona house will prove auspicious to the native. These CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 299 Sl. 43-45 faeitseata: 257 two planets during their Bhuktis in each other’s Dasas will help each the other and thus co-operate to make the period auspicious. a Ragen a9 aemg auiag | TABARS TTATTMTATGETT 123 Sloka 43.—All planets do not produce good or bad effects to the native befitting the Bhavas they own, during the ripening of their own Bhuktis in their respective Dasas. araaarat 3923 faaafia: | aaRTaARAT Kaka BEATTY W221 Sloka 44.—Find what all planets are related (vide XV-30 supra) to the particular planet whose Dasa is under consideration. Note also the planets if any which are similarly circumstanced (whether for good or bad), i.¢., holding a position co-ordinate to the one under reference. It is only in the Antardasas or Bhuktis of these planets that this original planet will in his main Dasa manifest his eflect. TR ATAT Twa AAT | aaa Wat ATATT UL Sloka 45.—The lords of a Kendra house and a Trikona house even if they should by themselves be capable of causing evil (owing to their happening to be owners of other bad houses) become powerful, by 33 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 300 258 i wedifrerat Adh. XX their mere relationship (vide XV-30 supra), to produce ‘Yoga and make the native prosperous. Eraorfaatdey aeeat Fa tahaq | SeRAIS Teal WAT T THT Wee Ul Sloka 46.—If out of the lords of the 5th and 9th, one of them happen to be related (vide XV-30 supra) to a strong planet owning a Kendra, he becomes a Yogakaraka, é.e., powerful in promoting the prosperity of the native. SREY at ara | aaeraafaa ward ae Riga: 129i Sloka 47—If the lord of a Kendra be (in conjunc- tion) associated with the lord of a Trikona, both of them become Powerful in promoting the prosperity of the natiy e. Should a lord of another Trikona also be related (vide XV -30-supra), where is the doubt about the native’s Prosperity being still further advanced? ATARI MTET ATS HT Tet: BA | TeTaga Rigathea wae URC Stoka 48, If planets t Be ice Planets though by themselves bad, i (ide XV-30 supra) to a Yogakaraka (P anet Brodneiig Prosperity), they will produce, dur- ing thel Bhuktis, ‘good effects leading to affluence and happiness. aca Prati aah at: TA | feaeensht cer at Rereastshe TET Wea CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 301 Sl. 50-52 Fatisearr: 259 Sloka 49.—The lord of a Trikona house will during his Dasa and in a Bhukti of the lord of a Kendra house, produce good effects. Even ifthe said two planets are not in any way connected (vide XV-30 supra), they will not cause harm. Farag asa Tea: | aieaeasht | cities aR: Whe Sloka 50.—Jupiter and Venus if they should happen to be owners of Kendras become powerful to cause evil. If they should also occupy Maraka houses (2nd and 7th), they become powerful to cause death. TaNeyg TWashy Waeg ales: | TR TAT! PATA AL U4 2 Sloka 51—Mercury (if he should happen to own Kendra houses) is less powerful (than Jupiter and Venus in doing evil). The Moon in such a condition comes next to Mercury. Malefics, when they happen to own Kendras will become more and more auspi- cious in their effects, ale See Beart a Ratat aint | AAT TAPER (RU Sloka 52.—If Rahu and Ketu should be posited in a Kendra or Trikona they become Yogakarakas, i.¢., instrumental in bringing about good to the native if they are connected (vide XV-30, supra) wibothgsharcraceanirikesangkaemedsasansedanoena)- ## Page 302 260 weataarat Adh. XX aaa BaEaT ae Ie Ra | HAASAN Rat TTT ABN Sloka 53.—If Rahu and Ketu occupy houses owned by benefics and are connected (vide XV-30, supra) with any planet, they become auspicious and produce good results in their Bhuktis in the main Dasa of the said planet. asa a Baka, is another reading in the first line. ae Usa WaT ETT | FIAT TASS HAM WTTHA [NPA Sloka 54.—During the Dasa of a Yogakaraka planet, the Rajayoga begins when the Bhuktis of the Karaka planets are in progress- The Bhuktis of male- fics. which succeed them in their turn increase the same. WIAA TATE AAMT AL | AAERAALY FIST TG ATR ATAUTAAT all Stoka 55— The following will cause misery to the native: (1) the planet occupying the 8th house; (2) the one aspecting it; (3) the one owning it; (4) the one owning the decanate of the 8th house; and (5) the planct owning the sign occupied by Mandi (atieq). Even among these, the one that is the weakest will be responsible for causing the demise of the native and this may happen inhis Dasa or ayete (Apahara). CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 303 Sl. 56-58 fatisea: 261 BES THIET HTT WT TETTATT | aniat faniegaa ctarfiataeraar aaa 18 it Sloka 56.—The Dasa of a planet fallen from exalta- tion is termed stavtfxoft (Avarohini) or decending; while that of a planet in a friend’s or exaltation house is named aeqr (Madhya) or middling. The Dasa of a planet proceeding from his depression is called aeifesft (Arohini) or rising. The Dasa of a planet that is actually in his depression or inimical Rasi or in his depression or inimical Amsa (2rat) is termed ergat (Adhama) or worst. VATE Tas AT feasts arsty | we gat Reamer cary WeTTT Fat Wu Sloka 57.—When a planet even if eclipsed or posit- ed in its depression or inimical house occupies an auspicious sign or Amsa (zt), his Dasa should be pronounced as of mixed effect (fRermet-Misra phala) and is capable of giving good effect in the latter half of the Dasa. TEAAIA TAeTAT Ft | fede Gea ws eaMArgaT Aci Sloka 58.—Death (of the relative signified by the particular Bhava) will take place in the main Dasa of the planet in the 12th house (reckoned from that Bhaya) or of the one owning it, whichever is weaker. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 304 262 aediiratat Adh. XX amet Gears arate :— aarifawandt af mq Bnecareana wary | TRUSTY FYE GT TAY aT BNET <AT ST U4 Sloka 59.—If the lord of the Dasa in his transit comes to the Lagna the 8rd, the 6th, the 10th or the llth house from it, or if the lord of the Dasa comes to the (a@aat) Sapthavarga places of the Lagna or when a friendly planet or a benefic comes to the Lagna, the Dasa will prove auspicious at that time. anata antfit carr at araremarer carafe a | 77 farmsraeiha fat: weed enend B veel Sloka 60.—During the several periods over which a Dasa may extend, the good or evil effect is to be determined with reference to the particular house counted from the Moon, which the lord of the Dasa may say for the time being in its Progress through its orbit. aabrae Sze ast aartiarang | ERMAN cet WR GY WHS We 2H Sioa (G1 ieiMcon produces beneficial effects when in the house of a friend of the lord of the Dasa; or in the exaltation house of the latter or in the 7th house, a Trikona house or in any one of the suger (Upachaya) houses with reference to the zarara (Dasa- natha) lord of the Dasa. CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 305 SI. 62-63 faattseara: 268 omy Teg wae RT: a oP URFaOT ETT | aaatgacat ahi aaat TaraaTSeaATTATTA: 118 3 Sloka 62.—In the favourable positions mentioned in the previous Sloka, the Rasi occupied by the Moon should represent some one of the 12 Bhavas, Lagna, wealth, etc., at the time of birth. The Moon in one of these favourable positions promotes prosperity in respect of the Bhava represented by the Rasi occupied. In the unfavourable positions, the Bhava represented by the Rasi (occupied by the Moon) suffers damage. adiggaat & arate HIST MARS TITATATY | TATMATET TW AAA TARA FET ARTATERTT: 118311 gla aSpatachrarat cedtltarat acne avr faattserra: Sloka 63.—In the case of a nativity, one ought to guess the effects after a reference to Saravali, Varaha- mihira’s Hora Sastra and the Nakshatra Dasa. While so guessing, one must refer also to the positions of the planets with reference to the Lagna at the time of the query or the seqzrf (Janma Rasi) or Lagna at birth and then attempt his predictions. There will not be any material difference between the Prasna Lagna and the Janma Lagna, (in the matter of the predictions.) CC-0. Kashmit Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 306 264 qadttatat Adh. XXI Thus ends the 20th Adhyaya on the “ Dasas of the several Bhava lords and their Bhulktis” in the work Phaladeepika composed by Mantreswara. General Notes Sloka 32.—\t may be interesting to note why Jupiter has been particularly mentioned for causing the death of the person when he transits through the Rasi and the Navamsa occupied by the Lord of the eighth house or its triangular position. The reader will note that Jupiter is the only planet who is exalted in the eighth house from his own sign. It only shows the magnani- mity of the planet who is defined to exhibits his full lustre even when he is posited in a bad house as the 8th house. This is because he is a Philosopher, Sloka 41—The Sun and the Moon are declared to be auspicious even when they own the 8th houses, i.e. for people born in Makara and Dhanus they are respectively auspicious. This is because the Sun becomes the creator for person born in Makara, while the Moon becomes the owner of the house in which lord of Dhanus Gupiter) is exalted, It is therefore relevant that both these planets should prove auspicious to persons born in Makara Lagna and Dhanus Lagna respectively. Sloka 54.—The lord of a Kendra and Kona is termed the Yogakaraka. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 307 Sl, 1-2 waferattserta: f 265 \) varattseara: UI | Bra qakameat ack waa: cae wae | qaqa WAR WAKATTATTTRT 1211 ADHYAYA XXI Nature of Bhuktis and Antaras Sloka I.—] shall now clearly explain how to apportion the Bhukti periods in a Dasa and their further sub-divisions as also their effects in their order. Whatever has been here described as effect in the case of any planet, all that should be stated to occur in the planet’s Dasa, in his Bhukti and in his Antara. URTELET TIVTAT Aaa AA: Pier wreat aTzAiat ata aaaTaT: | fateh Fata sete AME JACATUFATEATACT ATI: URN ‘Sioka 2.—Multiply the years of a Mahadasa by the years of the planet whose Antardasa is required. Divide the product by 120, The quotient will re- present the years of the Antardasa. Multiply the remainder by 12 and divide the result by 120. The quotient will represent the months—multiply the re- mainder by 30 and divide by 120. The quotient will give the days, and so on. The same process should be €€-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 308 266 edt Agere og annette adopted for calculating the sub-periods in an Antar- dasa, or their further sub-divisions. In any Dasa, the order of the Bhuktis is similar to that in the Dasas the first Bhukti commencing with that of its lord. Notes Bhukti is the sub-period of a Mahadasa and Antara is the sub-period of a bhukti. A Mahadasa comprises of nine bhuktis ruled by the nine planets, each bhukti similarly covered by nine Antaras each Antara by nine Sukshma’s and each Sukshma by nine Pranas. Each Mahadasa commences with the bhukti ruled by the same planet ruling the Dasa, This rule applies to Antara, Sukshma and Prana. The sequence of bhukti, Antara, etc., is in the same order as Mahadasas. The bhukti period of any Mahadasa may be found out in a very simple’ way. Multiply the figures of the Mahadasa with that of the corresponding figures of the planet whose bhukti is required. The last figure in the product always represents the decimal ofa month and the rest represents the total No. of months, For example let us find Mercury's bhukti in Saturn's dasa. The years for Mercury is 17 and that for Saturn is 19. The product is 323, Hence Mercury's sub-period in Saturn’s Mahadasa is 32-3 months which is equivalent to 2 years 8 months and 9 days. cco welauereashes zat TAG AG TA TATA | satorestaahaist wt Rat cat aPafa deol van Sloka 3.—During the Dasa and Bhukti of the Sun, the person concerned will obtain fame through royal CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 309 favor; lead a wandering life through a wild and hilly country and will acquire wealth. He will suffer from fever, illness caused by excessive heat and may also lose his father. figatt sara aaa: afiien genwi aeafes | aamTsieseras Ta set ech SAVRAL Ea: ULI Sloka 4——When the Moon has her Bhukti during the progress of the Sun’s Dasa, the person will destroy his enemies; his miseries will come to an end and there will be accession of wealth. He will be engaged in agriculture, house building and will be joined with friends. If the Moon be malefic, he will suffer from consumption, have fire accident and diseases arising from water. war: Tehaishtied auirza: ages | ; ao 9 Tebadt waht wa saeghdar gat ete TaISRTT I Sloka 5.—When Mars has his Apahara in the Sun’s Dasa, the person concerned will suffer from diseases and wounds; there Will be loss of position and trouble from enemies, misunderstandings with his relations, danger from the authorities and loss of wealth. aafacetadieay is another reading in the first line. Rast waefirrgan feet Avakiyea GA: | Arteta Seamed aieRamages’ 11811 Sloka 6.—During Rahu’s Bhukti in the Sun’s Dasa, fresh enemies will spring up, wealth will be destroyed CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 310 268 medlirarat Adh, XXI or stolen, troubles will arise and there will be danger from poison and a desire to please the senses (sensual pleasures), The native will suffer from severe head- ache and eye-complaints. fgait Gesriiesd cert EsaeegiAT | FAA AAR a TEMA GUAT was AAT Sloka 7.—Destruction of enemies, acquisition of money through various means, worshipping the Gods every day, adoration of the Brahmins, elders and re- lations, disease in the ear, and pulmonary consump- tion will distinguish the Antardasa of Jupiter during the Sun’s Mahadasa. sari: gaface: feat eat yer: ante ofieserg hin afsgat waft anaiied gaat aPacaat we NCH Sloka &.—During the Bhukti of Saturn in the Sun’s Dasa, a person should be prepared for loss. of wealth, separation from his children, diseases through female sex, loss of elders, abnormal expenditure, sudden loss of cloths, utensils and other goods or servants, exces- sive filth and suffering from phlegmatic troubles, Batra temggatiat fers soeakeaicag aaat: Parad want Pets gt at ereaaquel Sloka 9—At the time when Mercury’s Bhukti in the Sun’s Dasa is in progress, the person will suffer from cutaneous eruption (itches), boil (ulcer), leprosy CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 311 Si: 10-12 rafiattsearat: 269 jaundice, passing wind (quroaty 205%), pain in the belly, hips, etc, destruction of land, and disease arising from the vitiation of the three humours. ger: aaah hint wazwi ceca | qitizaunfategas: fret zat Heat eat Rasa ei Sloka 10.—Loss of friends, misunderstandings with one’s relations and family, trouble from enemies, loss of wealth and position, sickness to elders, severe pain in the leg as well as the head—all these may be ex- pected in Ketu’s Bhukti in the Sun’s Mahadasa. fritter sawetitied stfet wernt | galeria Fiat wat: Ga ae GeaeT TAL el Stoka 11.—Pain in the head; stomach-ache, trouble in the anus, carrying out agricultural operations: loss of house, wealth and corn, accute sickness to children and wife— all these will occur when the Bhukti of Venus in the Sun’s Mahadasa is in progress. FR deoriaaiaart yaaa Ag | weRerangaad at cat Path stad Brat W2RUl Sloka 12.When the Moon’s Bhukti in his own Dasa is in progress, a new daughter will be born; there will be acquisition ofa new and clean cloth, and the person born will have company of cultured persons CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 312 270 Roda Adh. XXI of Vedic class. He will accomplish his mother’s desires and will enjoy the happiness of the couch. firaaetteat er sagrafisivieay | Buaaetaad aaieaearat ae 12211 + Sloka 13—During the Bhukti of Mars in the Moon’s Dasa, the person will suffer from diseases arising from bile. fire and (impurity of) blood, from anxiety, and misery and there will be trouble from enemies and thieves. There will further be loss of wealth and honour. dadaRyataqemenatenties ty | aataatrasticamaraahere: aay Ueet Sloka 14.—During the advent of Rahu’s Bhukti in the Moon’s Dasa, there will occur a severe reproach or fault, increase of enemies, diseases to relations, danger from -thunder-storm, lightning and illness caused by food, drink, or indigestion. ae: gales TayTTETTTATTT | csaahiela sat abaaatet BT Wes Sloka 15.—During Jupiter’s Bhukti in the Moon’s Dasa, the person concerned will take great delight in making gifts and other munificient actions. He will be happy, wear new cloths and ornaments. He will mect with friends and be highly honoured by the king. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 313 SI. 16-19 wafgaliserra: +27 Aminhehy gegadient aT TET | TMTAAAT WASSAL TIAETTAAT TMASHTTT U2E I Sloka 16.—Trouble through various kinds of diseases, sickness to friends, children and wife, the occurrence of a great calamity or loss of life will mark the Apahara of Saturn during the progress of the Moon’s Mahadasa- ‘ 5 aye Gathrfae: is another reading for AHCiafela: in the first line. The translation will be “A multitude of bilious afflictions.” AAT TATA GSMCTATTAT STATS: | Paeata eff sraa Parag lt afate sata 129 Sloka 17.—During the Bhukti of Mercury in the Moon’s Dasa, there will be acquisition at all times of wealth, elephants, horses, cattle and ornaments and the person born will be very happy. He will acquire self knowledge. Bratt aagtaeqaet das aay | aareatieta Sat Fae eels weRASE TT ULSI Sloka 18.--During Ketu’s interval in the Moon’s Dasa there will be loss of mental balance, wealth and relations, danger from water and trouble to depen- dants and servants. Tasha SEAT: | TTA SL SS ## Page 314 2725 Redtaatat _Adh. XXT Sloka 19.—During the sub-period of Venus in the Moon’s Dasa a person may embark on transactions (purchase or sale) of gold, water, carriage, jewel, women, agricultural products, etc. Acquisition of children, friends, cattle and corn will also mark the Period. Tsu zea Treeaehaegh: | Raaaattt 1 set aresangaitraTeay URN Sloka 20.—During the Sun’s Bhukti in the Moon’s Mahadasa, honor from the sovereign, excessive valour, Cessation of diseases, downfall or decline of the enemy's side and diseases caused by bile and wind may be expected. a9e Priteaonrs aden: Rasa | Taras atiiadt afi Asaed aaATT URI PE 2!—During Mars’ own interval in the planet’s Mahadasa, there will be suffering from diseases arising out of excess of bile and heat, trouble from wounds, separation from brothers, influx of money ¥ic., due on account of lands and litigations and trouble from cousins, fire, enemies, the sovereign and thieves. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 315 SI. 22-24 cafe stata: q 273 Takreignerr fk gerfaatiamal geaeqariay | mmaTisy aRar Rgemat at THAT UTA RU Sloka 22.—During Rahu’s Bhukti in Mars’ Dasa there will be danger from weapons, fire, thieves enemies and rulers. injury from poison, disease in the belly, eyes, the head, loss of elders and relations, peril to one’s own life or severe calamities. Ratigarrat ddgegaat aaanfafran gatiatieata: | sroenteas MATT AL AT wae Gaeareaera TTA RV Sloka 23.—During Jupiter’s interval in Mars’ Maha- dasa, the peson will worship the Vedic class and Gods, will resort to sacred places and shrines, and do meritorious deeds, will show hospitality to guests at all times, will acquire new children and friends, will suffer from ear disease in a severe form or from phlegmatic complaint. sah wtfiaa aerate tats B a aattiraagergreaaattaria:. | aaEcaker weenie Fae eaaaaeay TTA RVI 35; CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 316 274 a qeatitarat Adh. XXI Sloka 24.—Trouble after trouble to one’s ehildren, wife and elders, calamities beyond number, grief, loss of wealth, robbing of wealth through enemies, fear and sickness through heat and and wind, will mark Saturn’s Bhukti in the Mahadasa of Mars. afuagettaaaisadatia: Tea Raaishaatn: | aqHATST ARIA A fats ahieas Raaciigag: wi Sloka 25—Fear of enemies, much trouble from thieves, loss of wealth, destruction of cattle, elephants and horses, association with enemies, harassment by Kings or enmity with Sudras mark the interval of Mercury in Mars’ Mahadasa. sahara aartist Parag Sarfeaaniisat Bg | amaaageat what at Pata: abate atk Ha: weAaQeTT UREN Sloka 26.—When Ketu has his interval in Mars’ Dasa, there will be danger from thunderbolt, sudden trouble from fire and weapon, going abroad, loss of wealth, and exit from the world either of his own self or of his wife. Ry alee & > att sttahart Raa: aean- Saelaehs ahaiaaatTT | CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 317 $1. 27-29 RR Sear: 275 ahaarRafisiae aaa ra Ss = wae TeIQilad AA WR Sloka 27.—Defeat in battle, residence in a foreign country; theft of property by thieves, trouble in the left eye and loss of servants will be what a person may expect in the Bhukti of Venus in Mars’ Dasa- areaitiaet qgecarara: ose FT | afafictiaata: aaciaett- RaPich sougetaderhenifa uel Sloka 28.—Honour from the sovereign, fame and power got in war, acquisition of servants, wealth, corn, women and harem and the widening of the scope for livelihood and wealth got through daring deeds or force are what may be expected in the Sun’s Apahara in Mars’ Dasa. fitasaaarhifraaits hast Saar enUTTAS TERT: wala qeanfageatinaier aetiaraay tram aaa WRU Sloka 29—Acquisition of various kinds of wealth and children, severance from enemies, acquisition of cloths, bed, ornaments, jewels and wealth, trouble to elders, and pain owing to enlargement of spleen or excess of bile may mark the Moon’s Bhukti in Mars’ Mahadasa. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 318 276 qedttatat Adh. XXI fan fargugeuagesd tenighfeheah: | aReangenraa waoearet Ray Ren Sloka 30.—IMness through poison and water, sight of a venomous serpent, intercourse with another’s wife, separation from or loss of one’s near and dear ones, unpleasant words and mental anguish through wicked people will be the characteristic features of Rahu’s Bhukti in Rahu’s Dasa. aati: ars Fria ft aaUTES | apameitamiaa gakerarad) aewat ua en Sloka 31.—Advent of happiness, worship of Gods and people of Vedic lore} freedom from diseases, association with charming ladies and discussion of the meanings of sacred texts will mark Jupiter’s Bhukti in Rahu’s Dasa. ~ o relics aatiremaataeay aqsatfieacs Fre faa tas om ayers Tega: ahawasy Rai Sloka 32.—During Saturn’s interval in Rahu’s Dasa, disease due to the vitiation of wind and bile wounds in the body, misunderstandings with one’s children, wife or brothers. destruction of servants and loss of position are those that may crop up. arataig: geat ane areata saz | FebrINTTRATA YAR TAT TH 11231) CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 319 Sl. 34-36 uplaatiseata: 277 Sloka 33—Acquisition of children and wealth, meeting of friends, feeling of inferiority complex in an acute form dexterous handling of adornment and skilfull arts will mark Mercury’s Bhukti in Rahu’s Dasa. SAUTE Aten Thay: ASETETT | Roam: sae: getiexcreat Ararat nee Sloka 34.—During Ketu’s Bhukti in Rahu’s Dasa, one has to apprehend fever, trouble from fire, weapon and enemies, head-ache, trembling of the body, injury to one’s friends and elders, suffering caused by poison and wounds and quarrel with one’s friends. HOSE TATA TMITRASATTITA | waitianit: aeatiatrar wagsegTTE Be: URAU Sloka 35.—Acquisition of a wife, comforts of the couch, horses, elephants, lands, and phlegmatic and windy disorders, and quarrel with one’s own re- lations, will mark the Bhukti of Venus in Rahu’s Mahadasa. afeaa arefitica aifaubgerieazer | argalasilegs Used fatirfion ea REN Sloka 36.—During the Sun’s Bhukti in Rahu’s Mahadasa, there will be trouble from enemies, intense pain in the eyes, danger from poison, fire and wea- ons; and the springing up of fresh troubles. The PO ee a Ataaimis Reventon Tistiite, Gidauan Dnskized by eared ## Page 320 278 meetitratat Adh. XXI wife and children will suffer from diseases and there will be great trouble from the king. TAA: seal Ales altar Era: | wert: aft wie carvah Thies 1201 Sloka 37.—Loss of the wife, quarrels, mental anguish, agricultural operations, loss of wealth, cattle and children, disaster to friends, and danger from water will mark the Moon’s Bhukti in Rahu’s Maha- dasa, Tuber wifiot alee ak a ares | Teal eaMied Tera aah dag: 1R<)) Sloka 38.—During Mars’ interval in Rahu’s Dasa, one has to apprehend danger from the sovereign; fire, thieves and weapons, or one’s own death through a terrible disease, disturbance to one’s position, heart and eye-troubles, git: dtapaataaerraytles sat wafitadaiisa a | mararaadgakerate: dread aft Saat aahaT 2811 Sloka 39—Good luck, splendour, high esteem, development of good qualities, acquisition of a good son, honour from the sovereign, coming in contact with one’s preceptor, pious men and realisation of CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 321 Sl. 40-42 aatqanseara: 279 one’s desires are what a person may expect in Jupiter's Dasa and Bhukti. RaBAHCAT Beal eTaaSATTANET | aieqaeranasergatta Sdicat Paty cant aa Wee Sloka 40.-During Saturn’s Bhukti in Jupiter's Dasa; association with courtezans, taking to intoxi- cating drinks and such other evil deeds, reaching highest eminence, sickness to one’s family and cattle ‘heavy expenses, excessive fear, eye-complaints and sickness to children are what a person has to be pre- pared for. Plaqrasaserad Piatt: Bacay a awageTe | cafearqagadgaran ay saeat aatesAAY EAN Sloka 41.—When Mercury’s Bhukti is in progress in Jupiter’s Mahadasa, one will come to grief through women, gambling, and drinking, and will suffer from diseases caused by the vitiation of three humours. This is the opinion of some- Others consider that the effect will be solely beneficial by the worship of Gods and Brahmins and by the acquisition of or association with sons, wealth and happiness- aaa watt gasaktabrer Tarathigaa | MORTAR Ae Tals FI CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri U ## Page 322 280 qoaditatat Adh. XXI Sloka 42.—During Ketu’s interval in Jupiter’s Mahadasa, one has to suffer from wounds caused by a weapon. There will arise misunderstandings with the servants, mental’ anguish, trouble to wife and children, danger to life and loss of (or separation from) elders or friends. TATA Rese garaTAT AAAI | RafsaraagaiTaaeeTe Aa! aela Baamater Wea N Sloka 43.—Acquisition of various materials. cattle, corn, clothes, utensils, woman, children, food. drink, couch (bed) and ornaments, worshipping of Gods and , Brahmins and entire devotion to them are to be looked for in Sukra’s interval in Jupiter’s Mahadasa. : ms asa: Raat; Besa AERTS PATI AAAI ACT OATES BRI Sloka 44.—Victory over one’s enemics, honour from the sovereign, acquisition of fame, highest glory; acquisition of men, horses and vehicles, residence in a Populous city with all comiorts will mark the Sun’s Bhukti in Jupiter's Mahadasa. atagaaaaatadaa: PATTI MTA! | Raarareaadia gat arr Geaarela WII Wes CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 323 Sl. 46-47 gafaaitseara: i 281 Sloka 45.—Acquisition of many damsels, destruc- tion of enemies, gain of money, profit in agriculture, saleable commodities, high fame and intense devotion in the worship of Gods and Brahmins will mark Moon’s interval in Jupiter’s Mahadasa. TeTUATMARATA SATA: aaaaeatatte abrecna | farms eat TeMTETIAT NREL Sloka 46.—Satisfying the relations, addition of wealth from a host of enemies, acquisition of good lands, doing beneficient acts, celebrity of power, a little injury to a preceptor or elder, or a severe hurt to the eyc, are what a person may look for in Mars’ interval in Jupiter’s Mahadasa. : aeqraheentaTematta AURA Teel Tatts aT | wiegieanfiera Bata: arqae avs afaat Gt Ol Sloka 47,—Distress through relations, excessive mental anguish, sickness, danger from thieves, disease to one’s elders or to youngsters of his family, trouble from the sove , misfortune through enemies, and loss of wealth will mark: Rahu’s Bhukti in Jupiter’s Mahadasa. 36 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 324 282 ; medifrarat | Adi. XX1 at atatuaatarge: waa aresifiaay | watmnieaaad Raacaacawe tay ued) Stoka 48.—Improvement in agriculture, incicase of servants and buiflos, windy disease, acquisition of much moncy through a person of the Sudra caste, friendship with an old woman, laziness and sinful action are what Saturn can bring on his own dasa * and bhukti. Sarthe afaa atic asaer Asafirafi: | brdiza aeagrean aficrsalit wargaT 128 Sloka 49.—During Mercury’s interval in Saturn’s Dasa a Person will have prosperity, happiness, com- Pany of females honour from the sovereign, success and company of frinds; he will suffer from discases arising from the three humours. His. brothers and children will be troubled with sickness. aaMTa RM wy agaeat ech Rast IIe) f. Sloka 50.—During Ketu’s interval in Saturn’s ahadasa. the person becomes liable to disease caused by. wind and fire, trouble from enemies, a tendency to quatnel, always with his sons and wife, meeting with something inauspicious, and danger from serpents. Tage staat: | arte Baal aravnekAe zaivTAT 1421 CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 325 Sl. 62-55 oafaatseata: 283 Sloka 51.—During Sukra’s Bhukti in Saturn’s Mahadasa; the person will be happy with his friends, wife and children, and there will be increase of wealth due to agriculture and voyage and he will become widely renowned. ae @ at Rigrt aad genlesataeat | sameahegate maghaquBats daa U4 Sioka 52.—Death or danger at all times from enemies, sickness to elders, disease in the stomach and eyes, loss of wealth and corn, are what a person has to experience during the Sun’s Bhukti in Saturn’s; Maha- dasa. amanda ant get Arka oraz. | awaast wads washargUBats TBR W4Hll Sloka 53.—T,oss of wife or danger to'one’s own life, trouble to friends, danger from diseases, and intense fear from water and wind may be expected during the Moon’s Bhukti in the Dasa of Saturn. ane: quiaeswataaarnat | ahaha int ogee yh Well Sloka 54.—T,oss of one’s position, quarrel with one’s relations, serious illness, trouble from fever, fire, weapons or poison, increase of enemies, hernia and trouble to the eyes will mark the interval of Mars in Saturn’s Mahadasa, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 326 284 mediftrarat Adh. XX1 steal: aad amrafrarat Fafa drial u Sloka 55.—Deviating from the path of righteousness, loss of life or danger from diabetes or gonorrhoea, severe enlargement of the spleen, a continuous fever, or wound are what a person may have to suffer from during Rahu’s Bhukti in the Dasa of Saturn. aaatsonteRegierRetg aig | sraraitsctiat & ant waTeniaeicggat 44 ll Stoka 56.—Delight in worshipping Gods and Brah- mins, pleasure in living in one’s own house in the company of his wife and children, and phenomenal Increase of wealth and corn are what a person will have during Jupiter’s Bhukti in Saturn’s Dasa. 77a ahaniffatiatadt aga feedtda Bar | Pern aera: at aa ay ee et SRT IO Sloka 57—Devotion to virtue; association with the learned, a clear intellect (an unbiassed mind), acquisi- tion of money through Brahmins, great fame through learning and continuous happiness r be looked for in, Mercury’s Bhukti in his own Mahadasa. PaMlaRogernal WaT aT: | aqaraParial qaateagare wa Reet wc CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 327 iis) SI. 59- cafaetseart: 285 Sloka 58.—Misery, sorrow, quarrel, perplexity, experience of convulsion association with unfriendly people, and loss of lands and vehicles are tobe ex- pected during Ketu’s interval in Mercury’s Dasa. Raheqersattrar arenigtar wana: | meraeg aaa aan fa Sloka 59.—Adoration of Gods, people of Vedic lore and revered seniors,’ offering of acceptable presents, devotion to duty conformable to religion and morality, addition of clothes and ornaments and meeting of friends will mark Sukra’s interval in the Dasa of Mercury. ; ARASH AMT VAATATATIATE | yaa a ist wagatiaia gases TA acu Sioka 60-—Acquisition of gold, coral, horses, and elephants; A house with the convenience of good food and drink; Respect {rom the king himself; All these may be expected in the Sun’s Bhukti in Mercury’s ,Mahadasa. , neaaTatatatied seagrewratisny | modaagiisat waseat ate alaal Bet 118 2 Sloka 61—Head-ache, cye-complaint, trouble through leprosy, ringworm, severe pain in the neck, and even danger to life dog the foodsteps of a person during the Moons’ interval in Mercury's Mahadasa. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 328 286 mediirnrat Adh. XXI afatich Fast est ares waaaia esfaar wametiaer araitftar sag efi HAea e211 Sloka 62.—Danger from fire, trouble to the eye; fear of thieves, excessive misery, loss of positions and becoming a prey to windy disease are what a person may expect during Kuja’s Bhukti in Mercury’s Maha- dasa. aeatwareraia: waatsh hada aq | aeatassnied tiafaseai asst 23H Sloka 63.—Loss of honour or a fall from one’s Position, destruction to one’s own self (or loss of wealth?) danger from fire, Poison or through water, head-ache, ¢yc-complaint or treuble in the stomach: mark Rahu’s Bhukti in Mercury’s Mahadasa. “Pama featilinatiigadaastn | mitacat agit erbath Get cat ma ee Sloka 64.—Freedom from sickness, destruction of ae cessation of fear; success in gaining self nowledge, honour from the sovereign, success in moral duty, and wealth of penance mark Jupiter’s Bhukti in Mercury’s Mahadasa. adataeftead: RaRr Rae AT | OTA aa caMaSA [etl Sloka 65.—Heavy loss of wealth ; ness, failure in all bussiness, diseases. ‘all in righteous. arising through CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 329 Sl. 66-68 - eafgaitserrar: 287 (disorders of) phlegm and wind will mark Saturn’s Bhukti in Mercury’s Mahadasa. Fat: Rysaaad ceetta cguas: saul saaReTET | Taare Beat fifa wha cat aa AMATNe el Sloka 65.—When Ketu has his interval in his own Mahadasa, a person has to apprehénd quarrel with enemies. misunderstanding with friends, hearing of bad words, burning sensation in the limbs due to fever, intrusion to other’s houses and destruction of wealth. faataae: faa fin aoa serra | aferamad wat wate Ha Piha teaeay Nell Sloka 67.— Quarrel with a pious man of the Vedic lore; misunderstanding with one’s wife and even with hisown relations, birth of a daughter, humiliation, and annoyance from others are what one should be pre- pared for in Sukra’s Bhukti in Ketu’s Mahadasa. TRAIT STIG ATTA | qraisen waimetabiata at fifaTTETe sll Sloka 68.—Death of a reverend elder, fever, mis- understanding with one’s relation, gain through foreign travel, fighting _a rebellion for the king, diseases caused by phlegm and wind are likely to crop up upg, ROG AM ResodA TAM Ald HeGkH ISidRiaea by eGangotri ## Page 330 288 wedifrarat Adh. XXI aoe da aif: eal agzeaaranae | oRsagaRaamer: ahi ae Rihacaaais eon Sloka 69.—Unexpected gain or loss of wealth, separation from one’s son; a laboured delivery that engenders much sorrow, acquisition of servants and birth of daughters, all these are to be looked for during the Moon’s Bhukti in Ketu’s Dasa. wgastinad BAJA waatt Tass ated ag l araawaagiied 3 Aaa Bt AAAS AUA: N99] Sloka 70.— Quarrel with the members of one’s own family, destruction of one’s relations, danger from serpents, thieves and fire, and trouble from enemies are what a person has to incur during Kuja’s Bhukej in Ketu’s Dasa. afgases auaTeatatt vam aga weg | wear peeve aals asa fielsarrare: ino Sloka 71.—Quarrel caused by enemies; danger from the sovereign, fire, thicves and serpents, remarks from wicked people, working spells for the injury of another person (« dru) are to be expected in Rahu’s Bhukti in Ketu’s Mahadasa. SHG Te watiemenaasts: | TAA HaaraT wala ese gRt MadieEITT WORM Sloka 72—Birth of a very good son, adoration of the chief of Gods, income through lands or finding of CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 331 Sl. 73-75 aafiatseata: 289 a treasure, money through acceptance -of presents, influx of a large sum of money, and honour from the sovereign may be looked for in Jupiter’s Bhukti in Ketu’s Dasa. Rgsatias ayaR F | eT aaretrat neate aaaa & TERT? WOR Sloka 73.—Trouble toor from servants, annoyance to or from others, quarrel with enemies and con- sequent dislocation of some limb, loss of money and loss of position are, say the wise, to be expected in Saturn’s interval in Ketu’s Mahadasa. ‘ gariwaadt qe fiacrdigt | TH AREER g it fet a fates TET Sfoka 74.Birth of a very good son; appreciation superiors, monetary gain from lands, trouble from the chief cf the enemies, loss of cattle and loss in agricultural operations are to be expected in Mercury’s Bhukti in Ketu’s Mahadasa. ane MITA TAegTAgMa WISN: | aaa: Ritigaceat sgaa wea way jour Stoka 7. Clothing, ornaments, vehicle perfumes and the like and comforts of the couch will a person have in plenty besides bodily splendour and wealth 3€C-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 332 290 qeditratat — Adh. XXI from the sovereign in Sukra’s Bhukti in Sukra’s Mahadasa. aia: Rafesdt wate ation | sarge wigaie Rad wea Sloka 76—Yn the Sun’s Bhukti in the Dasa of Venus, a person becomes liable to diseases affecting the eyes, the stomach and the cheeks, danger from the sovereign and trouble from elders, members of his family and other relations. TeiRTghtests Tahara | ‘aettgengacaamiied faite a Raha Wool Sloka 77.-When the Moon has her interval in the Dasa of Venus, a person suffers much pain from a disease due to an inflz amation in the nails, head and teeth, sickness arising from wind and bile, or loss of wealth or trouble through diarrhoea, disease of the spleen or consumption. oPrfirmarticuprr: Raa: | stem ateatiormaa’ gh 1s) Sloka 78.— Trouble through flow of blood and bile, acquisition of gold and copper, acquisition of lands, seduction of a young female and loss of one’s appoint- ment are what may be expected in Kuja’s Bhukti in the Dasa of Vesus, i ie aaah | qeaargatiod awavaaeaTsay [elk CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 333 Sl. 80-82 oats sert 291 Sloka 79.—Acquisition of a treasure, birth of a son, good news, honour to or from relatives, imprisonment of enemies and injury from fire, thieves and poison may be expected in Rahu’s Bhukti in the Mahadasa of Venus. Revat wale WASTES? | 4 wiftut afieaet waaay ee eats Sloka 80.—Periormance of one’s various religious duties, worshipping of Gods; enjoying the company of his wife and children; and enjoyments derivable from his position of authority will mark the Bhukti of Jupiter in the Mahadasa of Venus. TST TRATRAa RATT aT | fiiaBasRecdghfifaraceans wat lee Sloka 81.—Honour from the city fathers, the mili- tary or police or from the sovereign, acquisition of an excellent damsel, influx of wealth and various materi- als, utensils and comforts requsite for enjoyment will mark Saturn’s Bhukti in the Mahadasa of Venus. ES DAYS wa 3 TRcaranal Fraaeetferzat aa | sik Pa eer Toes qaafieamlaceaincatrene Teta VHT NEA Sloka 82.—During Mercury’s interval in the Dasa of Venus, a person secures the comfort of his sons, will have happiness on a large scale, great power and fame and destruction of enemies; but he will be troubled by sickness through diseases arising from wind and bile, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 334 999 ee argareat: fatau aft a anasg: fr Sloka 83.—During Ketu’s Bhuktiin the Mahadasa of Venus, a person will be destitute of children and happiness, will suffer much from da he will further suffer losses and di and will associate with courtezans, rv through fire; se in some limb, FAR Fe TER sot tong astral sewer: sranzaraiaaonty at BMC aft sebactctamal caditrerai greraccareeoy Tes STE Hh Sleka 84.—The astrologer should take into account the person’s Status, class, occupation, his colour ont- ward appearance, his sense of hearing also while attempting to predict the several effects of dasas and Dhuktis that have been just fore told; what applies to dasa, and) bhukti should be applicable to Antara, Sukshma and Prana. , Thus ends the 2lst Adhyaya on the * Sub-Divi- SCA Da Dasas, viz., Bhuktis, Antaras, Antarantaras, ete.” in the work Phaladeepika composed by Mant, wara, ares- CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 335 aiaisera: 298 Venerstisera i eT Tae: ea Puelaigaed ATs | MAGA TOY TTA TE ATISTATTT UI ADHYAYA XXII Sloka 1.—The triad of stars reckoned from Aswini should be cast by quarters in the eae (Apasavya) or Szteqcr (Pradakhina) order from Mesha to Meena among the 12 Rasis to which the Navamsas composing the triad belong. Again, the 12 quarters of the triad reckoned from Rohini to be wassigned to the 12 Rasis counted from Vrischika to Dhanus in the (Savya-reverse, again - Apradakhica or anti-clock wise) order, ty waged | aed arin ate ait arate | ARIAT VST AE? BSAH TTT URN Sloka 2:—This are the triads of stars reckoned in their order (from Aswini) to be distinguished as ataeq (Apasavya) and atq (Savya). The years assigned to a planct constitute the Dasa-period of the Rasi owned by thdt planet. This is the pecularity in the ST@am (Kalachakra) system, say the wise: Hat oe aaa TA ATA fama ata all CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 336 294 noditratat Adh. XXII Sloka 3.—5, 21, 7, 9, 10, 16 and 4 are the numbers representing the period in years respectively of the seven planets reckoned from the Sun, and are the means (sources) for feeling the good and bad effects. aaa ae cakes | vem ateRintast celgat: qT eI Sloka 4—In this Kalachakra system consisting of Dasas, Apaharas, ctc., I shall now expound the formulae for the several Nakshatra padas from Aswini onwards, Every such formula consists of nine syllables indicating by their number (as per mrqarfR-Kata- payadi mnemonics) the particular Rasyapaharas composing the Dasa of the Nakshatrapada under con- sideration, and consequently the total life period appertaining thereto by means of the years allotted to the several Rasi owners, ate maT Rig aang acc: a a Yaeq | Baas awh qt ahh ay tt Sloka 5, —For those born in the first arg (Pada) of Aswini, the first sub-period belongs to Mesha-Mars ; the second to Vrishabha-Venus ; the third to Mituna- Mercury; the fourth to Kataka-Moon; the fifth to Simha-Sun; the sixth to Kanya-Mereury}; the seventh to Tula-Venus; the 8th to Vrischika-Mars; and the 9th to Dhanur-Jupiter. Tor the 2nd wz (Pada) of Aswini, the sub-periods are owned by. (1) Makara- Saturn, (2) Kumbha-Saturn, (3) Mcena-Jupiter, (4) Vrischika-Mars, (5) Tula-Venus, (6) Kanya-Mercury, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 337 SL 6 - aifiatiseata: 295 (7) Kataka-Moon, (8) Simha-Sun and (9) Mithuna- Mercury. For the 3rd qtz (Pada) of Aswini, the sub- periods belong to (1) Vrishabha-Sukra, (2) Mesha- Kuja, (3) Meena-Guru, (4) Kumbha-Sani, (5) Makara- Sani, (6) Dhanur-Guru, (7) Mesha-Kuja, (8) Vrisha- bha-Sukra and (9) Mituna-Buddha. For the 4th aq (Pada) of Aswini, the sub-periods are owned by (1) Kataka-Chandra, (2) Simha: Ravi, (3) Kanya-Buddha, (4) Tula-Sukra, (5) Vrischika-Kuja, (6) Dhanur-Guru, (7) Makara-Sani, (8) Kumbha-Sani and (9) Meena- Guru, gaa Tigst aaa TT | aatagaaaadl wage: garda: Wat Sloka 6.—For the Ist qrq@ (Pada) of Bharani, the several sub-periods are (1) Vrischika-Kuja, (2) Tula- Sukra, (8) Kanya-Budha, (4) Kataka-Chandra, (5) Simha - Ravi, (6) Mithuna - Budha, (7) Vrishabha- Sukra, (8) Mesha-Kuja and (6) Meena-Guru. For the 2nd qq (Pada) of Bharani, the sub-periods are (1) Kumbha-Sani, (2) Makara-Sani, (3) Dhanur- Guru, (4) Mesha-Kuja, (5) Vrishabha-Sukra, (6) Mithuna-Budha, (7) Kataka-Ghandra, (8) Simha-Ravi and (9) Kanya-Budha. For the 3rd qr (Pada) of Bharani, the sub-periods are (1) Tula-Sukra, (2) Vrischika-Kuja, (3) Dhanur- Guru, (4) Makara-Sani, (5) Kumbha-Sani, (6) Meena- Guru, (7) Vrischika-Kuja, (8) Tula-Sukra and (9) Kanya- \-Bud ECF BABA Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 338 296 qwedifretat __ Adi: XXII The sub-periods of the 4th yrz (Pada) of Bharani are (lL) Kataka-Chandra, (2)Simha-Ravi, (8) Mithuna- Budha, (4) Vrishabha-Sukra, (5) ‘Mesha-Kuja, (6) Meena-Guru, (7) Kumbha-Sani, (8) Makara-Sani and (9) Dhanur-Guru. aaa ae RET | wasiatenuig aaaitrsateaia dee ya Woy Sloka 7—The formulae fur Aswini 2nd Bharani are described above. ‘The four formulae given for the four Padas of Aswini will also respectively apply to the four Padas of Krittika in the ageeq (Apasavya- sqferot Pradakshina) triad. The formulae for Rohini and Mrigasiras,in the @eq (Savya) triad are stated in the next two Slokas and the four formulae given for the four Padas of Mrigasiras should also be used again for thé four Padas of Ardra, 5a: 1 geitaigenai ay afaha an | TANT ara Test Ratiatey ct Sloka 8—The sub divisions Sor the Ist arg’ (Pada) of Rohini are (1) Dhanur-Guru, (2) Makara-Sani, (8) Kumbha-Sani, (4) Meena-Guru, (5) Mesha-Kuja, (6) Yrishabha-Sukra, (7) Mithuna-Budha} (8) Simha-Rayi and (9) Kataka-Chandra. For the 2nd tq (Pada) of Rohini, the sub-periods are(1) Kanya-Budha, (2) Tula-Sukra, (8) Vrischika- Kuja; (4) Meena-Guru, (5) Kumbha-Sani, (6) Makara- Sani, (7) Dhanur-Guru, (8) Vrischika-Kuja and (9) Tula-Sukra. ‘ CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 339 sl. 9 aihraset: 297 For the 8rd arg (Pada) of Rohini, the sub-periods are (1) Kanya-Budha, (2) Simha-Ravi, (3) Kataka- Chadra, (4) Mithuna-Budha, (5) Vrishabha-Sukra, (6) Mesha-Kuja, (7) Dhanur-Guru, (8) Makara-Sani and (9) Kumbha-Sani. The 4th qrg (Pada) of Rohini has the following sub-periods (1) Meena-Guru, (2) Mesha-Kuja, (3) Vrishabha-Sukra, (4) Mithuna-Budha, (5) Simha-Ravi, (6) Kataka - Chandra, (7) Kanya - Budha, (8) Tula- Sukra and (9) Vrischika-Kuja. relate eat deat ae Te | Tadley eefaa setaiawit ear gn Stoka.9.—For the Ist arg (Pada) of aafareex (Mriga- siras), the sub-periods are (1) Mcena-Guru; (2) Kumbha-Sani, (83) Makara-Sani, (4) Dhanur-Guru, (5) Vrischika-Kuja, (6) Tula-Sukra, (7) Kanya-Budha, (8) Simha-Ravi and (9) Kataka-Chandra, The sub-periods for the 2nd qrg (Pada) of safe, (Mrigasiras) are (1) Mithuna-Budha, (2) Vrishabha-Sukra, (3) Mesha-Kuja, (4) Dhanur-Guru, (5) Makara-Sani, (6) Kumbha-Sani, (7) Meena-Guru, Mesha-Kuja and (9) Vrishabha-Sukra, The 3rd avg (Pada) of aafatzm (Mrigasiras) has the following; sub-periods; (1) Mithuna-Budha, (2) Simha-Rayi, (3) Kataka-Ghandra, (4) Kanya-Budha, (5) Tula-Sukra, (6) Vrischika-Kuja, (7) Mcena-Guru, (8) Kumbha-Sani and (9) Makara-Sani. 38 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 340 298 Reet Adk. XXII The sub-periods for the 4th qrq (Pada) of wafarea, (Mrigasiras) are (1) Dhanur-Guru, (2) Vrischika-Kuja, (3) Tula-Sukra, (4) Kanya-Budha, (5) Simha-Ravi, (6) Kataka-Chandra, (7) Mithuna-Budha, (8) Vrishabha- Sukra and (9) Mesha-Kuja. AAAMUGOTAS AeA TSt cat TeTITIAUTT | Tainmaaadisa Reraifitd avageat nen Sloka 10.—The initial Mahadasa of a life belongs to the lord of the Rasi owning the Nakshatra Pada occupied by the Moon at the time of birth, being so much of the Rasi-Mahadasa as corresponds to the Ghatikas that yet remain of the Nakshatra Pada and the order. of Mahadasas follows the natural order of the Nakshatra Padas reckoned from the aforesaid one. This is the opinion, say the sages, held by some (astrologers), Tay arat agar aeqaafEsis | ace s an cmt ae eat ome area ea BPE 221 Sloka 11—There are number of formulae each Composed of a number of mnemonic syllables refer- Ting to the several Nakshatra Pad: las beginning wi first pad as beginning with the a of Aswini and giving Rasis in a certain order. Tt is with reference to the order of Rasis in these formulae that the Rasi Mahadasas of which ‘a life is to consist, should be determined. The ara (Vakyakrama) men of one school say, should be adhered to, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 341 _ Sh 12-14 gaat sara: 299 TIRe TEVA Wee | fiaadiatetrn cert aoert qrawend a U2RN Sloka 12.—In the order of Rasis atqamam (Vakya- krama); the junctions at the end of Kataka, Vrischika and Meena give rise to (1) augamfa (Manduka Gati), (2) sist (Aswa) or gzmntiet (Turagagati) and (3) fear ara (Simhavalokana) respectively and the Dasas’ at these intervals cause woeful effects. aaTTiRAATTATAN TACTTTS | TE TAMTTTNTETNATSTTT AIMRSATTAS LRM Sloka 13.—The Apahara or Bhukti of any of the planet constituting a Mahadasa is thus obtained. Find out the particular mnemonical syllable (out of the nine syllables) composing a formula whose Bhukti is wanted and find out the owner of the Rasi signified by that syllable. Multiply the number of years assign- ed to this planet by the nymber of years fixed for the planet whose Mahadasa is under consideration and divide the product by the total number) of years constituting the entire Ayus of the formula or Chakra- The quotient in years, etc., will represent the 'sub- period required. aay aRestet wat Ter TACIT | Rararlies wast as Gea: Greaae Ra aq ULE att Besa UI Sloka 14.—The total number of years indicated by the oS Rin RebAser Re SAIL BG Rbed Uaioe BBY ngotri ## Page 342 298 nafs Adk. XXII The sub-periods for the 4th qiz (Pada) of aafixa, (Mrigasiras) are (1) Dhanur-Guru, (2) Vrischika-Kuja, (3) Tula-Sukra, (4) Kanya-Budha, (5) Simha-Ravi, (6) Kataka-Chandra, (7) Mithuna-Budha, (8) Vrishabha- Sukra and (9) Mesha-Kuja- 6 AHTTMCETAST TIL Tat eAT aeaAAIATaT | waiatcaetiss Rurctfed aaa: 12 en Sloka 10—The initial Mahadasa of a life belongs to the lord of the Rasi owning the Nakshatra Pada occupied by the Moon at the time of birth, being so much of the Rasi-Mahadasa as corresponds to the Ghatikas that yet remain of the Nakshatra Pada and the order of Mahadasas follows the natural order of the Nakshatra Padas reckoned from the aforesaid one. This. is the opinion, say the sages, held by some (astrologers). Taney vat amas aeagussthe | Tat aia car mT aaa IRA aPree 22 Sloka —There are number of formulae each Composed of a number of mnemonic syllables refer- ting to the several Nakshatra Padas beginning with the first pada of Aswini and giving Rasis in a certain order, Tt is with reference to the order of Rasis in these formulae that the Rasi Mahadasas of which a life is to consist, should be determined. The arama (Vakyakrama) men of one school say, should be adhered to. CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 343 & Sl. 12-14 arfeentserrat: 299 Bice a aaa wearers | feancintatren cert earat TeBTAs BAG UA Sloka 12.~In the order of Rasis qteamA (Vakya- krama), the junctions at the end of Kataka, Vrischika and Meena give rise to (1) aygamfa (Manduka Gati), (2) aa (Aswa) or azarae (Turagagati) and (3) faere ataa (Simhavalokana) respectively and the Dasas at these intervals cause woeful effects. aged aT \ UATAT eT arenreraraea: Weau Sloka 13—The Apahara or Bhukti of any of the planet constituting a Mahadasa is thus obtained. Find out the particular mnemonical syllable (out of the nine syllables) composing a formula whose Bhukti is wanted and find out the owner of the Rasi signified by that syllable. Multiply the number of years assign- ed to this planet by the number of years fixed for the planet whose Mahadasa is under consideration and divide the product by the total number, of years constituting the entire Ayus of the formula or Chakra. The quotient in years, etc., will represent the ‘sub- period required. AMAT TESTE TAM Taha TAIT | Baraca aaa wa Gra: gaalaal a aq UREN sft area Sloka 14.—The total number of years indicated by 26, eh R tl Nba, SHUR BB RARE OF SPY ## Page 344 800 modlitrarat Adh, ‘XXII formula represents the number (in years) of Parama Ayus for that formula. Thus, the Parama Ayus in years for the 12 Rasiamsas reckoned from Mesha in an -amaeqam (Apasavya Chakra) will be 100, 85, 83 and 86 repeated thrice, while those for the 12 Rasiamsas reckoned from’ Vrischika in a @eqam (Savya Chakra) will be the same but in the reverse order ; that is, 86, 885 85 and 100 repeated thrice. For more information, please refer to Jatakaparijata pp. 965 to 1004, e WeeraraaTaea | AATMG Tees Talla AAT GT | ae Mates aang Faas ues Sloka 15.—Whatever effects have been declared before by me in the case of the several Mahadasas; the same should be stated by a wise astrologer. in the hase of these Dasas also. * SMe TaaasiteragT TAT ACMA SAAS AAT ETT TAT | ara qa aeanat Bega aan Parmeaiternbay 11220 Sloka 16.~ Ascertain the 5th, the 8th as well as the 4th star from weqet (Janmarksha), @.e., the star occupi- ed by the Moon at the time of a person’s birth. Cycles ‘of Dasas:are calculated from every one of these as the starting point, The Dasa counted from the 5th CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 345 Sl. 17 atfaattseara: 301 is called geqa (Utpanna); that from the 8th, areata (Adhana); that from the 4th, Mahadasa. If the Dasas in these cycles have their ends tallying with each other or with the end of the Dasa taken in the same order from ##a@ (Janmarksha), i.e. giving the same number of years, months, etc., it is a sign that the life of the person. concerned is to end with the Dasa. In the case of people endowed with short, long and medium lives, the demise will happen at the close of the Dasa ofthe 8rd, the 7th and the 5th stars respectively counted from the natal stars they being called faqater, saatet and TaARaTLI, respectively. U1 rate wi aa fafeieadt wargeat war aaegaaataasernlat aa- & @: ganar estat: vacate: wat aed sasT Tata Jaa Feat HRA LeU »Sloka 17.--1, 2, 9, 20; 18, 20, and’ 50 are the figures indicating the number of years prescribed respectively for the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Venus, Jupiter, the Sun ‘and Saturn in the Safiragar (Naisargikadasa) system, The Dasas play their part in the order given here according to the natural strength of the planets concerned, The Yavanas are of opinion that the Lagna Dasa which is benefic comes after these Dasas. Becotkennmdaachel RAK SMa DEL eGangotri ## Page 346 302 aedifrerat Adh, XXII t agea Ul fiise waigd caesar orarerts SqnIagaat: TRS | TMs Ragas aiaeanray fea samiisqaera eo ale Pra far yee Sloka 18.—The signs, degrees, minutes, etc., of a planet should be converted into minutes, and as many multiples of 2400 as may be found necessary should be subtracted from the same. The remainder repre- sents the Ayushkalas of the planet. The same should be divided by 200 (ara atfa—enmr=10 or 0, w=0; afa=2). The quotient gives the number of years, months and days in the sargaia (Amsayurdaya) con- tribution towards the span of life by a planet accord- ing to its Degree, ete., according to-Satyacharya. If the planet be retrograde or in exaltation, this quotient has to be trebled. If the planet be in his own Rasi or Navamsa, decanate or Vargottama, the Ayurdaya has to be doubled ; if in depression, it has to be reduced by half. If the planet be eclipsed, then also the reduction is half, But this last reduction will not apply to Venus and Saturn. [f= 24 (sce Monier Williams’ Dictionary) |, wafat=2400. There are 24 Tirthankaras or saints among the Jains. aalgPratgafaacratsqarsenct- enrages cat eh eat CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 347 Sl. 19-20 aitrantseara: + 303. sata Aga Bar Peet eerssat cat waaiqan aegetaseaett Gey TUS .Sloka 19-—When malefic planets occupy the 6 Bhavas counted backward from the 12th, the whole, a half, a third, a fourth, a fifth and sixth respectively of their Ayurdaya is lost. When benefic planets occupy such positions, the loss is half of that incurred in the case of malefic ones. When several planets are in a Bhava, only the strongest of them causes a reduction in the Ayurdaya. All planets except Mars lose a third of their Ayurdaya when in inimical houses. The number of years contributed by the Lagna according to Satyacharya’s view corresponds to the number of its Navamsas that have risen. Even if the Lagna be strong or of medium strength, the same rule holds. aeladat aan Pera Feeraes agai | Aas ca TEATS F TER TRI HG RO Sloka 20.—The rule of Satyacharya is preferable (to that laid down by Maya or Jeevasarman). But some make the process inconsistent and unwarrantable by a series of multiplications. The dictum of the Acharyas (Satya and others) is the following :— (1) When several multiplications crop up, only one and that the highest, is to be gone through. For instance, when a planct is in its own house, and in its exaltation and in retrograde motion, the Ayurdaya is not to be doubled first and then the result trebled and the second result CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 348 304 , qeditarat Adh. XXII further trebled. According to the rule, the Ayurdaya-should be trebled once for all. (2) Again, when there .are several reductions applicable, only one, and that, the greatest should be made. For instance, a planet may be in an inimical sign and may be eclipsed by the Sun. It is enough if the reduction by half, i e., AwRA—Astangata reduction, be made. —This Sloka is from Brihat Jataka, 3-Sit- Chapter VII-13. ti aa Feetasar i oa 5 Wt at wh Pd wa at Pan wat area Rosremafi was aul aa Reeaike | aS to XS, * a wr TA of Petersfield aa 5 aoe yf ust aleafieasiauangeafiar Ae: ue _ Soka 21—The aggregate number of fassrgaita (Pindayurdaya) years assigned to the several planets from the Sun onwards (in their highest exaltation Point) are respectively 19, 25, 15, 12, 15, 21 and 20. All the reductions should be gone through as before. When a malefic planet is present in the Lagna, take only the minutes, seconds, ete. indicating the Lagna, leaving out the signs, Multiply the total Ayus by this and divide by 360. The whole Ayurdaya should be reduced by this result. If the Lagna be aspected by a benefic, the period to be subtracted will be only half of the above result. So say those well-versed in Ayurdaya system. CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 349 SI. 22-24 alfiattseqta: 305 waraniqaat TIT Tea HSTey | mages ai art cada ARATE RAN Sioka 22.—In the faveiqafa (Pindayurdaya) system when the Amsa (Lagna Navamsa) is strong; the Lagna Ayus (or Lagna Dasa) corresponds to the Lagna Navamsa. When the Lagna. (Rasi) is strong, the number of years for Lagna Ayus corresponds to the number signified by the Rasi, ete, counted from Mesha, and not.the Lagna Navamsa. ava fsgact ag ATT TTE | oar) seach wee Pare RAN Sloka 23.—The years assigned to the several planets in Sloka 21 supra are to be adopted in full when they arein exaltation, When a planet is in its depression point, the period assigned to it is reduced by half; when it occupies an intermediate position, the reduc- tion is to be proportionate, say the wise. _ tosreraigiat sat abrersmraaaaiaa | WaT MTA WARTS THA AFIT URE Sloka 24.—The faagrgata (Pindayurdaya) system is advocated as the best by Manittha, Chanakya, Maya and others. But Salyacharya has pronounced this method to be faulty and Varahamihira also has made similar pronouncement. 39 ; CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 350 306 wediitarai Adh. XXII waa anda Sarat aia TATTIST | watt ag aa Rast watwserearrdie ues Sloka 23.—Jeevasarman lays down in accordance with his own doctrine that the maximum period of life given by each planet from the Sun onwards is 4th of the maximum aggregate period (120 years and 5 days). In this Ayurdaya also all the reductions are enjoined. The Lagna Ayus also should be calculated in the same way as in the other systems. aut RTTARA TEA ATTA a weMd ws Tara areeg ft | Ragacadatis aa set Reg a- : lens s _ Bale WE? Ut Te TARAS UR Sloka 26—The full period of life in the case of men has been declared 'as 120 years (12x10) by some. Others there are who have stated that the full life- Period will be the time taken by Saturn to make 3 complete revolutions (in his orbit). There is a third school who say that the full life-period of a man is the time taken by the Moon for making 1000 revolutions. But we are of opinion that the full period of man’s life in this Kaliyuga is only 100 years as stated in the Vedas. wakerguanareara: aa aatseat wrrahfuararias seg gaataal Ara | marathi: waa ararigaenegaiey 3 a SATUTE URI €C-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 351 Sl. 28 aifaattser: 307 Sloka 27.—Of the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon, whichever is strongest will have its Dasa first. Then will come the Dasa of the planets in Kendra and other positions. When several occupy together any one of these positions the precedence will be given to the plavet which predominates in strength. When they happen to be of equal strength, that which gives a longer period, in yearsof argaia (Ayurdaya) will have its turn first. When there is equality even in regard to the number of years of argaia (Ayurdaya) of the planets, that which rises first after being eclipsed by the Sun gets its Dasa prior to its fellows. Jf such planets should however chance to have equal strength, equal ATGetT CAyurdaya) and equal rising after their conjunction with the Sun, then that planet which is anterior in the general order of precedence among the significators would rule the Dasa in question; and this general order of precedence is usually taken to be (i) the Lagna, (2) the Sun, (3) the Moon, (4) Mars, (5) Mercury, (6) Jupiter, (7) Venus and (8) Saturn, And the strength of any: planet for this purpose is obtained by multiplying it-the position-by the distance of the planet from its nearest Bhava-sandhi and dividing the product by the distance between the wtatat (Bhavamsa) and one of its Sandhis. shied careers findtaraaettaia | Rabie aT arTMATT AAT URS 8 Sloka 28.—varaqaia (Amsayurdaya) is to be calcu- lated upon the predominance in strength of the Lagna firvgigaia (Pindayurdaya) upon the Sun’s superiority CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 352 308 Reatrnai Adh. XXII in strength and Fefftergaia (Naisargikayurdaya) when the Moon’s power is strongest. We shall now state what should be done when the three (Lagna, the Sun and the Moon) are of equal strength. aat Taoite dyer fre Ga eat wR | Af xiieses at: aaslaanigal agian 129 Sloka 29—Add the three Ayurdayas and divide the sum by 3, The quotient will be the Ay urdaya required. If only two of them are strong, add the two Ayurdayas and take half the result. When the three planets are all weak, adopt the method advocat- ed by Jeevasarman for finding out the Ayurdaya. ROaAET Fat eR TSA Hat aazaniy EAT TSAI VAT UZ >} Sloka 30.—Kalachakra Dasa system has to he re- sorted to only when the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the Moon is strong. The Dasa calculation as per Nakshatra method is always considered as the best. wan Wetea ageakat sa a: far eat seam waa: | fren araigaqtratsica gat wa oriclat camatan Te TTL URN Sloka 31.—The full period of life in the case of men and clephants is given as 120 years and 5 days, while in that of horses it is 32 years, Itis 25 in the case of CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 353 Sl. 52 gifaeitsera: 309 asses and camels and 24 for bulls and buffalos. Twelve years are allotted for dogs and 16 for sheep and the like. yada sai Fy 7 eENiAT EAI | wl aU ala J Gagtastat cake aPrarqesrenha: W320 ala apache sediitart smamcals ain grag seara: Sloka 32.—This arg (Ayus) span of life has been declared, by wise men with respect to only those who are engaged in the practice of virtuous actions, who keep their senses under control, who eat wholesome dict, who are devoted to the Vedic class and the Gods and who preserve the land-marks of character and conduct peculiar to their high families.

Dasa, etc.” in the work Phaladecpika composed by Mantreswara. CC,0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 354 310 wedifreatat Adh. XXIII 1) ralfaartsea: I 1 aaa TawAIeAgsat OMTMESAITS | seat gf a naqaecmaatharhiatt seg 11211 ADHYAYA XXIII Sloka 1—In order to ascertain the good and bad effects caused by the several planets in their transits through the Rasis of the zodiac, the Ashtakavarga has been very highly spoken of by the great sages, and I now set forth the mode of accomplishing it. Notes The meaning of ABR is literally the group of 8 things. In other words, it is the combination of the good and bad posi, tions of a planet with respect to the 7 planets and the Lagna @ things). So it is the combination of the benefic and malefic Gots in a planet's chart with reference to the positions of the 8 Planets, aitseq aearehy afrast gefatt THAT | TRataadisent aa eta UR Sloka 2, and post in planets as th —Draw well on the ground the Rasi Chakra the same in their proper places the several ney stood at the time of birth. Regulate the distribution of the beads in the manner directed (in the following Slokas), in the several Rasis) the reckoning in each case being made from the sign CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotii ## Page 355 311 Sl. 3-4 satiartseara: occupied by the particular planet for getting the Ashtakavarga. Piaazatesagaraent gurek guise | giatadaant wakegiseat- Rasa URN Soka 3.—With reference to his Ashtakavarga, the Sun is declared exceedingly auspicious in the Ist, the 2nd, the 4th, the 7th, the 8th, the 9th, the 10th and 11th places from himself, Mars and Saturn; in the 5th, the 6th, the 9th and 11th places from Jupiter; in the 6th, the 7th and the 12th places from Venus; in the 83rd, the 5th, the 6th, the 9th, the 10th, the 11th and the 12th from Mercury; in the 3rd, the 6th, the 10th and the llth places from the Moon; and lastly, in the 3rd, the 4th, the 6th, the 10th, the 11th and the 12th places from the Lagna. tat sae a: ateaares gaa: Wars gis srr qaaeuraesiay TAT | Seta wysrererafeaat ~ Sas ~~ N HARTY TATA ER? DAT ATAT 21 Sloka 4.—The Moon is auspicious in the 3rd, 6th, 7th, 8th, 10th and 11th places from the Sun; in the Ast, 3rd, 6th, 7th, 10th and 11th places from herself; in the’ 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th and 11th places from Mars; in the Ist, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 7th, 8th, 10th anced d thasplaneseafeormidkescneyr; DivitthebisGaeds 4th, \ ## Page 356 312 pedtiretal Adh, XXIII 7th, 8th, 10th and 11th places from Jupiter*; in the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 7th, 9th, 10th and 11th places from Venus; in the 3rd, 5th, 6th and 11th places from Saturn; and lastly, in the 3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th places from the Lagna. denistiatiaas Riratetars wr garg GTATAT VERA Tea: | aaah farsa goa: HTT waaieniad tag fafaa: Sagat TWAT way Sloka 5.—Mars is auspicious in the 3rd, 5th, 6th, loth and 11th places from the Sun; in the 3rd, 6th and 11th places from the Moon; in the Ist, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, loth and iith places from himself; in the 3rd, 5th, 6th and 11th places from Mercury; in the 6th, 10th, 11th and 12th places fom Jupiter; in the 6th, 8th, 11th and 12th places from Venus; in the 1st, 4th; 7th, 8th, 9th. 10th and 11th places from Saturn; and lastly, in the Ist, 3rd, 6th, ioth and 11th places from the Lagna. dieraiinad at: getdtaheeya: asl Ta AAT: WRAaTAT AVE | at wimaeats serat gare oMeAUT- qa aah staat afar Raeiege: URN Sloka 6.—Mercury is auspicious in the Ist, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th, 11th and 12th places from himself; in * According to Varahamibira, Ist, 4th, 7th, 8th, 10th, 11th and 12th placas from Jupiter. ; } ie : CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 357 Sl. 7-8 saliantseara: 313 the 5th, 6th, 9th, 1ith and i2th places from the Sun; in the 6th, 8th, 11th and 12th places from Jupiter,; in the Ist, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 1oth and 11th places from Saturn and Mars; in the Ist, 2nd, 8rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th and 11th places from Venus; in the lst, 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th and 11th places from the Lagna; and lastly, in the 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th and 11th places from the Moon. mratosreReMaaTtR TR aiaifes TERRA gen Prensaret TAG | Bi whack gut: aes wa Eins Saat aia Baas fares aa tl Sloka 7.—Jupiter is benefic in the Ist, @nd, 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th and 11th places from the Sun; in the 2nd, 5th, 7th, 9th and ith places from the Moon; in the Ist, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 10th and 11th places from Mars; in the Ist, 2nd; 4th, 5th; 6th, 9th, 10th and 1Jth places from Mercury; in the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 10th and 11th places from himself; in the 3rd, 5th, Gth and 12th places from Saturn; in the 2nd, Sth, 6th, 9th, 10th and 11th places from Venus; and lastly; in the Ist, Qnd, 4th, 5th, 6th. 7th, 9th, 10th and ilth places from the Lagna. wei eg Aa: Gerardi age aah FR sraragish Foot WE vast wat: | Baerieat qargheaen seed at qigaigen witararatisal ag: aera: ill Ub-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 358 814 qedifirarat Adk. XXIII Sloka 8.—Venus is auspicious in the 8th, 11th and 12th places from the Sun; in the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, 11th and 12th places from the Moon; in the Ist, 2nd, 3rd. 4th,/5th, 8th, 9th and 11th places from the Lagna; in the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, loth and 11th places from himself; in the 3rd; Sth, 6th, 9th. 11th and 12th places from Mars*; in the 8rd, 4th, Sth, 8th, 9th, 10th and 11th places from Saturn; in the 3rd, 5th, 6th, 9th and 11th places from Mercury; and lastly, in the 5th, Sth, 9th, 10th and llth places from Jupiter. ¢ ES = watts afl wat aa THIS waghatntat gre: | RUE Tarregaat geet ag BOTA yqq AT TlTAT 119, Sloka 9—Saturn is benefic in the Ist, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, loth and 11th places from the Sun; in the 3rd, Bilt aad 11th places from the Moon; in the 3rd, Sth, 6th aad itt places from himself; in the 3rd, 5th, 6th, loth, 11th and 12th places from Mars; in the lit 6th; th and 12th places from Jupiter; in the 6th, 8th, 9th, loth, 11th and 12th places from Mercury ; in the Ist, 8rd, 4th, 6th, 10th and 11th places from the Lagna; and lastly, in the 6th, 11th and 12th places from Venus, ata fotfeatied Feneafsae- chranating staat a & * According to Parasara, the 3rd, 4th, 6th, 9h, 11th and 12th places from Mars. } , 4 fe + . CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 359 Sl. 10-11 sarfantseata: 815 argh: gets eqraaTa TTA Ne Sloka 10.—Planets produce good or bad effects (as the case may be) which ever may preponderate in the Ashtakavarga calculations made from the Rasi they occupy at the time of birth, The planets invariably advance the benefic effects in their own, exalted, or Upachaya places. They however fail to sustain the benefic effects gained, in their depression, inimical or Apachaya houses. Notes Good houses with malefic dots, and bad houses with benefic dots will neutralise the effects. Tn other cases the results will be different. For further information on the subject and about the Ashta- kavarga plate, please see p, p. 653-663 of my edition of Jataka- parijata, alent gaat Prakasa stata: | art aaa iReaateiasaates AAT TTT 129 Sloka 11.—When all the Ashtakavargas have been prepared, if it be found that a Rasi is void of any benefic dot in a planet’s Ashtakavarga, it indicates that the native will lose his life when the particular planet in his orbit transits that Rasi. If there should be one, two, three, four, five, six, seven or eight benefic dots, the effects will be (1) destruction or loss, (2) ex- penditure, (3) fear, (4) fear, (5) accomplishment of the desired object, (6) acquisition of a damsel, (7) gain of CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 360 316 meditrarai Adh,. XXIII wealth or property and (8) gaining a Kingdom or high Government position respectively. Timahbiaieiadiea waits wae | ara: OAL ARATE Y Ueean Sloka 12,—Treating the several Rasis occupied by the planets at the time of birth as their respective starting points (Lagnas), benefic dots should be com- puted in 8 ways due to the cou:itings by houses from each of the seven planets and the Lagna, and effects predicted for the several Bhavas: counted from that planet through the dots contained in them. TaReataREeaNtaeAT TeMTTTT TAT | aaa caaaafuats cet Fike Te Nea Sloka 13—Note the Rasi and Navamsa occupied by a planet at birth, When the planet in its course traverses through so much of the distance in that house, it produces the effects due to that Bhava-good or bad as the case may be. Base afa aealaaagTsss Be: | TRAE aydisait aT aE Peles een Sloka I4.—When the Ashtakavarga (of any planet) hhas been computed, note the house that contains the highest number of benefic dots and: what Bhava it represents, reckoning the house occupied by the Karaka planet as the Lagna or the first house. When a planet—whether benefic or malefic—transits that CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 361 * Sl. 15-16 salfaan sera: 317 house, it advances that Bhava, that is, will produce good effects, If otherwise, that is, when the planet transits a house containing a few or no benefic dots, the reverse will be the case. uaa Wa Tat Taigareneaaggstea | geht ARATE TET EATATATATIATS 124 Sloka 15.—When there are many planets simultane- ously passing in their course of transit through a certain Bhava containing also.a good number of benefic dots in the Ashtakavarga of a planet, they promote the interests of the Bhava in an intense man- ner, i.2., produce good results for the Bhava represent- ed by it, the counting being reckoned from the house occupied by the Karaka planet whose Ashtakavarga is under consideration, fet fad acneiticnehifeiars aiseat | meagan at Rasa meentor Aak weAIETET 1124 ll Sloka16—When a benefic dot exists in a Bhava in an Ashtakavarga, in order to definitely fix the exact time of its (benefic dot’s) fruition, a Rasi is divided into 8 equal divisions and the divisions are allotted to the planets and the Lagna according to their orbits and the effect will occur in the transit over the parti- cular division owned by the planct that put forth the benefic dot. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 362 318 nedifrsrat Adh, XXIII * || FATTER! UI aifees aah Aa Water areata ea a Etat | A ai ; o. TA MARS TEER TTT AMA WLOll Sloka 17.—If you draw up a diagram consisting of nine parallel lines at equal intervals from east to west crossed by 13 parallel lines from north to south with the same intermediate space as before, there will arise a table containing 96 squares in 8 rows comprising the results of each of the several Ashtakavargas- For notes on this as well as the next Sloka, see Jatakapari- jata, p. 683. arabes aaa | ara HAT TKS EOTET LEN Sloka 18.—The Lagna, the Moon, Mercury, Venus, the Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn are the lords of the divisions indicated in the cight rows extending from south to north of each sign, and every one of them yields the effect of the benefic dot appearing against it in any of the 12 houses when the planet whose Ashtakavarga is under consideration transits in the house the particular division of the planet yielding the benefic dot. CHEAT TMS TREAT F Fe TAT | aeRO ARTA fet wes AAT 28 Sloka 19.—Divide the Rasi into 8 equal divisions. The first division belongs to Saturn; the 2nd to CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri rab ## Page 363 SL. 20-21 satin sertat 319 Jupiter, and so on according to their orbits. During a planet’s transit over the last division, any benefic dot put forth by the Lagna attains its fruition. that is, any benefic dot put forth by Jupiter will come to fruition during the transit over the 2nd division of the Rasi etc. wnat aise aeMeUasaTTT | sratwabateaergd aa cat maT Red Sloka 20.—When the Sarvashtakavarga containing the results of the Ashtakavargas of all the planets is computed by setting forth in each Rasi the sum-total of all the figures for that Rasi in the seven Ashtaka- vargas; if it be found that any Rasi contains figures exceeding 28, it must be understood that planets in their transit over that Rasi produce good or auspicious effects. Any number falling short of that particular figure produces danger, or sorrow proportionately varying in intensity. qaeaeaeaes YAEAST a aaa: aaa Baas | aa alatcatiaitas a dea ae Reh ard TH URL . Sloka 21.—Find the number of benefic dots con- tained in the several auspicious houses reckoned from the Moon. Note also what planets occupy benefic houses counted from the Moon in the horos- cope of the native and find the number of benefic dots in COC otidinisRdrowh dnstitug Seyeeay Pigitiardbyigeedeticr of ## Page 364 Se qresttftearat Adh. XXIII these above two cases excecd 28, the effect must be pronounced as good ; if below that figure, it will be bad. ai: saaanarasat seneaieaAIAET | Teatimea: tiaras wal Reed | Sloka 22.The Ashtakavarga figures are to be computed as‘ per rules stated (in this chapter) with respect to the positions of the planets (existing) at the birth-time of any person. In that particular Rasi, month, Bhava, ctc., signified by the sign containing the greatest number of benefic dots, one ought to get done anything auspicious when the planets concerned transit those houses. Tish apeasee Ra | faafircadegataart 377 WRU Sloka 23,—Even a malefic will promote or advance the Bhava in which he is, if he should occupy his owa house, while, if posited in his depression or inimical house, he will definitely cause its decline or ruin. aewish ait aaa get alk | gary diate: wll wR UR LU aft atpacicharat aadifrst avsati ara aatfaaitseara: I Sloka 24.—A benefic planet even if he be in his exaltation house will injure the Bhava he occupies if C&O: Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar, Digitized by eGangotii ## Page 365 821 Sl. 1-2 f agfaatiseata: he should happen to own a Dusstthana (6th, 8th or 12th). A malefic in exaltation will do good to the Bhava he occupies if he happens to own good houses. Thus ends the 23rd Adhyaya on “ Ashtakavarga”’ in the work Phaladeepika composed by Mantreswara. V gfaraitserer i | ATARI ahfare art un: frags wea: | agihremtenhasrarestiveny 21 ADHYAYA XXIV Sloka 1.—The 9th house reckoned from that occu- pied by the Sun is termed the father’s house. Multiply the figure indicating benefic dots in that house by the figure denoting the aiteafase* (Sodhyapinda). aalawened aad ata waN | aia aid Magat wtoata a daa ual Sloka 2.—The figure thus arrived at should be divided by 27. When Saturn transits through the dhipatya reductions have been made in * After the Trikona and E any Ashtakavarga, the sum-total of all the remaining figures is called the zateafqug ‘Sodhyapinda) in that Ashtakavarga. (Vide Sloka 3, infra). H “CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri_, ## Page 366 $22 weditrnrat Adh. XXIV \. eee asterism counted from Aswini indicated by this re- mainder, some thing untoward to the father will with- out doubt come to pass. aqbratmna ast faqs at fa: | aan: area areas fF cra: al Sloka 3.—Or, when Saturn traverses through an asterism which is trine to the aforesaid asterism, the demise of the father or one similarly situated will happen. The sum total of the figures remaining after the 2 reductions is known as aiteafirwg (Sodhyapinda): wrgeataagarat 3 fae | gualagaat a fagerata Faq eH Sloka 4.—The demise of the father or of one simi- larly placed may occur during the Dasa of the planet owning the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the 4th house from the Lagna. Or, the same event may also happen during the Dasa of the planet owning the 4th house. dary fing ate eras 7837 | BRA casey Te Ra ell afaratoa asf aol wa BELT A wi Fant wat Faratenteaae ell ' Sloka 5-6—Multiply the aiteafirs (Sodhyapinda) figure of the Sun’s Ashtakavarga by 8 and divide the product by 12. When the Sun comes to CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 367 Sl. 7-9 agtaaittseart: 393 the Rasi (counted from Mesha) indicated by the remainder, or its triangular sign, the demise of the father should be expected, A wise man should thus fix up with the help of all the other planets the demise in other cases. aageane: fed gar aaafiay | ae Ta aati EeRoTaSTy aT 1191 Sloka 7,—The figure indicating the aeafive (Sodhyapinda) in the Moon’s Ashtakavarga should be multiplied by ithe number representing the benefic dots in the 4th house counted from that occupied by the Moon. The product should be then divided. by 27. When Saturn transits the asterism (counted from Aswini) indicated by the remainder or its triangular star; the demise of the mother may be expected. aRRTaENaaea waaay | arehat veut Afaeaa Fa: Nell Sloka 8.—Find out the Navamsas occupied by the lords of the 4th and the 8th houses reckoned from the Moon. When the Sun transits through a position triangular to these, the loss of the mother should be predicted. The father’s demise should be similarly guessed by reckoning from the Lagna instead of from the Moon. HarnlarhernestaTt aa | a ge eye oy cc PAAAHOV ITT A ATTA FSH , ashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 368 324 qoditrntat Adh. XXIV Sloka 9.—In the Ashtakavarga of Mars, the number of brothers may be guessed by the number of benefic dots in the 3rd house from Mars. Similarly, the number of relations or maternal uncles can be guessed from the number of benefic dots in the 4th house from Mercury in the Ashtakavarga of Mercury. gefagiena aaat at wey | Aga TAT ATMA TAT 2° * Sloka 10.—Find how many planets have contribut- ed benefic dots in the 5th house from Jupiter in Jupiter’s Ashtakavarga. From that number take away as many benefic dots of planets as are occupying inimical or depression houses. The remainder will represent the number of children one may have. gia g dreahenatt 3 | HUTKS TT TUMARAT GT 12 211 ‘Stoka 11.—Tn the Ashtakavarga of Jupiter, add up all the benefic dots remaining after the two reductions have been made, and from this sum take away the number of dots in the malefic Rasis. What remains will represent the number of children the native will have. ora wits aa wate | wat tarhratg: areet eftoredeiafa: 22 Sloka 12.—In the Ashtakavarga of Venus, find out the Rasi that has the largest number of benefic dots. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 369 SI. 13-15 aagfauit sexta: 325~ If the wife should be born, in the direction of quarter signified by that Rasi, increase of progeny through her is assured. If the number of dots be meagre wealth and progeny through her will be poor. ateatiog adage wass: ath | qerraaind aa wee SASH at aa: eB Sloka 13.—Jn Saturn’s Ashtakavarga, multiply the xiteafitég (Sodhyapinda) figure by the number indi- cating the benefic dots in the 8th house from the Lagna and divide the product by 27. When Jupiter or Saturn in his transit passes through the star (count- ed from Aswini) signified by the remainder, the demise of the native may be expected. aaiaaramerierd Ratieg weer | qaearanea awa & aaa ee Sloka 14.—(In Saturn’s Ashtakavarga) add up the figures indicating benefic dots in the several houses from the Lagna to that occupied by Saturn both inclusive. Similarly add up the figures in the houses reckoned from Saturn to the Lagna both inclusive. In the years represented by these two figures should danger or destruction be expected. ACTAMECOMEMS FT TAA | wamattaritaemagat 7 aT U4 Sloka 15.—The figure indicating the ateafars (Soduyapinda) (in.ths Ashtckavarma,of Sevutn) should ## Page 370 $26 Adh. XXIV be multiplied by the number signifying the benefic dots in the 8th house from the Lagna and the product divided by 27. The quoticnt will represent the total period of longevity in years of the native. The time of demise may also be defined as before (vide sloka 13, supra). Bratoratrsat 1 Bratttg g gee aged Bry asa | watery wat ae ara a aT Nea Sloka 16.—Of the 3 signs ina Trikona group, find which sign contains the least number of benefic dots. The figures in the other two signs should be reduced to that extent. If there be no dots in any sign, no such reduction need be made in the other two signs of the triangular group. waaay ¢ aretha | ame wag ag dateraat NO Sloka 17.--If there be no dots in two of the signs of a group, remove the figure in the third. When all the three signs of a group have the same number of dots, remove all. U wares avritaat sen vata | arg Barla wqeiat dave Wen Sloka 18.—After performing the Trikona reduction, the Ekadhipatya reduction should be proceeded with, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 371 Sl. 19-21 safaettseara: 827 When both the houses owned by a planet contain benefic dots, then only this reduction should be made by a wise man. TH BHAA TAT FOR | aaa aeqeahag aaReATA 2811 Sloka 19.—Of the two signs having a common lord, if one alone be occupied and contain a less number of benefic dots than the number in the other, the figure in the latter is to be made equal to the former. ROT ae ATRAT Taga | aaTTTeTeT Ba SAT ETAT Re Sioka 20.—If one of two Rasis having a common lord be occupied and contain more benefic dots than the other, remove the figure in the latter. If the two Rasis one of which is occupied, have the same number of benefic dots, remove the figure in the unoccupied Rasi. sara gadis aa was TAT | watadat A aaer TaaT URN Sloka 21.—If both the Rasis (having a common lord) be unoccupied and have the same number of benefic dots, remove both. If the two Rasis having a common lord be both occupied by planets: no reduc- tion need be made. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 372 328 nediitatat Adh. XXIV TRL Waa BT a ated ara | grad) Faerge aged TATA RRM Sloka 22.—If one of the two Rasis (whether occu- pied or unoccupied) have no benefic dots, then also there is no reduction. If both the Rasis be unoccupi- ed and have an unequal number of benefic dots, the greater figure is to be replaced by the less, areata wearer RTA 4 Ta I Teas ama HEAT aga NRau Sloka 23.—The net figures after the two reductions in the several signs are to be multiplied each. into its _ Rasi factors arfirara (Rasimana). The net figures in the Rasis that are associated with the Sun and other planets are to be multiplied by the appropriate plane- tary factors (or geetq-Grahamana). Meee Couca my wit caufirdt aghatirganfey | \ TRS | gh saat ae RET Mt aagtia: aka: | A URga: ewe Gas TIE NR Stokas 24-25.Tn the case of the signs Vrishabha and Simha, the multiplier is 10, while it is 8 for Mithuna and Vrischika, 7 for Tula and Mesha, and 5 for Kanya and Makara. The multipliers tor Kar- kataka, Dhanus, Kumbha and Meena are 4, 9, 11 and CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 373 $1. 26-28 sgldattseita: 829 12 respectively. These are called Rasi-multipliers- The Graha-factors are quite distinct (vide, next Sloka). Stangraieaat aaaaatest: satatira: | gator Fat wera: TAT URAL Sloka 26.—In the case of Jupiter, Mars, Venus and Mercury 10, 8, 7 and 5 are respectively the multipliers while in the case of each of the remaining planets, the multiplier is Mercury’s figures, viz. 5. The multipli- cation by the Graha ‘act should be efiected separa- tely, and should be treated as distinct from the Rasi multiplication. ag afer dater aufagar | aafiaemigersivas sata fF URell Sloka 27.—After thus muliplying and then adding the two products, the total should be again multiplied by 7 and divided by 27. The quotient obtained, will be the Ayus in years contributed by that planet. See aaa feat: ATA | aafiate atti wes aratega URS Sloka 28.—Multiply the remainder by 12 and divide by 27 to get the months. Multiply the re- mainder by 30 and divide by 27 to get the days and so on to get the Ghatikas etc. ‘Twentyseven years constitute a Mandala. Some reductions have to be made further. 42 CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 374 330 wedtirenat Adh. XXIV HANSEITGEU TAB T BT | Asgaaisergent FT BAT Rei Sloka 29.-If a planet be in conjunction with another planet, reduce the period contributed by the’ planet by half. [f the planct be in depression or combustion, then also should a reduction of the period by half be made. a fram eeargseot aa | Maa wR aa GAH TT Re Stoka 30.—If a planet be posited in an inimical house, a reduction by a third should be effected. Ifa planet occupy any house in the visible half of the horizon, sim: planet vanquished in planctary war or occupying a position within the qr@ (Pata) range of the Sun and the Moon, a reduction by a third should be made. ar reduction should be made. For a AEA all Ta WAST | TANT THM FT TST AAPA 1201 Sloka 31.—When several reductions crop up in the case of a single planet, only one, and that the greatest, should be made. All the figures should then be totalled up and multiplied by 324. aaReeT aad a deat | akeraraeary Gen ga SAT AAT M2 Sloka 32—The product should be divided by 365, The quotient will be the correct rectified Ayus contri- CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 375 SI. 33-35 aa fiattserrar: buted severally by the planets, and may ke shown in years; months, days, etc., and will be their Dasa periods. ne gaint aaet cat gatg Ws Tes | ALATA CATT TATA R31 Sloka 33.—Thus should the Dasa periods of each of the several planets be computed separately. The method of computing the Dasa periods by the Ashtaka- varga process is the best of all. Tet aieet crmeniat wih guf: feedexnaat | WaT Teg SqaraTsT arate J GUAT wzVM ee Wt aediqel wil zat aretha: | fit Raamaasiiager get am fieaiter delsqann Sloka 34-35.—In the Sarvashtakavarga the figures indicating the number of benefic dots in the 12 houses reckoned from. (1) the Sun are 5,7,2= 43 (2) the Moon ,, 3,7,1= 36 (3) Mars Hes 6,7,2= 49 (4) Mercury 5, 5, 7) 82.46 (5) Jupiter ,, 417,73 = 030) (6) Venus ,, 3,6,3= 40 (7) Saturn ,, 4,6,1= 42 (8) Lagna Ep) 6,7,1= 45 Total Sarvashtakavarga figure = 337 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 376 332 nadia Adh, XXIV wiaimatiTaaalayeaa | GIT TRAM THA GgTAT WARM Sloka 36—The Ashtakavarga system is declared to be effective in all undertakings. There is no other way to determine the power of the influence arising at the time— whether good or bad Patan 2 wy wR waa | qeahaeat wet ae TUTE ST ROU Sloka 37.—Signs containing 30 or more benefic dots will always prove benefic. Those containing dots between 25 and. 80 will be middling. Houses where the figure is lower than 25 will cause sorrow or misery. RARRAET BN srarg eiovas ay | me sree wr TTA WAT NAIA Sloka 38.—He in whose nativity the number of benefic dots in the 11th house of the Sarvashtakavarga exceeds that of the 10th house and the figure in the 12th less than that of the 11th, and the figure in the Lagna more than that of the 12th, will be happy and wealthy. Tails errata eer areata 3 | cafes art Rend ae BRET RSH Sloka 39.—Examine the figures in the several houses from the Lagna to the 12th inclusive. In whichever CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 377 Si. 40-42 salaattsera: 333 Bhavas there are more figures. transits over these houses will produce good results. Where the figures are less, the effect will be untoward. TERS TT VEIT THETA Aguerg aaifit ganathh aeaq Weel Sloka 40.--The remarks made above in the previ- ous Sloka apply only to houses other than the 6th, 8th and 12th. During the transits through the best signs (i.e., the signs containing greater number of benefic dots, barring the Dusthanas), all things auspicious should be done. warerae acratatiga Tatil 3 | TART EyTeARTsT U8 Sloka 41.—Add the figures in the houses reckoned from the Lagna to Saturn both inclusive. Multiply the sum thus obtained by 7 and divide the product by 27. aaa TT Tea at Tawa | Us Wea Tad UTNTNTAl SST UVR Sloka 42.In the year indicated by the quotient, the native will suffer calamity or disease. The same process should be gone through with respect to the houses reckoned from Saturn to the Lagna. Similar remarks apply in the case of Mars and Rahu, and the years indicating similar untoward events, ascertained in the same manner, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 378 834 Restrnt Adh. XXIV gitar out art tara: eet Sloka 43.—In the year indicated by the figure obtained by (1) adding the figures (of benefic dots) in the houses occupied by benefic planets and (2) then multiplying the same by 7 ard (3) dividing the result by 27 should the year indicating anything auspicious be intimated, On such an occasion, one will. without doubt; obtain issue, wealth, happiness, etc, ARENT HAT HABA Raz | asafieen: danear veghehr een tf aSpaciacisaral wedieeat dcradmare- ane arm safiatseara: i Sloka 44—T have thus described here in a brief manner the effects due to Ashtakavarga. The same have been treated in greater detail in other works by intelligent men versed in the science. Thus ends the 24th Adhyaya on “the Ashtaka- varga effects as stated in Hora Sara” in the work Phaladeepika composed by Mantreswara. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 379 Si: 1-3: qaafant serra 335 | Tabaarisera 1 garage weaker Ul ATTA BA RITA | SMGPWMAMRAGA HL 1211 ADHYAYA XXV amily ae zaae querdnaaeahy t Sleka II bow to all the Upagrahas, viz., (1) Mandi, (2) Yamakantaka, (3) Ardhe prahara, (4) Kala, (®) Dhuma, (6) Patha or Vyatipata, (7) Paridhi, (8) indra Dhanus or Kodanda and (9) Ketu or Upaketu. at aaret at head aftatieaen arora | madtigadl aa wet fart g atamasarn Ul Sloka 2—When the length of day is 30 Ghatikas, the position of Mandi on the week days counting from Sunday onwards is at the end of 26, 22, 18, 14, 10, 6 and 2 Ghatikas during day time. These figures have to be Proportionately increased or diminished accord- ing as the length of day chosen is greater or less than 30 ghatikas. In the night time, the lords of the first seven Muhurtas are counted, not from the lord of the week day chosen, but from that of the 5th; the posi- tion of Mandi at night time will be different on the week days, viz., at the end of Ghatikas 10, 6, 2, 26) 22, 18 and 14 respectively. feet wat fara: aaiat ax es: ATAZTE | FETS SRL SL Sal FAL Al ## Page 380 336 Redtitentat Adh. XXV Sloka 3—The position of Yamakantaka during day time on week days is at the end of Ghatikas 18, 14, 10 6, 2, 26 and 22; of Ardhaprahara; at the end of Ghatikas 14, 10, 6, 2, 26, 22 and 18. NU reas x iss Fee ha eet wal aac | Rat ad weet TEEN LHe SATA AVA WL Sloka 4.—The position of Kala on the week days counting from Sunday onwards is at the end of Ghati- kas 2, 26, 22, 18, 14, 10 and 6 respectively during day ‘time. These figures have, as already stated for Mandi, to be proportionately altered and their exact Positions determined as in the case of the Lagna. WW taetaatheie: Aa a arifay orfttaat Risa aacaieege | Teh: aia sqagitetegs wear Rl. 5 ao a eegasT Ha TART TA WAU f Sloka 5.—The position of Dhuma is found by add- ing 4 signs, 13° 20’ to the figures for the Sun. If you subtract Dhuma from 12 signs, the result will indicate the figures for Vyatipata. This increased by six signs becomes Parivesha or Paridhi. When Parivesha again is subtracted from 12 signs, we get Indra chapa- Add to this 16° 40’; Kethu is obtained. Kethu increased by one sign will give the figures for the Sun. Wea aT Tat Hes EAT await Vasa AeA ATS FAH URI CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 381 Sl. 7-9 earlaatiseata: 337 Sloka 6.—In the Adhyaya on ‘Bhavas’ the effects of these have already been described in a collective manner. It is only the effects on the Bhavas of those; that have been left out there, which are to be describ- ed here definitely in detail- cali gfeadtat Raiisa faa | waraaeant aida TATRA ON Sloka 7.—Neverthless, some special effect of Gulika and other Upagrahas which have been declared by ancient authors are here enumerated by me in a con- densed form. Corse ES tu wy Praaeieet Feaeadaiat arfreqat aaahant areata | arena gakea saat arfastiet A a aah aera: staat aTeewra Ulcll Sloka 8.—If Gulika be posited in the Lagna, the person concerned will be a thief, cruel, devoid of modesty, ignorant of Vedas and Sastras, will not be very stout, will have a deformed eye, will not be very intelligent, nor will have many children. He will eat much, will be devoid of happiness, will be lustful and depraved, will not be long lived, will not be brave, will be stupid and of an irritable nature- a aigaet aera a Freed ae | a Tea weitere Ragas vaaee an 43 CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 382 338 madifrerat Adh, XXV Sloka 9.—If Gulika be in the 2nd Bhava, the per- son born will not talk in a pleasing manner, will be quarrelsome, will posses no wealth or corn and will live abroad. He will not be true to his word, nor will he be able to intelligently take part in any discussion. AO ES A Prartraraiiga: agwarTaasataa: | Grattan ates casas aeeaatt wer Neen Sloka 10.—When Gulika is in the 3rd house, the person born will be distinguished by aloofness, pride, drunkenness and such other qualities, will display an abundance of ill-temper and ostentation in the acqui- sition of wealth, will be exempt from distress and fear and will be without brothers or sisters. sak whet amegaariia- aaninaatarcrestet 7 ET I TEM Monga yah aS s Rees Gaga: T TE Nee Sloka 11-—When Gulika is in the 4th Bhava, the sa born will be devoid of relations, vehicles, and ealth ; when Gulika is in the 5th wre (Bhava) the Heaven sie will be fickle-minded and badly disposed. a wil : be short-lived. When Gulika is in the 6th se, the person born will destroy hosts of foes, will dabble in demonology, wi an oa Lae ogy, will possess a very good son wate US aed aaa | laa wae aeve: merstaat Ue CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 383 Sl. 18-14 wpafaantseara: 339, Sloka 12-—\When Gulika occtpies the 7th Bhava, the person born will be quarrelsome; will be the hus- band of many wives, will prove a public enemy, will be ungrateful, will know only a little and will be a little bit angry. aha syRSSG | a gauaenat wei Bert suqrahtaabasianmes U22 Sloka 13.—When Gulika is in the 8th Bhava, the person born will be deformed in his face with weak and impaired eyes and will bave a dwarfish body (will be short in stature). When Gulika is in the 9th Bhava; he will be deserted by his elders and his children. When Gulika is in the 10th Bhava, the person will abandon all religious duties and observan- ces producing good effects, and will not be disposed to give anything to others. When Gulika is in the llth Bhava, the person born will have happiness, children, intelligence, power and beauty. BaateRar Gat agers: art gheate | gieabrairs at seq rarest aT URN Sloka 14.—When Gulika is in the 12th Bhava, the person concerned will .not have any liking for sexual pleasures, will be poor, and will have a heavy expendi- ture. The Janmalagna or Rasi of the native will be a siGhe Cusp Reneaeed Hasty, Senaeas RigiseedvieGaanlika or ## Page 384 340 aedifierai _Adh. XXV the Navamsa identical with the one occupied by Mandi. wigs fiasat aeet Rariga | waa: aga gam aay a Tea esl Sloka 15.—If Gulika be associated with the Sun, the person born will kill his father ; if with the Moon, the person born will cause distress to his mother; if with Mars, he will lose his brother; and if with Mer- cury; he will be insane. Teas Wee) gage Alaatcice: | abam afigt gesareaflas aiseng: 112811 Sloka 16. J If Gulika be associated with Jupiter, he will be a blasphemous heretic; if with Venus. the Person born will be in the company of low and base Women; and if with Saturn, he will be afflicted with leprosy, and will be short-lived, Pett cegy Rife afeiteat at Teresgerateend sist Aart UH Slok — il ij rf oka 17When Gulika is associated with Rahu, the Person concerned wil] suffer from disease ; if with Ketu, Tf Gulika’s time on an. a poisonous he will encounter fire accident. 'y weekday be synchronous with the @rsaata (Tyajyakala) on that day, the person born then, though a king will become a beggar. . CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by @Gangotri ## Page 385 Sl. 18-21 qafaattseara: 341 aN ° EN 6 neta iene ¢ dat greta Fea | TAMARA THT WATGAT 1 8Cll Sloka 18.—Wherever Gulika is in conjunction, in all those, evil has to be predicted. Wherever Yama- kantaka is associated, good has to be expected: Ramee afeat wary quest wT Ag | wey 7 aa TMA aealatgawibaat: FT USN Sloka 19.—While Gulika is very powerful in caus- ing evil, Yamakantaka is powerful in causing good. All the other Upagrahas possess only half the power that Mandi has in causing evil. abagios tri qerraazy | AQUA TRS BS | WEA URell Sloka 20.—In producing effects; Gulika is similar to Saturn; Yamakantaka is like Jupiter; Ardhapra- hara is like Mercury and Kala is like Rahu. MOT Ugiwayg walla aerraeasht | S. Cares ASU YAR: DARTMSeTA FeAri WEeTT UR AI Sloka 21.—Kala’s effects will be similar to those of Rahu, while Gulika’s will bring on death. The effects of Yamakantaka will be of an enlivening nature, that is, will produce good results. Ardhaprahara will cause good effects if posited in a house with many benefic doGeah Kaban, RRdarch Insfittitey Seingger THigitized by eGangotri ## Page 386 342 naditratat Adh. XXV aunreatshigeat yorhinataa | a at agai ate sects atraT: WRI Sloka 22—If the Lagna and other houses along with their lords be associated with Dhuma and other Upagrahas, these houses attain their destruction; so says Parasara. We aca archaea | SANT BAT TITTEATA | AT MURAI Sloka 23.—When there is Dhuma, there will always be trouble from heat and danger from fire and mental anguish. When Vyatipata is thus situated, there is danger from horned animals or death through quadrupeds. Ra as viewing aaa | erat Prera ad weet safe Weel Sloka 24.—When there is Parvesha or Paridhi, the ” native will feel afraid of water, will suffer from watery diseases and also have to endure imprisonment- When there is Indra Chapa or Kodanda, the native will be hit by a stone, will be wounded by weapons or will suffer degradation. Sat cata BATAAN | wa anaahareaat GS Ta UR Sloka 25—When there is Ketu (or Upaketu), the natiG€-OvKashnlinReseagch linistitute, Strldgac DigitizetbyeGesxth his ## Page 387 Sl. 26-28 qafaattsearar: 343 business, and there will be peril from thunder. The above effects will occur during the Dasa period of the planet owning the house wherein the Upagraha is posited. SUD FIT TAT seal a TRIAS: a oo. qeatigtiadt Raltacat gaa 1a | yaiiattgeaacterareaat et7at- fee waa Roane: ws HIT 11281 Sloka 26.—If Upaketu should occupy any of the 12 houses from Lagna onwards. the effects will respecti- vely be :—(1) short life, (2) ugly face, (3) courage, (4) misery, (5) loss of children, (6) perturbation of the mind through enemies, (7) decay of vital power, (8) ending one’s life by following bad ways, (9) holding views quite antagonistic to virtuous conduct, (10) inclination towards wandering, (11) gain and (12) committing faults. sama: daa WI Tal BAT: | BPTI GATALTT [IR Sloka 27— The five Upagrahas, Dhuma, etc., traverse the sky without being seen. If at any time they are visible any where, they foreshadow something evil to the world. TRG Tze: aaa Hae | sentra sadiara: afiareg TTT RCI CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 388 344 gogiigatat Adh. XXV Sloka 28—Some say that Dhuma is of the shape of fume clouds, while others opine that it is a star with a tail (comet) Vyatipata is like the fall of a meteor; and Parvesha is a halo or disk round the Sun or the Moon. ae atts aeet aeterag: way | aa ad: SANTA: RAI Sloka 29—Indra Chapa or Indra Dhanus or Kodanda is the famous rainbow that is generally seen in the sky during the advent of rain. Ketu is Dhuma- ketu and causes calamity to the world. afaia fsa atafhahaa ar | TUTTE ATTY ATTERAT akeargaarearaataeeert 112011 fa atpachiRarai aediftarat sara ata qafaatseara: tl Sloka 30.—If the lord of the house occupied by Gulika be possessed of strength and be posited in a Kendra, a Trikona, his own, his exaltation or a friendly house, the person born will own chariots, elephants and horses, will be as beautiful as Cupid ; will be highly respected and widely renowned; and he will rule the entire world. Thus ends the 25th Adhyaya on ‘“ Upagrahas” in the work Phaladeepika, composed by Mantreswara- CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 389 Meise a way watt ag sawed wa wg Ta | TUTTAT TEAL BETS U2 ADHYAYA XXVI Sloka 1.—Of all the Lagnas it is only the Moon’s Lagna that is most important for ascertaining the Wiatme (Gocharapala— effect of transits). One ought therefore to calculate and predict from the Moon’s place to predict the effects due to the transits of planets through the several signs counted from that of the Moon. wa: Weeaharahyea AAT: sfircamateeaatat saree weet | ae Vedder: sgnedaat am: aetiataaa gaetentgratiiit We Sloka 2.—During transit, the Sun gives good results when he is in the 6th, 8rd and 10th houses (couated from the Moon), the Moon in the 3rd, 10th, 6th, 7th and Ist; Jupiter in the 7th, 9th, 2nd and 5th; Mars and Saturn in the 6th and 3rd; Mercury in the 6th, 2nd, 4th, 10th and,8th; all planets in the 11th; Venus in all places other than the i0th, 7th and 6th, Rahu and Ketu are similar to the Sun. 44 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 390 346 Reattearat Adh. XXVI ombanaagy fea: get faleat Rare | BR: gaatisara sashae a Aeeay ser zi! Sloka 3.—The Sun is declared auspicious when he transits the 11th, 3rd, 10th and 6th. if, at the time, the corresponding 44 (Vedha) places, viz-, the 5th, 9th, 4th and 12th respectively are not marred by the transit of any of the planets other than Saturn. of. ARE: gare senaeagarieg a ert | aerat areas AE: 11 For ®t (Vedhas), see p. 834 of Jataka Parijata. Should Saturn occupy (in transit) these: places, viz., Sth, 9th, 4th and 12th, the effect will not be bad, as there is no Vedha between the father and son and as Saturn is the son of the Sun, But if other Planets transit them, they nullify the good effect that would Otherwise be caused by the Sun’s transit. qaanaligarwahaga: BATwIG: all armarantaqantacent + RHE wes pe Sloka 4—The Moon will produce good effect when she transits the 7th, Ist, 6th, ]1th, 10th and 3rd if planets other than Mercury do not transit the corres- ponding Vedha places, i.e, 2nd, 5th, 12th, 8th, 4th and the 9th. of. AR: faeae senar Seaaarnad etry \ Hemrargadetagisena: aU CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 391 fiaaafign ea: gu: arermaaatt: Bt | Ra fig sagaeael fea adathar a Beaa wn Sloka 5.—Mars in the 3rd, 11th and 6th will give good effect if the, 12th, 5th and 9th places respectively are free from the transit of other planets at the time. The same remark applies to Saturn, but in this case the effect will not be marred if the Sun should transit at the time the corresponding % (Vedha) places, of. ARE: Sanity Ba: Dat we EAA arene: GRA wit daa: Ul argagahiaian gay geet a ag Fees at | Meaahiag aTAMRMTAE BES NAM Sloka 6—Mercury will be auspicious when he transits the 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th and 11th houses provided their corresponding Vedha places, viz., 5th, 8rd, 9th, Ist, 8th and 12th are not occupied by any of the planets other than the Moon. of RE: a: SISeaay acradta AAT | feagereeite send Ata: BA: Il arrive aaa BT | CR ieeeria Bere et aR eer | ## Page 392 348 Redirarat Adh. XXVI Sloka 7-—During his transit in the {nd 11th, 9th, 5th and 7th, Jupiter is good if the corresponding 34 (Vedha) places, vz., 12th, 8th, 10th, 4th and 3rd are void of planets. of: ARE: ‘ SHE: SMTA ALATA: | SMUT: Fr wea a Fea 1 agdaratos darniaial easter fre: ae... TTT Re eget wa Taaaninhiomiiecessds ic) Stoka 8.—Venus will give bad effects during his transits through Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th. 9th, 12th and 11th, if he is marred by planets in the correspond- ing Vedha places, viz. 8th, 7th, Ist, lOth, 9th, 5th, 11th, 6th and 8rd respectively. Sf. A: THURIBAeSaaeasr a AeA | arrMPaaa ee aTaegtaT: II 4 wea aaa Raa ATTA Acid Bas Ratt a gad asa 3 | aranté aa sarrageaeageitacat UL EL Se LN ## Page 393 St. 10 agiaatsera: 349 Sloka 9-—When the Sun ‘traverses through the Rasi occupied by the Moon; the person concerned will suffer fatigue and loss of wealth. He will become irritated and suffer from diseases. He will undertake a wearisome journey. When he transits the 2nd house, there will be loss of wealth; and the person will be unhappy: He will be duped by others, and will be obstinate. In the 3rd house, acquisition of a new position, advent of money, happiness, freedom from sickness and destruction of enemies will be the result. In the 4th house, the Sun will cause diseases; and there will often arise impediments to the native in the matter of his sexual enjoyments. Pratt gaat Gaefa agat Unatafearat Wa sea ay grata a Rasta aed THT sawed eau a ae wEreTETe: wake BoE UTA a TL U2 ol eaATTE | Sloka 10.—Mental agitation, ill-health and embar- rassment in all possible ways will be the result of the Sun’s transit in the 5th house. The Sun in the 6th house will remove all diseases, destroy enemies, and dispel all sorrows and mental anxieties. In the 7th house, there will be wearisome travelling, disorder in the stomach and the anus. The person concerned will further suffer humiliation. During the Sun’s transit in the 8th house, the native will suffer from fear, and diseases. He will invite quarrel. He will incur royal displeasure and he will suffer also from COSC essinisirReadinrch Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri _ ## Page 394 350 wediterat Adh. XXVI avert agit Bre Rederiet maa eragatt alts BR | ami at Aataatt Aged Aart ea Reaaatt giiacy sat 3 ikea Sloka 11.—The Sun’s transit in the 9th house will cause to the native danger, humiliation, Separation from his kith and kin and mental depression. During the Sun’s passage through the 10th house a very mighty undertaking will be successfully completed. A new position, honour, wealth and freedom from diseases will be the effect of the Sun’s transit in the ith house. When the Sun passes through the 19th house, there will be sorrow, loss of wealth, quarrel with one’s :riends and fever, aa AAA vt wet Rata a ! aardiad nattetete he ead q FERS WR 1221) Sloka 12-—The. Moon in her travels through the 12 houses counted from the seacifit (QJanmarasi) will give the following respective effects: (1) dawning of fortune, (2) loss of wealth, (3) Success, (4) fear, (5) sorrow; (6) freedom from disease, (7) happiness, (8) untoward events, (9) sickness, (10) attainment of one’s cherished wishes, (11) joy and (12) expenditure, oat Tre Baas cabana aa Pra waatt et aaa = | CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 395 SL. 18-15 aghiattserra: 351 oF alat saale sa wis UAT CAVA TIT TTT UA Sloka 13.—When Mars transits the Janma Rasi, there will result dejection of the mind, separation from one’s relations and diseases caused by (impurity of) blood, bile or heat. In his passage through the 2nd house, Mars will cause fear, hot words, and loss of wealth. In the 3rd house, the effect will be success (in everything) and happiness through the attainment of golden ornaments. During his passage in the 4th house, he will cause loss of position, stomach disorders such as dysentery, diarrhoea, etc-, and sorrow through relations, . snagtataeat gataerat at moti wai Ss wad yliga: | Rgassfaata dares a faraa varia wamaTgReAT 2811 Sloka 14.—The effect of Mars’ transit through the 5th house will be fever, uanecessary desires, mental anguish caused through one’s son, or quarrel with one’s relations. When Mars transits the 6th house he will bring about the termination of strife and the withdrawal of enemies; alleviation of disease, victory, financial gain and success in all undertakings. BOATICAPASTAUTH TTT sgateiaat PearTaarsey | CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 396 352 nedtiratat Adh. XXVI ga vaadtitaa ofaisiarafeth- febaaitiiaeaateaat: 24 Sloka 15.—When Mars transits the 7th house; there will arise misunderstanding with one’s own wife, eye disease, stomach-ache and the like. In the 8th house; the native will suffer from fever; his body will become soiled due to anaemia. He will have lost his wealth and honour. In his transit through the 9th house, Mars will bring about humiliation through loss of wealth, etc. The native’s gait will become retarded due to bodily weakness and wastage in the several constituent elements of the body, Va a wife am: & gaat ah | alas Sat Tat arcaelt ease stored 1124 Sloka 16.—When Mars passes through the 10th house, the person concerned will either misbehave (.e,, his behaviour will not be above board), or he will fail in his attempts. He will have exhaustion. In the 11th house, there will be financial gain, freedom from Sickness, addition to landed property, etc. Mars in his transit in the 12th house will bring about loss of wealth, and the native will suffer from diseases caused by excessive heat. Rat Brraaftas vara watered Pid Braz | gaderana Raed gf qaratad THAT TER eon CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 397 Sl. 17-19 aghiaitseata: 353 Sloka 17.--Mercury in his transit through the 12 houses reckoned from the Janma Rasi will cause in their order the following respective effects: (1) loss of wealth, (2) financial gain, (3) fear from enemies, (4) influx of money, (5) quarrel with one’s wife and child- ren, (6) success; (7) misunderstandings, (8) acquisition of children, wealth, etc., (9) impediments, (9) happi- ness all round, (11) prosperity and (12) fear of humili- ation. ft sath Zatiiaartdafe aaat iat shel eeRBeTAT MAT TET | zed fubaahekgh sata os Beagssed Res cet aseTT SIN Sloka 18.—During Jupiter’s transit through the Janma Rasi, the person concerned may have to leave his country, incur heavy expenditure and bear ill-will towards others. When Jupiter passes through the 2nd house, the native will acquire money and will have domestic happiness. His words will have weight. In the 3rd house, loss of position, separation from one’s friends, obstacle to business and disease will result. When Jupiter transits the 4th house, there will be sorrow through relations; the person will suffer humiliation and will have to apprehend danger from Quadrupeds. giertaga’ anaale usieaet gt 1G afafit visage Roa sagt saray: | C50. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 398 354 wodtirarat Adh, XXVI grat alaasay aaa ares gah WE AMSITESAT we vat SEAT N24 Sloka 19.—Acquisition of children, friendship with the good and royal favour will mark Jupiter’s passage through the Sth house. In the 6th house, the native will have trouble from his enemies and cousins. He will also suffer from diseases. When Jupiter transits the 7th house, the person will travel on an auspicious undertaking, will be happy with his wife and will be blessed with children. In the 8th house, he will have fatigue by wearisome journeys, will be unlucky, suffer loss of money and will feel miserable, aa oft ahaa: wbaionagnist | aR grenaaazerit RR sea arent seats UROL, Sloka 20.—During Jupiter’s passage through the 9th house, the person concerned will succeed in enjoy- ing all prosperity. Inthe 10th house, danger to one’s property, position and children may be expected. Acquisition of childien, new position, honour and the like may be expected during Jupiter’s transit through the 11th house. In the 12th house, there will be grief and fear caused through property. qaaahiats yaoter Fahey | CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 399 Sl. 21-22 agfiaitseara: 355 feat safest ae ar cen emmdaitreaaeh 12211 Sloka 21.—When Venus transits the Janmarasi, he will confer on the native all kinds of enjoyments. He will cause financial gain when in the 2nd houses prosperity in the 3rd; increase of happiness and friends in the 4th; acquisition of children in the 6th; mishap in the 6th; trouble to wife in the 7th; wealth in the 8th; happiness in the 9th; quarrel in the 10th; safety in the llth and acquisition of money in the 12th. daeedaont shagaakerate sete | dhtitearnifa aaarggeteaaratt ~ L ~ ©. Tad Kaka waaay: wT Rl Sloka 22.—During Saturn’s transit through the Janmarasi, the native will suffer from disease; he will perform funeral rites; in the 2nd house he will suffer loss of wealth and children; in the 3rd house, there will be acquisition of position or employment, servants and money. During Saturn’s transit in the 4th house, there will be loss of wife, relation and wealth- In his transit through the 5th house, wealth will decline, there will be loss of children and the the native’s mind will become confused. In the 6th, Saturn causes happiness all round. In the 7th, the native’s wife will sufler; danger during travel may be apprehended. In the 8th house, there will be loss of children, cattle, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 400 856 aedilgatat Adh. XXVI friends and wealth. The native will also suffer from disease. atte wit faced feces gaa Tara Beas TAT TAS wi 2 Aenamewer ag hahaha Barks saiqratzaettatit: daaemfaea 1221 aT | Sloka 23.—In his passage through aie 9th house; Saturn will bring about loss in finance. There will be many obstacles for the native’s doing any good action: A relative who is equal to the father will die. There will be perpetual sorrow. In his trar t through the 10th house, Saturn will make the native doa sinful deed- There will be loss of honour. The person may suffer from disease. Saturn in the 11th house confers all kinds of happiness and wealth on the native, who will also receive unique honour. When Saturn is in the 12th house, the native will be wearied by being engaged in a worthless and fruitless business. He will be robbed of his money by hisenemies- His wife and sons will suffer from sickness: cert Prefadtel gardadt searEeE | aft 4 oti amt oxy | gala saa Rell Sloka 24.—The following are the effects in their d by Rahu during his transit through the 12 houses counted from the Janmarasi (1) sickness or death, (2) loss of wealth, (3) happiness: (4) sorrow, (5) financial loss, (6) happiness, (7) loss, (8) danger to lifes (9) loss, (10) gain, (11) happiness and (12) expenditure. order cause CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 401 Sl. 25-26 agfaaitseata: 357 Raat uae auiigeaat uRerirat | afatrorael afar afrarrasey Tet AaaTe_ Rll Sloka 25.—Mars and the Sun produce effect (during their passage) when thcy are in the initial 10 degrees or first decanate of a sign. Jupiter and Venus become effective when they are in the middle portion of a sign (2nd decanate) while the Moon and Saturn bear fruit when in the last portion. Mercury and Rahu produce effect throughout their passage. \ ae SATS tan waaeaerhienieaa wT daeinakash wiakwwaRk | Rar weuRA wtanaareaaaat RITATT we earaTst aay UREN Sloka 26.—Draw seven lines horizontally (from west to cast) and over them draw seven lines vertically- | The 28 extremities or points reckoned from the north- east are to be assorted to the 28 stars (including Abbi- jit) counted from Krittika (as shown in the next page). If thestar occupied by the Sun at the time happens to be the Vedha asterism to the natal star, danger to life has to be apprehended; if to the CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 402 358 nedifratat Adh. XXVI a ES P. Ashadha-qafarat Ardra-arai NORTH SYraresS Beee2 28 ESE EES BRoa Te. Peas Bp _. Be Se: A Pee, | ‘ di FeLi gi aad 5 Slap St EFEEEEE Sravana-s73q, jy ta Krittika ssa Abhijitatting, le |_| Rohini-atfeeft eB PrAthadhaceeerarer ~ [|| Mrigasira-sfirer : igia ut i 2. di on Esy ; | ~~ Punarvasn-qaag Ves ta-soy CI ig | Pushya-qea nuradha-agzrgr Tiglersiain| “ry Aslesha -1g@sat svomcreg Bs i mae CS BS Ss 2 2 do Bree EES 8 i 2? 2a a a, a SOUTH alata (Adhana Nakshatra, 19th from wenaea- Janmanakshatra), there will be fear and anxiety; if to the a (10th from qeamat-Janmanakshiatra), loss of wealth will be the result. Should however the Sun in the above Positions be also associ death alone has to be expected. ed with a malefic, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri Lsva ## Page 403 Sl. 27-29 agfaattseata: -859 see ai Bg aa BETTE | a Aces net ne aitag 3 afalaed aaeq IRON Stoke 27.—If any one of the three asterisms referred to above be thus marred by the occupation of other malefics (other than the Sun), death may happen; if by benefics, there will be no danger to life. Every- thing should be judged similarly. araRa Te ATT TIT TET | qaaet Peas Peeseay TT AIT TAT URI Sloka 28.—If the’ 19th, 10th; 3rd, 1st, the 23rd, the 5th or the 7th (all reckoned from the seaatzr-Janma- tara) are afflicted by malefics during their transit, there will be danger to life. But if the planet be bene- fic, failure in business will be the only result. For atta (Adhana), #42 (Karmarksha), arhera (Vai- nasika), ete., see Jatakaparijata p. 625. akeasaeaes gaint WI A Tatty TE | RRA FT TMT T TAT ATA TAT RAI] Sloka 29.—The three asterism (viz, 3a-Janma, agara (Anujanma), fraea (Trijanma), Ist, 10th, and 19th) falling on a day identical with the Sun’s Sankra- mana (Sun’s entry into a new Rasi) or at a time when any of the other planets transit from one Rasi to another, or when there is an eclipse, planetary war Teas (Geahernddha. ge cao smeteags ASR ATT ## Page 404 360 weditrntat Adh. XXVI Ulkanipata) or other unnexpected occurrence, death or a similar untoward event should be expected. ZT (Ulka) denotes the i0th star from the one governed by the Sun (vide Kalaprakasika-Ch. KXXUI-1!6, Tanjore Edi- tion). But Balabhadra says it is the 2!st star counted from that occupied by the Sun. See notes on SI. é8 infra. AAR RE: aaa a: geacarag hiya | ra PEE Sa at Read aft Sata a: age Ga Petter Sloka 30—A planet yielding unfavourable result when aspected by a benefic, or the one that gives good results if aspected by a malefie, both become void of cffect, The same will be the case if they are aspected by their respective inimical planets. aeeIaRgaty: Aaa az aq | 4 tetacrmag wi we gest AR 1221 __ Sloka 31.—A planet in an untoward Bhava, if he is 1n exaltation or Swashetra, will not do any harm, If im such favourable position, favourable Bhava, (effect) to the n he should also occupy a he will give full beneficial results ative during his transit in that Bhava. pal Datla sakiter agaPeaaz | "ES Pretagquisdan ae ae BICce rac (EEa Sloka 32.—Planets in their transit through favoura- ble places (houses wherein they should give good effects) become void of effect if they happen to be at "the time in thei epressil erearrce the tine in their depression or invmical howsegar be ## Page 405 Sl. 88-84 aghiaitseata: 361 in an eclipsed state. But if the houses transitted be also unfavourable, they give bad effects and that too in an aggravated form. FMEA TARR TE | ia MTs SIA waa URAL Sloka 33*—Saturn, the Sun, Mars and Jupiter when they transit the 12th, 8th or the Ist, (counted from the Moon’s place) bring about danger to life itself, a fall from one’s position and loss of wealth. TRIN | Gulla BIA Ug: TA ATA Fs yeeaely | er Gases 7 TATA amrardarracontt TeteaTT 2 I Sloka 34.—The Moon in the 8th, Mars in the 7th, Rahu in the 9th, Venus in the 6th, Jupiter in the 3rd, the Sun in the 5th, Saturn in the Ist and Mercury in the 4th, bring about loss of honour and wealth, and danger to life also, if all the conditions exist. \ Sema MN In the following six slokas, the author describes how the 27 stars (reckoned from the Janmanakshatra) are distributed among the several limbs of the native concerned during transits of each of the planets from the Sun onwards and their effects are also stated, @-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 406 362 eatitearct Adh. XXVI aaa emt qf seach & aac: weTeRy as QS Tease BETA ATS Bt ga et aT a A. wt + ates 4, wigate fayft fisaaa v4 foe Seliet oni aay a ae safe Hea seraade: est Sloka 35.—During the Sun’s transit, the 27 stars reckoned trom the qrazaa ( Janmanakshatra) will be distributed thus: (a) Ist star-face ; (6) 2nd, 8rd, 4th and 5th—head; (¢) 6th, 7th, 8th and 9th—breast (chest ?); (d) 10th, 11th, 12th and 1sth—right hand; (2) 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 1sth and 19th—two feet; (f) 20th, QIst, 22nd and 23rd—left hand: (g) 24th and 25th—the two eyes; (fh) 26th and 27th—organs of Generation; When the Sun transits through these limbs, the effect will be (2) destruction, (6) influx of wealth; (¢) success, (4) financial gain, (e) loss of wealth, (f) bodily illness, (g) gain and (h) danger to life Tespectively. aitatica caer aq freed DB Was sata wa SFT | Tass af By at ae Gad WaT Tél 2a Aaa saat Bedard at TExaT| Sloka 36,— MOON No. J of — Reckoned from the Particular Effect stars natal star limb dweit 2 Ist and 2nd Face Exceeding fear 4 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th Head Safety 2 th; Buh Back Subduing fof ene- mies CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 407 Sl. 37-38 agfiatsera: 363 No. of Reckoned from the Particular Effect stars natal star Timb dwelt 2 9th, 10th Two eyes Financial gain “5 11th, 12th. 13th, Chest Mental happiness 14th, 15th 3 16, 17th, Isth Left hand Quarrel 6 19th, 20th, 2ist, 2 feet Going to a foreign 22nd, 23rd, 24th place 8 28th, 2th, a7th Righthand Financial gain. wer K awl atiaafas: ve mead AAT Ath set sabeaaat a ee AAR | & ord agaist sit eat ase aad Raunt aa aseTaT: ZOU” fa tr gS aa a ait: ae wa gel aT fee & Beast wort: misatsfsa: | aia sraadadiaaa al aiaet Tat qerarerharaa yaRTSRTSH TAT URS Slokas 37-38.— MARS No. of — Reckoned fromthe Particular Effect stars natal star limb dwelt 2 Ist and 2nd Face Death (danger to life) 6 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th Two feet Quarrel 7th, 8th 3 9th, 10th, 11th Chest Success 4 2th, 13th, 14th, Left hand Penury 16th CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 408 364 aeditraat Adh. XXVI a Reckoned from the Particular Effect stars natal star limb dwelt 2 16th, 17th Head Gain 4 isth, 19th, 20th, Face Excessive fear 21st 4 22nd, 23rd, 24th, Right hand Happiness 25th 2 26th, vith The two — Going toa foreign eyes place. MERCURY, JUPITER AND VENUS 3 Ist, Ind, 3rd Head Sorrow or grief 3 4th, 5th, 6th Face Gain 6 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, The two Something ith, 12th hands untoward 5 1sth, 14th, 1sth, Belly loth, 17th 2 18th, 19th Incoming ot much money Generating Loss organs 8 20th, 21st, 22nd, Two feet 23rd, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th wWieahguteraaa- wea a TeTRTTEITY Bee | gat 3 gfe aragaaeay a7e Ae, absaATPRATT 113311 Honour, fame- aa a dled waa a ai wrt BUNT Teter | TATA Voll RA TUBA 1201) CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 409 Sl. 41-43 asfiatserra: 366. Slokas 39-40.-SATURN, RAHU. AND KETU oe Reckoned from the Particular Effect stars natal star limb dwelt 1 Ast Face Grief 4 Qnd; 3rd, 4th, 5th Right hand Happiness 3. 6th, 7th, Sth Right leg Travel 3 9th; 10th, 11th Left leg Loss 4 12th, 13th, 14th, 1isth Lefthand Gain 5) 16th, 17th, 18th, 19th, Belly Sexual. enjoy- 20th ment 8) 2ist, 22nd, 23rd Head Happiness 2 24th, 25th Eyes Happiness 2 26th, 27th Back Danger to life. yaeatishatiec: ea Raat saat meee | wares Me Ba sae ashy Gi Fe ee Sloka 41.—Planets passing through Rasis containing more benefic dots in the Ashtakavarga produce good effect always. Even when such Rasis happen to be the 12th, 6th or 8th, the effect will be good and bene- ficial. | SaTRS TATA TN Valera wETE Tay | TU: Tareas BT TAIRA ULM Tat Tea Weraty gatas | URS Tae TY TAHA F AHN 221 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 410 366 aedifrerat Adh. XXVI EN SURE A cin at ser cu dated aad Fa sift a aaa: | $ ‘ gefucatemigarat TTY SIT Wel Slokas 42-44.—The 12th asterism counted from that occupied by the Sun at the time, the 3rd from that of Mars, the 6th from that of Jupiter, and the 8th from that of Saturn are termed ggtwar: or forward Lattas. The 5th star reckoned from that of Venus, the 7th from that of Mercury; the 9th from that of Rahu and the 22nd from that of the Moon are called .qg@ar: or rear Lattas. If when thus counting, the ara (Janmanakshatra-natal star) happens to come as the Latta star, there will be sickness and anguish. 6 g a aadaie araieagee | aor Seat TTA WATE! WA grea wea va aad: afer | aS b TRA F HAAG ATS way Weey Slokas 45-46.—During the Sun’s Latta there will be the ruin of every business. Misery will result during the Latta of Rahu and Ketu. In the Latta of Jupiter, death, tuin of relations and a sort of general fear or ‘nsecurity may occur. There will be quarrel in the Latta of Venus. In Mercury’s Latta will occur loss of position or similar untoward event. A great loss will mark the Moon’s Latta. Thus the separate effects of the Lattas have been described, ae aregd franfaoniay | TATES aut TTA WL CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 411 SL. 48 ogiaatisera 367 Sloka 47.—When two or more Lattas synchronise, the cumulative effect will proportionately increase in intensity being twice or thrice and one ought only to predict evil as the outcome of the combination, PATRIA TAT: | qa raa A aeal Pada UBS Soka 48.—The Vedhas pronounced as auspicious in the qadtagam (Sarvatobhadrachakra) bring happi- ness, while those declared as evil produce only misery- One should note this also while considering the effect caused by transit (of a planet). © The following Slokas regarding WaAalAZAH (Sarvatobhadra- chakra) are extracted from other works and will be found useful: L. SRR aaa: TEA wh Hea TT | fread waaay Fea: TAHT ara Ta Set aaa we gf ar: | aaanitens Bei saewiars var Fewz Rll aaT wags a erheeaifa: at Aha alate | ual = 3 afe fata seg: wet Saft cea al awaan) ani a agi vai aan saci fara | ae 4 RAgaaddal vé1sa aH ud wa Hell aBIViSRBEREIe adi wae fad a BATT | wihieiget a fesianeeiciel fe aay tae hat CC-0, Kashmir Research Institufe, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangottt ## Page 412 368 wedtirarai Adh. XXVI we eat a eft wart fat a shot = aa sary | sare daw Flee asst wre: Mal Wa Be: waa eared: ge: | qaiga: wens Sraadisaed we gee: BUT loll afereaa faa tasat ae: Ge: diseeni ak aera | ale aferags ditaat iret agai eres cll IL, eea— waa: de aa Seraadioa | Gerd elated aa: peas UU SMT ar fiere faBbaaat Zz | Rated wh say ara da: RU ART Be: BB Sandh RAT ware | Beato eraeq tea aaha7 UM Bioaids Pom gain waa 1 aa oe Hareaaatiala der Wet aaRes fafa gent meqvarer afer | TATGRT ae TATASATAT (Nall wret rarea yates ga: RAUL Waar gaa g Raa: Gea: val aig aad aakk fara | \ aN ae et mA az HAT lho anfiat a aart agei aster . re . & sara Dye: AR. erat aTARAT UA CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 413 Sl. 48 aghiatiserta: ‘369 qoiat afar sear fae | get: aaaraay fea: Fifeat FAT Ue WASUEHAN: BO: TT: TARE: | ment ga: ae: eloraraala 3 12 ol afurat faa: Aza Tat wT | Fegbata amergaq far |e vl aa art a fat ar aera afte Bat Fa: areAarZ | aa: eaBa Usa — wore ani sat agi get a 4 | faanat aact Sat eaefdfea: eR ant efaor efeataetear afta | wea aa wear Fay MATa Wea UHL, aaT Tat Atay TRAY | watrmaaeieT efead aeq Ue ell RU TH AUR: ALA THE ARIAT: | @ weseaen: dear eT AT: es Fear Tat VA gst eat Te | ART TaTalat IAAT HT SAT 112 ly aat aay ath Ba sar Sat wee | wba fret at fade: ell CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by, eGangotri ## Page 414 370 med earat Adh. XX VI wanie ageaaata gala: | am: aus A eget: uci Foamy aay Wat az | wae agoner Fa: qifeaeaT ee caifegaaa ae dat saa | sara wy areal QT TI] AAT IR oll aa Rasa en: ee TAA | uate weft vs AST a SAAR UREN waal wl ae gaat ae: | faa wag etiaagZ i221 7A Sewer: aaa ear: BAIA: | RQ ga: ate Far: REAAT: IRM aS33 amarit gaara qa | tidisre: a: cea Gaal Rel 73 flings gai caer Wa | DA waar sha: www: 124K) TAS Ge feet root erases | Sarat we aft aretsemeaE: 124 I FaPiereanerta REN AT | wy Bally wid saa: IRvll arafs Rae a aaa afade | 4 Warerad teh saws: Rc CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 415 $1. 48 aghaattseata: 371 UTHTS HAT: RAAT: | THT TTT: a aeaesfaa: WRI aaeraaentt Gea area — warmed fig ae RT TI a ae daar enafadiet a maa wae aft afe qaifeaisiai arrearfaar xf: ar feaueatitar Sat fea: et wereaT: UR Sala: au: neat Far Waa ayy Maer g aeat gaat Slr war RRM aaarfir cag aot: aaatkaay FR: | & wised war ar aa wraferras: WR Agana Bar at gifts aa: StS | vel fad faa Ae: cane aor ge URN . wal ag fad a ae sree: | a adel gi araceraifsese: aul) seat fat Ta aaT AMT | agi g waaily Fr Saeed We URAll wat Be aa Fe TRS Tea | aoal seme area aaSEETAT Wr UROL qagee ge rr: ee ge wall seattle cea UCI CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 416 372 Rediirarai Adh, XXVI ster fa: aeracfafrea: | ufarfaet = cenit aa BEA daa: 1184 RESaT aaTTTTAT: | ae Fae Saat Deeish ar le of Terai fod 34 Ages | US aed Ae dod aga ie 2 FREI gest eealsarl | aifrateat serene ay are: lez fatsagtt sararawer: | SUM frag: Sra: adavig ada 12 3 sem aa] ara fait agar | ages J aise et madschaeT Weel SUR aq Proof awa: | 44 Wer sé a aha: Ss ar We se ser cat aeTET | ' Tala sahil AATAR 2 al Aereet & aah asada | aarfté + aad tera E lvl ageaeaard = sifarraarfars | Ml Cand asadafiteay le cil BE: Sseay fF wh Fa waz | ATTA Tan BUA aE: (eel CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 417 olicee oefiaitseara: 373 ae aaashe aft: wees aT | aaa geare: ages AISA loll ta tage He wa: BAL Sameera TEAS aTeAaT Wel WGA TWA ABARAT: | RT eSIHA AA TS ATARI fated qt uff at Sa g caeT aft Pete TRGB WRI Mantreswara makes mention of the Lattas and Sarvatobhadra as both have a bearing on the Vedhas. The Lattas, are of two kinds (1) “ Forward.” or Puro Lattas and (2) “Rear” or Prishta Lattas. The Lattas of the Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn belong to the former class. The rest ‘belong to the latter. Thus, if the Sun should occupy at any, time, say the asterism *Mula’, his Latta Star (which is the 12th from Mula) will be Krittika. Suppose at that time, Venus occupies Sravana; his Latta Star which is the 5th from Sravana will be Jyeshta ; the counting in this case being made from Sravana in the reverse direction as it is a Rear Latta. Here under is given a free rendering in English of the Slokas extracted from Horaratna on Sarvatobhadra in pp. 368— 373 supra. “J shall now describe the MaaTAAM (Sarvatobhadrachakra) which has become famous and serves as a light for the three worlds and which infuses immediately a settled belief and confid- ence in the mind of the user, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 418 374 qadthtnrat Adh. XXVI Draw ten lines yertically and another ten lines crosswise over the same. You will have 81 squares. Write in the regular order 1 aearRERT 11 Nort ] & | after erafialy. anes. arg, tact catia areal Ta | % 7 a q a J afe | eee — fra | #7 & |e | ate | a = a Is. ear] 3 3 t 3 wat | a; oe at | aa ) SRA) | age | mar | TE | ear fags’ =| arat — pagers | | | at fi va a a jae) ot aaa dt a | gas Fe i as seers: (Co Ne en PR star a Z| ger aa | fae | = | oo = —|}- sl ; I ae |e ee he alte ag fered pene | | © freer ert | ar | eet is. wee wy war | at | SOUTH oad a CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri TEAST. ## Page 419 Sl. 48 agfaatseata: i 375 the 16 vowels from 3 onwards in the corner squares commencing from the outmost corner in the North-east, thus filling up in rotation the 4 corners of each of the 4 sets of squares. Fill up the 28 vacant squares of the outermost corner beginning from the North-cast by the 28 asterisms beginning with GPaat (Krittika), so that each side will contain 7 asterisms. The 5 vacant squares of each side of the next inner row may be filled by &, 4, % @and S in the East, by HS, % T and T in the South, 4, 4, SH and @in the West, and @, @ and @ in the North.‘ There now remain 12 squares, 3 on each side in the next inner row. These may be allotted to the 12 Rasis beginning with Vrishabha from the East in regular order. The 5 inner squares still remaining vacant may be allotted to the 5 groups* of Tithis-73t (Nanda), WHT (Bhadra), HAT (Jaya), feet (Rikta) and Gory (Purna) as shown in the Chakra. The 7 week-days may also be entered in the squares thus: Tuesday and Sunday in the square containing the A*@T (Nanda) group; Wednesday and Monday in the 4&1 (Bhadra) group ; Thursday in the H4T (Jaya) group; Friday in the fT (Rikta) and Saturday in the Jarf (Purna). Saturn, the Sun, Rahu, Ketu and Mars are malefic. The rest are benefic. Mercury is a malefic when associated with malefics. So also is the waning Moon. *“arqy — cat ogt qargait vagr — fgetar = aertt Braet wat — gdlat await wateatt Rear — agai aaat aazait BH. castnFARLarch ins rinasar. HABA QED ## Page 420 376 qeditrarat Adh. XXVI In whichever asterism a planet may be posited, three Vedhas arise for the same by its aspect—one in the left, one in the front and one in the right. In the two sides—whether in the right or left—the 3 (Vedha) may be with a star, a consonant, a Rasi or vowel and not with others. For it has been clearly stated in Rajavijaya thus: A planet posited in Krittika may have ®t (Vedha) with the following, viz., (1) Bharani: (2) the vowel 5 (3) Vrishabha; (4) ‘Faq (Nanda); (5) WET (Bhadra) ; (6) Tula; (7) the consonant 5 (8) Visakha and (9) Sravana. _ Similarly a planet stationed in Rohini will have 8 (Vedha) with (1) the vowel = 2) Aswini, (3) the consonant 4 (4) Mithuna, (3) the vowel Ws (6) Kanya, (7) the consonant <; (8) Swati and (9) Abhijit. In the same way, a planet quartered in Mrigasiras may have Vedha with (1) Katak: a, (2) the consonant % (3) Simha, (4) the Consonant %, (5) Chittra, (6) Revati, (7) the consonant @, (8) the vowel @ and (9) Uttarashadha, ae = seine is retrograde in motion, the aspect is towards When it # it is on the left when the motion is direct (swift). ante mean one, it is towards the front. This is with refer- © the five planets from Mars onwards, In the case of Rahu ‘and Ketu, which are always retrograde, the 8 (Vedha) will be on the right, and in the case of the Sun and the Moon which move direct (and have no retrograde motion), the Sat (Vedha) will be on the left. Owing to there being no’ uniformity in motion among the other planets, three kinds of Vedhas have been mentioned, Male- fics when retrograde will cause intense evil if they are in aq CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 421 SI. 48 (Vedha) position, while benefics will do immense good. Malefics and benefics when in rapid motion partake of the nature of the planets they are associated with. When the four asterisms Ardra, Hasta, Purvashadha and Uttarabhadrapada which occupy the four central positions of the outermost border are passed over (transitted) by a planet, the following four triplets, viz., (1) TS; Bi (2) % OW, 33 GB) A, Hy © and (4) Mt, Hy HF are respectively hic (have Vedha). In the case of the pairs (1) 4, 1} (2) & Bs (3) @, T and (4) SH Ti (5) SF if one letter of any pair be hit (has Vedha), the other also should be considered as hit. A @ltaer (Saumya Vedha) is one that is caused by benefic. If there be 84 (Vedha) in one of the pairs of similar vowels, the other vowel of the pair should also be considered as hit. The same remark should be made in the case of the Anuswara and Visarga (vowels). When a planet in transit is in the last or the first quarter of two asterisms (forming the juncture) in any of the four corners of the square, there is the 88f (Vedha) of the four vowels, 3t, 27, > ¥ and the Gaffafr in regular order commencing with that vowel intervening at the particular juncture occupied by the planet. The effects arising from these five are :—agitation or excitement from the first, fear from the second, loss from ‘the third, disease from the fourth and death from the fifth. When the 2 (Vedha) is with an asterism, there is confusion ; when with a letter, loss; with a vowel, sickness: and a very great obstacle, when with a Tithi or Rasi, When there are five Vedhas simultaneously, the individual will not live, A single aa (Vedha) will engender fear in battle; two Vedhas, loss of money; three, some obstacle; and four, death. 48 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 422 378 aodiitarai Adh, XXVI Just as malefics produce evil, benefics cause good. Benefics associated with malefics produce only evil effects. In the Sun’s Vedha there is misunderstanding; in that of Mars, loss of wealth ; in that of Saturn, trouble through sickness ; in those of Rahu and Ketu, obstacles. In the Moon’s, there will be mixed effects ; in that of Venus, sexual enjoyment;-in that of Mercury, intelligence; in that of Jupiter, an all round good effect. When the planet causing the Vedha is retrograde, the effect is two-fold; it is thrice when he is in exaltation; when his motion is rapid. (direct), the usual (natural) effect; and when in depres- Sion, the effect is only half. Any Tithi, Rasi or Amsa or Naksha- tra hit, by a_malefic should be scrupulously avoided in all Suspicious undertakings. A marriage celebrated during a Vedha Se be happy; and any journey undertaken will not prove perigee o> reatmiant given to a patient will not end in cure; meet ‘s anes started will not be successful. Ifa Vedha ca See ee should occur during the time of sickness, it wdotion Ge aj - eath if the motion be retrograde. If the vei ene the sickness will soon subside. If there be Y & malefic in one’s own week day (of birth), the x 3 BeTonwill ot thavelipeace ‘oF mind" And he ‘will sufer Ror mental pain. Nie the transit of the Sun in the three Rasis Vrishabha, pel ih Kataka in the East (see Chakra), that direction is visible), as set’ while the the remaining three as existing (or i The vowels 1, &; wand af in the North-East should be “aissidered as’ belonging (o the East: the vowels aT, GV and : in the South-East, to the South: ) 7 & and & to the West ; + 7B & and @ to the North. In the particular di three months, Tithis in that di rection in which the Sun is staying for all the asterisms, vowels, consonants, Rasis and ircction should be deemed as ‘set’? CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 423 Sl. 48 aghattseaa: 379 When an asterism is set and there is Vedha, sickness will be the result. When a consonant is set, there is loss. When a vowel is set, there is sorrow. When a Rasiis set, there is obstacle ; when a Tithi is set and there is Vedha, fear will arise. When all the five are in the ‘set’ direction and there is Vedha, death will surely result. Towards the direction deemed as ‘set’, journey, fight, dis- cussion, fixing of a new door or gate for a palace and upper storeys should not be undertaken. Any other similar auspicious action should not be done. Whoever has his initial letter situated in the set direction should consider himself as destined unfortunate for the time. People whose initial letters are in the ‘set” direction should, if they desire success, shun a poetical contest, a fort, a battle (consisting of elept horses, chariots, infantry, etc.), in that particular quarter, In the case of an asterism situated in any of the other ‘ risen” directions, if there should be a Vedha, there will be growth. If the Vedha be with a consonant, gain will be the result; if with a vowel, there will be happiness; if with a Rasi, there will be success; if with a Tithi, there is lustre; if with all the five, a position is secured. When there are Vedhas caused by malefics on both the right and left sides with consonants, Tithis, vowels, Rasis and Asterisms at any time, the person concerned will surely meet with his death. When at the time of a malefic Vedha there is a fateful Upagraha (see next three Slokas of this note) synchronising, death is sure to happen to him either through sickness or at battle. The fifth star reckoned from the one occupied by the Sun is termed faery (Vidyunmukha). The 8th is called R[= (Sula) and the 14th, @faaret (Sannipata), the 18th is known as %q (Ketu), the 2Ist is S@HT (Ulka), the 22nd is designated RFT CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 424 380 aadlitarat Adh. XXVI (Kampa), the 23rd is known as AW*H (Vajraka), andthe 24th is termed firafa (Nirghata). These cight are known as the Upa- grahas and are recognised as.causing obstacles to all undertakings when at the time planets transit their respective places. Ascertain if there is {et (Vedha) with any of the following asterisms: (1) SHA (Janmabha), (2) #H (Karma), (3) Stara (Adhanana), (4) fete (Vinasa), (5) aTyaAH (Samudayika), (6) Marta (Sangharika), (7) srtfet ati), (8) Ft (Desa) and (9) aftete (Abhisheka), and predict good or bad effects accord: ing as the Vedha produced is by a benefic or a malefic as the case may be. The star in which th © Moon is at the time of birth of a per- son is known as SFAAT Ganmabha) or 3 (Janmarksha), ‘The 10th therefrom is called aes (Karmabha) or HE (Karmar- Ksha). The 19th is designated as Tata (Adhana), the 23rd is jimed (Vinasana) Rarer or Sarrfias (Vainasika) the 18th star 2p Hed, STARTER (Samsiadayika), the. 1éih nsterisin i known as aarti Ganghatika), the 26th, 27th and 28th are known as SUE ati), BI (esa) and stfitta (Abhisheka) respectively. ue i If the Hg Uanmarksha), the ae (Karmarksha), the AVATAR (Adhanarksha) and the fares (Vinasarksha) be each occulied by malefic Planets, death, sorrow, absence from one’s wiles, and quarrel with with one’s own relations will respectively result, When there is at in the Nakshatra), evil or something unt loss when the (Vedha shatra). Destruction Wa (Vedha) is in the (Janmarksha), imprisonment, argqifrnaert (Samudayika foward will arise. There will be ) isin the @arfawaes (Sanghatika Nak- n of the family will be the effect when the STA ati) or the 26th star from the weet In the 28th star, the 8et (Vedha) will cause CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 425 SL. 48 asftatserra: 381 When the occultation is by a malefic in the asterism known as ®t (Desa), the person concerned will be expelled from his country. But if the 8 (Vedha) in the above cases be by bene- fics, the results will be all auspicious. Should the Vedhas with the Upagrahas (see supra) also occur simultaneously, the result will be death and nothing short of that. When at the time ofa battle, there is a Wt (Vedha) catised by one, two, three, four or five malefics, the corresponding effects will be fear, failure, killing (blood-shed), death and ignominy respectively. When the Moon happens to be in a 88% (Vedha) simultane- ously with a fafa (Tithi) or Nakshatra, a’ vowel, a Rasi and a consonant on any day, that day will prove auspicious or other- wise according as the planet causing the Vedha is benefic or malefic. While the use of the Sarvatobhadra Chakra and the light it may throw on the human cycle of life on the person concerned has fully been explained in pages 378-379 supra, ihe technique and the pointers to such deductions (of results) haye not had full explanation to make the same both handy and useful for easy reference. The same has been explained below : Ist 2nd 3rd 4th Ist 2nd 3rd 4th pada pada pada pada pada pada pada pada abadt zeae ard et aa acoft fe gsa fn f& gt eiaat aes g aga oait& gq * afeoit wa & g at a f& ga anaitt - 3} dt a f aqer ada arat Sass wives gauwg gaae, Bat fe cake a x a f& 3 co, casndh load irdine Soe dually en ## Page 426 = 382 ; sedans Ach. XXVI Ist 2nd 3rd 4th Ist 2nd 3rd 4th pada pada pada pada pada pada pada pada aeaT fe ¢ 2A aan fe a tat war a ff gy 8 afaer a ft g ® gmat wz & ¢ awa Wa fa sarnegat = dtd fe gatar a at zg =e ZU 0 f sang aa a far amc k ott -F Aas There are 112 letters (or sounds) belonging to the 28 asterisms at the rate of one letter for each Nakshatra pada. These are mentioned for ready reference. Persons whose names begin with any one of these letters have got a bearing on the corresponding Nakshatra pada and judged accordingly. FATAL Fy got Rankeeeaty | Sia qeifaat seat; athe aifla ag Sloka 49.—If planets should be badly situated whether during their Dasa, Bhukti, Ashtakavarga or transit, one ought to invoke by prayers and incanta- tions agreeable to the concerncd planets and perform Shantis or propitiatory rites for as erting the evil otherwise threatening, by doing virtuous actions, ob- serving religious vows, making gifts and doing proper adorations. ferme rae yatta a | ada farmer wer araget ge WHI ala aepariachaarai wedifraiat dare froiareatr rgfaaitserra: i) CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 427 Sly 1: aafiantserta: 383 Sloka 50.—Planets are always favourable to one who is harmless (who does not injure others), who possesses self control; who has earned wealth through virtuous means gnd whe is always observing religious discipline. Thus ends the 26th Adhyaya on.‘ Transits of Planets’? in the work Phaladeepika composed by Mantreswara. | aafaaitseare: I UL FAST 1) geaate: aRa any Baton: BRAG Tet | woe Tea at aera HE TT HUTT TTR 2H ADHYAYA XXVII Sloka 1.—When the lord of the 10th house con- jointly occupies a Kendra or Trikona position with four other planets, the person born will attain emanci- pation. If the end of a Rasi be rising and the same be owned by a benefic, and Jupiter occupy a Kendra or a Trikona, then also will the person born attain emancipation. The first line may also be interpreted as—when four. planets. are posited in Kendras or Konas or when the lord of the 10th house is conjoined with four planets. CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 428 384 qadarat Adh, XXVILE Uae a Teas aaa | wastal T7 acta Ahaq adage aes Gary URN Sloka 2.—If at a birth four or more planets occupy a single house, the person born should be said to become an ascetic of the class signified by the strongest of them; while others are of opinion that if the lord of the 10th house be one of the four or five planets conjoined in a house, the person born will belong to that class of ascetics indicated by the lord of the 10th Bhava. ait ant ise dia gafhee: ath aay | Bsa a eis at aataeeat gaata at Jar Ua Sloka 3.—The Moon posited in a decanate owned by Saturn’ and ‘aspected by Mars and Saturn will make the person born’an ascetic, If the Moon occupy a Navamsa owned by Mars and be aspected by Saturn, the person born will enter the class of asceticism signi- fied by the planet Mars seating: alata ze: Ree: gare ach | Ae ahat get aa waka Rrreofierg ei Sloka 4—TF at a birth the lord of the sign occupied by the Moon having no aspect of other planets on itself be aspected by Saturn, the person concerned surely becomes an ascetic of the particular class signi- fied by the aenrfaq. The remarks made above apply here too. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 429 Sl. 5-6 wafaatiseata: 385 anita det a aeala atieddaed Rata- A : = x gaat a abetted a aaeaahey | Raraaitet a Teacatel solewara aed tenate afaite aad asa wet et aT Ul Sloka 5.—The Sun will cause the native to become a chief or lord among contemplative saints or one who has taken initiation of asceticism ; the Moon will make him a traveller visiting places of pilgrimage ; Mars will make him an ascetic of the Buddhist class and an expert in base spells; Mercury will enable the man to become a mendicant who does not know anything about the various philosophical schools; Jupiter will make the man versed in Vedanta. philo- sophy or an eminent ascetic; Venus will make him a religious hypocrite, (i.e., one who assumes the dress, etc-, of an ascetic to gain a livelihood), an outcast or a public dancer; and Saturn will enable him to be- come an outcast or a heretic. afaarmage: aaa: Tart satateata Tad SAAT | aft waft ageh qiftas alaaat ARATE FPOMATAT El Sloka 6—The Moon becomes exceedingly powerful in the bright half of the month. Ifthe lord of the Lagna should aspect the Moon when he is devoid of strength (¢.¢., the waning Moon; say), the person born will become a miserable ascetic engaged in the practice c-0. R&hmir Research Institute, Srinagar, Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 430 386 wediestat = Adh. XXVIT of rigorous penance; distressed and wretched, without wealth or helpmate and getting his food and drink with great difficulty- : safaagiaare usaiat ale aat- sganahis Tere THT | santa arte dtd agate AMATI: WENT EATMTT 91 Sloka'7.—In the ascetic Yoga alluded to in the previous Sloka, if there should exist a Rajayoga, it will pull up by the roofs all the bad effects and then make him a Lord of the carth initiated into asceticism and virtuously inclined, at whose feet other kings make salutations with their head bent. TU TAT waraafia: Sek Eetitszat Sar afenaat ake cat aeaaRaPE NAT | Walger a aquenatdaseg sasat afsat aaratinat cera fattqarg ici aft aepactchearat wedifiarat casas arr wakiatsertas I Sloka 8.—If four planets with the lord of the 10th Bhava occupy a Kendra or Trikona, or if three planets endowed with strength be posited in a good house, the person born will seek admission into the holy order and become a successful ascetic. If the planets forming the group contain more benefics and occupy good houses, the holy order will bé one that is respected by all and honoured by the great. If it be CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 431 Sl. 1-4 aratfiantseara: 387 otherwise, the ascetic order will be one that does not command reverence: Thus ends the 27th Adhyaya on “ Ascetic Yogas”” in the work Phaladeepika composed by Mantreswara. \| serfaatiseara: 1 UL STMaTeaTa: UI dareaa: seat aaigt faterta: esfidisa att | anit ast abealat gent Fordlat waaraaaies 21 WAT stag afer aqionkeiitisr a | AAWMATAMTTTA Fal Be IT TAIT RM aaidiat RES TEAL ATAlaTlaUsT TAT | BAATAEATEAT SAIS TAIT ITAAATSEAT AN AUAUAGTILAM APIATAT Tra METAST: | aeaaat fat: aaa Teagiest Tae 21 ADHYAYA XXVIII Slokas 1-4.—This work consists of 27 chapters treat- ing respectively of (1) Definitions, (2) Karakas, (3) the different kinds of sub-divisions of the Zodiac, (4) the various kinds of strength of the planets, (5) profession and means of livelihood, (6) Yogas, (7) Rajayogas, (8) the effects of planets in the several Bhavas, (9) the effects of Mesha and the other signs happening to be the Lagna, (10) all about the wife’s house, (11) female horoscopy, (12) children, (18) death incidental to child- CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 432 388 neattratat Adh. XXVIII hood, (14) all about diseases, (15) the Bhavas, (16) the effects of the 12 Bhavas, (17) exit from the world. (18) conjunctions of two or more planets, (19) on the Udu Dasas, (20) the effects of\the Dasas of planets with reference to the Bhavas owned by them, (21) the Antardasas or Bhuktis, etc., (22) the Kalachakra system, etc., (23) on Ashtakavarga, (24) on the Ashtaka- vargas as treated in the work ‘Horasara’’, (25) on Mandi and the other Upagrahas, (26) on transits and (27) on Pravrajya or ascetic Yogas- I shall: ow men- tion the place of my birth, aAtnieattarta wn Tea | ares fest aat Sifts ae yan Sacra aay aaron TRAIT Fat aT WASTE NEN aft afpartgchaaral aedifiemrat sodas ara agifaattseata: tl Slokas 5-6.—A fter worshipping the Goddess Su- aoe who bestows on her devotees all that they e et through her grace, this work Phaladcepika logt on Prepared by me—Mantreswara—an astro- ofehe a Brahmana who was born in Tirunclveli*— ict in the South of present Madras State for the enjoyment of other astrologers. : Thus ends the 28th Adhyaya on “ Upasamhara ” in the work Phaladeep f *oft—Sri — Tiru; arf — Sal: 3 atfé — Vati=caco— Veli ; aftanfeatls—Srisalivati= AGQeeh@acd—Tirunelveli, ika composed by Mantreswara. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 433 389 Vatarg ea fra | N, B.—The Roman and Arabic numerals opposite to each Sioka refer respectively to the Chapter to which it Eelongs and to its number therein, at (48) weet Teaeraerancla V-9 said wurst = XXII-28 adéaad gay = VITT-18 ufaeiavaar XXVI-21 abnitaciy XXI-62 aueaiizareaaay XIX-2 sreguasac fit XIV-14 aleaarayen: == XXVIL-6 wae_zIaa: IX-12 ag arian = XIX-18 Tq: BA: IX-10 afaahraat aba: VI-43 aia XXVE31 wea: aR XXVI-13 wea: aagaagredt 11-37 seaTaTetaargat VI-10 wearer XXIV-29 walrd Froaaaire 11-23 weaied aaa: VI-82 aqaniatargia: = -XX1-55 serena =X XI-1 srntat: aeatiha |= XXV-27 anfafacfeaegeag VI-58 FACIAL XIX-22 aac agra ate XVI-9 aeoy Bart 15 akganeey XXI-71 aieaitya: VI1-60 akaagemtiagat ~XXI-25 alequlmaadieay, XXT-36 wafer agit XXIV-1 seadaicgfass: | XX1-65 aaerfafa XVI5 aaifet Vel neared gifaa: = XVITI-15 weTy: XXV-26 aagaraaaga: XII-18 aafaaannera = XX1-26 aferargzaiat VIL-8 agneneenta, XXIV-15 ager Gattis = XVII-28 at aeiteng = XTI-6 AAAS? XXVI-80 afafaacar® = XVII ABTATAMTATL Ker at aeatataagage = X-4 afters XXVL 0 at (19) atazarg aaafa: — V1-12 XX1L-56 | qraatatadt ta XX-44 CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 434 ~~ 390 nedifrarat ATA TATATETATSY Iv-16 arargaistaqamt: XXV-22 arigamiRatat XXVI-29 aa age XIII-4 aaargracita §XIIL-3 TATA ET XXVI-28 MaTemteaa aa XII-32 angesd ania XXVI-11 agas aaa: VITI-29 Ts a Il-7 alat aaefr: XVII-12 art usa = XX-54 aaimagmaater IL-8 arafaar atteqa: XIV-20 atfeer amy = XXIIL-17 ater aargiy =X XITI-2 argagaagt XXVI-8 = (Q) ala fanigatiey =X XTII-10 3 8) seg cag XX-62 seaditigegian = VI-7 sqaataegegeaiat VIII-34 sqateantt X12 sagas XVII-3 sagatagfactiae XVII-16 softafefaara: XXL24 varet wadtar |= XXIV-21 & (?) wet saat = XVI-28 wafagqaahea = XX-25 (4) RAS UAT XIX-3 OE Sat VI-68 FHOUSTA CAAT NT 1-13 @ (12) URet at XXIII15 wk at XXIL-17 maeereirgefe XXVIL-2 oxfqa aaa XXIV-22 cals VIt-21 wast = XXVI-43 ua ofireear XXIV-27 os BETO AL XXIV.33 o» THe » fe aeaany o fe acnterat = (1) terimeatezaie =| XX--2 ait (2) ae mtsadrerg —— TT-12 aeaeegeaeaaie VI1-l4 wm (57) Be: XXIII-22 aareweraey = XXVI-15 RUAAaeaaT ReTT Rarely: CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 435 zaratgmatirat 391 RoI X-13 |S qermrafeey Iv-8 Roy XXV-12 | Sere wat XX-41 auranaeramy =—- VI-18 | Satta VI-16 aIneaatatharariara X12 Sore cata XIV-23 mieaacat Fat NXIT30 | atorefter XX.42 Tate TeMieneg XXV-21 aeaeraciamtte 11-16 area Fa XXV-4 | Meafa: eaereent =: II-14 araatieaakegaa: V-5 | saaor XXVL-12 fataerat VI-68 | aiterstes Iv-18 aAfiaigeaaeired V1-47 | sterastracmft XIX-12 serrgtaacrivaar: X-10 POULSOEE XX-23 sarigatsya VE2S | Saferai: XIX-6 SUTTETT TT VII-18 | afaqafaqta VET graseagrefaea: §XVII-11 | reget VIL8 palate: K-i4 } Sane = vate 7 , | fafana zarat = XIX-20 gaizia IIL-17 | < ee . | fixfraacagt = -XXVI-25 esa at XIV18 | caenfadt 11-27 Rreaaaged = XVII? | # Gi I Soh) aeons 3 ., | gatarateatanie = TV-15 Bega aaaTL VI-56 pasvant aft ae aafaaraaagata 1-1 SwaIT att XXIII-14 zs z anare f& TL-4 qeateat XXII | Sot pak ae atalino XXI-48 Rasagh Siaaaramahea = = XIb2 a (1) Sal gararaftsteg: XIX-17 Saige (25) Rat vaastatay = XXV-25 | ooday Beqatl aff VIE-L8 | a ae aegirataias = XT" | stargt wat Reg reataraet XX-45 | gegaacony SeaRrntonfaaa: — XX47 | grease qiamgt - XXV-16 wrareas cat XVI) | qeageggeaer = XVIL-22 aegifarediveg = -XX90 | ceaagaeqet XXIV-10 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 436 392, aadifentat wit F XXIV-11 | qaveqittssigat IX-7 afm XVII-13 | ares oe XMIII-10 giemaaaa = XXV-30 | amg ara VII-10 giene g XXV-18 | Radia xXVviae gemasacmtiante = -XIV-6 | fraaifici XXL18 maaan == 1-8 | faSreacrg haga: 11-13 aecagameag = XXIII-1 | Ste: act mvs arg avd & ees |) ot gta) Weaagaarat VI-48 | we ‘ VL-70 Saat seat XXrv.24 | RRs: sagas weet | XXIV-19 hi) we: grasa: Tx.l6 | sarkrarzt vie aafiraa: a TiL-19 | seaatéiagysra XVIT-27 ato aaa XI1V-3 | HRT TAT XVII-24 abacret XXVI-32 | SaaaTaraRT XIT-30 ae aft TX-14 | Searatatagrat XXVI-9 weet: of XXVIL1 | wreaadt Ae | IV-12 mal Aer, IX-l9 | SFRAieTCAR XXII-16 =a (19) senrtat — XXVII-4 seraurcarnta, visa | Seatsafteadt | XTIT sgzqeat XX-33 Eeeae ern eee = seigarat maf. V- oun oar XXVILS8 | aa aga a Iv-20 wargane: ; XXIV-7 | gra: mare vIi-9 SR TATEaTT XXIV-8 | are gat af XI1 ARIEL VL-19 | orat aesfa XIV-12 SRA XXIV-34 | greqi ofteg ca: | XXILL-8 wR rea AT XL-10 | gigedaay, XX-18 asfatrataat = V1I-28 | fates gaeBaarai | V-6 ae wage XI-6 ae aay 8 at eagle XXV-2 agmaratat XXIV-26 a seat wa a XXVI-18 XH-29 CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 437 aetatama ret 393 XI-14 VII-14 VI-11 Siechaias sat gat Sarat Ratt saung lea fara saufaaaritaay XXI- 34 a (38) XII-33 XXII-13 hee XV-2 soy wag arate XVII-1 saa XX-58 ora arf XXIV-36 aeeaarand aa gy 42 aify gfentdiat XXV-7 XIIL-5 wat XXTI-13 TAT XXI-82 gefeaaq = VIIL-17 oaredl = -XK~9 ararey ciara 11-26 ate sie I-30 art soy 1-1 agar waa = _XIV-29 50 farnignaagaa XVIII} fares XVII-28 fig: age Vi-20 areninafiraas = XXITI-S atattafigate XXI-14 ager almatstearer IVv-5 ale frais XII-18 aouumaieagac = XIV-+ ai saree XXIL-2 aemiyanta IL-26 Aaqraagayrar_at XXI-19 safafratastanit §=XXII-9 fastuaiteast ear XIV-18 fastorfaratrat == _XX-46 fattg a XXIV-16 fraufaanet: » 737 sata: QE VILL GEES) qahgatet XX-61 qaratarearat he queria ~~ XXII-4 quent «= XXVI-49 garratty XXI-84 qa 11-2 grammekiteqst XOXT-28 ae oF XX-86 gota: waa = =XXIT1 aarigrarsatle ” araqahaca: ari Sarexttsy -1E CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 438 394 aiftsi anf = XXVI-23 arte gat X-2 areaaat XXII-6 far aa XVI-23 feat at XXV-3 Aaigaat F VILL tiga W6D aajeena: IX-S araleit VI-2 @enteracamibeat §=VI1-62 erattanset XXI-58 Ee a aka = XXVI-40 waka I-16 Beh age VIII-22 ziremtard XX-16 gharattigandt = Ll Seat at XXVI-16 sararenlqgat XV-29 geuaagakgeaaur = 1-17 ci XVI-10 XX-15 XVI-I4 VI-57 galaargatraa: TL-11 ealaageqaafear XXI-59 eat falar XXVI-24 eat eet I-26 daqahagean II-19 array XXV-19 arafarencresht XV-17 aaseniegert XXVI-4 sediftstat amsaatamadicia = VIII-81 Sencar sett TII-15 glassragingtafe XII-20 giaatgmageat: =XNIV-28 araigascae: XXVI-33 graaarathre XX-40 igaacaee: XXI-67 fesfaqaanat XXI1-23 feeararferafreanfeas XV-11 gat at sare VIL-4 a (16) vretefert gate: XXI-8 amaaaaartatedt VI-37 aafmarfmateg = XIX-11 cxtefaeaferafiza XXI-57 weet stegearR VIIL27 ‘ad GR ata ar | XVI-22 1 THR aT wey. -26 atpatiia & XIV-24 at aa XV-26 qrarateanaTa qaeg qaqa: Ja array, wat Sau: oa sary XVIIL-10 ag: Ba XXII-8 Sar ae yy 221 a (37) aerarqigeraat XXII-10 wake XXI-77 CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 439 aTERATAT 395 ancaterraega XXL81 | qui great XXII-26 a SIgareTy XXV-9] ,, aaaay XIi-7 a fe3ragat: XX-43 | Sadarete: XXI116 aafa gaat at XVI27 | dafieg IVv-10 aatiy arfeg XXV-1 a (51) aanghantios XX176 | qettged fraser Iv2l atseugait Seis aghaeatialas: Y-14 ararfrarsaggarea a3 le ATURATATAY XV-3 ekki ee aatasaatsga: VIIL-26 SONS i fraageaa vrss | weasaaaaaist 1-3 fied ageaiteare — Vi24 | Waeeeat Mee frotwarnnfaee 3 | TRaaFeefa eae fraitorearerat XVII-20 pa . rs Soxitg | Seratiaea: x8 XVII-28 THSATa XIX-3 Pravraaeh Tn quksdarrer XX-3 Frarqait Viet | Teter DATE °88 faseuageadt XI1-31 bint Se ois ii Atantsa: samy X18 i 3 aATRy sefearat VIT.26 Gg ReTRTAT aS Aerikagans XII-9 pub ratae fruftageraaat Xx.27|" serene 4 srartiadiehh: ae areas fet XIV-20 auianien VILE? | searatiracrtarafea XIIL-9 Ae ae oo o 1° qratferrgtant = VIT-24+ SUS: WISI A; 2 29) qe wa XIL-7 ae TSS 30) aia ald tregintiaag 11-38 | qrsfit agaea: XXIII-23 sTeatityst XX1-28 | qreataehatesye XIT-21 grgeats Bey = VITI-10 | qrataatinfenaea «= XTX-16 aufistcrenta = XXI1-38 | fiiterm IX5 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 440 396, fraafeefattgat XXI-13 frarfeasartisernet IL-8 fadrensacara faraganay x farfsatare VI-66 irre: IL-2 gor XV-24 gary VIII-30 serif XX-6 et aarke XXIIL-3 gaat agar XIT-19 ga: Fagat VIII-15 gaieafagait = XXVI-19 queda dat XID-1 Gur adler TIT-20 ‘afilaatamcy = Xx-19 QyeaTa: 1X2 aosiermiga = XXIL-24 Fasathaisscs = XIV-17 ale wat XXIL-5 metragaat SOT, seganrat IX-11 snfaaadiegigaay XV-16 Tee asta marnseinemts = -XIT-34 fb tm (3) qeaharareet v2 Rela XXVI-12 Reales XXIV-20 neditarat a (14) aR qqataeenaaeg NX argadtana Resa: ara ate XVI- aegat wyaiig = XU-12 aaa aa XIX-8 aalaat seat XX-35 aga ait XXIV-3h atat afar » +84 fara) feat XXIIT-16 Bicericey XV-23 gawagaattt XX-51 aa fe XVMI-13 Teac VI-3L at (34) azat Fa XIX-1 WIARIAA | XXIV-17 arrarajersrarat Vv ay se XX ara: ater mah: aeufgaet 11-31 sermafraes XVII-7 wafataeagreted) = -X-7 waparat staan, XXVIII-2 waentarneert: = VITT-35 array weet aeiqanieaet apd STATA 2 88 sraten te XXV-6 war: ae XV-1 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 441 ran Teaana fiat amakacata XVI-31 aorta XX nrg wage XV-14 | wa: Gieagafa: —-VI-44 fe ales VII-2 XVHL-6 XIX.26 VI-38 1-6 VIL-9 panes) y.4 ehearT ea azqamethi Sata atarsqet X-5 Aaredtacre; =XX1V-9 hit werararga 11-18 wee agate = XX-56 aac wiffa Tas XIV-5 Ft (39) aeangeyer XX1 my HT: II-10 AUST < ag: We: XII-3 ReHFAGSTAT XX-31 neqeg wa fe TV-23 neqierieaadifase = -X1V-10 Rega: aftaeat = XVI-24 AT g aT XXI-52 neaghriganfieraay .. -50 amaTaankmsay - | -O 397 / FeRTS XXIL-15 | menage sa: VI-15 adpacguedastan XXI-3 argeareaniaat= 1-14 aif acit: 11-29 HaFsray, XXIV-32 nig: aleat IL-2 maaan = XVI-12 maengeagaqd VI-61 nraetineaatra «=—|-_ XX1-63 are Beet XIL8 nikexcitgafsane 11-16 ATRRERSE XVIE-16 arkqegetiga » 2B maeracent = XXIIL-7 Ae qaeatfaia VII-22 agisti 11-36 qe: VTeTareat VI1-33 Fakeratoresty XII1-23 qeifgeaaarat |= XXTV-39 ahs sitter XXVI-38 aainat Iv-l? werfeetene: XVIIL-3 asaemlenagaa, XIV-18 aalearateaa XX? wat rasqgecfa VII-7 wea: mT TER XIIL8 Baga at 19 a (28) ae TATA To aetameagefa XX411 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 442 398 anedifrarai aares ta XXVI-41 a a 2 #8 alg See ar Bratt at XX-52 | chaaaqarat XIX-23 lets 29 seed fraerat aga » 34] cege amar agraarat XV5 ctparen Peeters] XVI-34 | abatar efieisia agrarem gat XV.28 | ca, aajaaifa: aRagT AVIS | crprearccer Ty2 Rleaa eae poe ceis Vafaetat XVIII-S es, eet usd qafergner I-12 adat ate: <7 | Pa eS a aaa come zeae waraaed — IX-18 aatafese ake erat feafafzar XV-30 afters VIL28 crear XXIII-19 ararceqfere®: | XXT21 UEdisatrenay XV-8 arata anffan Xx.6o | TERS Faw XXVI-4S meds XVviIL7 fearat afer XXI-7 gta afvafaara = XX1-27 » Sree an Qadza feat: = XXI1-32 Rgsancne mh 80 Ba ado XX-39 | Raget arate ee TR eReaaTE 5 4g | CREP XX afte Aaa | XXVips | ARE Ey at cifaafesivs: XVIL21 | EOE XXI5 aifmageanfearaa = XXI.45 | Pet 2XTV-35 x (39) Regraracar VI-29 asiacitfacamen 1.34 | Bahr fa XXI-78 reyeacraaen XX-55 | ST aay Iv-6 XVIL5 | tata XXVI-26 witty win XITL-12 | Tatars 722 xetrait afeet XVIL2 | tre XIV-1 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 443 w (42) weetay VI-30 suqaaiaaat XXII-22 wai aa: XVI-1 wu dicimenzat 1-10 glanegtreag, XXIV-41 Bniegea TA » ft walaBAti XIV-16 suriganiniale Tv-24 wnitect XXII-27 watgarateg XV-4 wariaargiza XXIV-14 warfavikaa XVIIA8 warfare: VI-25 sutfainsrasar XITL21 swurfaat omaaigg | -16 warehtagar » -16 waredta: XIL26 BAA VAT ATER VI-28 watrerariitat XII-2 warivaraatt gy = XVI-33 waranregegedtt = XVII-9 eureata X-11 wareagaciasitt XII-25 wa sanAgay —CVIII.-28 waralenzear NIII-14 za afad XX-2 washerna: VUEL wamagiatateg = XVI-35 waudiaaanven XVII-6 399 wating: XIV-28 wart agate XVL2 » gatsaa XVI-Al wwacafaast XUI-17 wipaat XV-27 wuserfrergea = VIII-25 smfaarargg XXVI-3 wmtsaaaants = VIIL-53 erat VII-25 arte XVI-29 fede XXII-18 safes, XXV29 qt (54) aaa caafa =~ XXVI-85 art & » 37 aay XX-14 aa Wat: TX-20 + Tat Iv-4 qraaaaaaaara =X VIE-S ayfaarar: XXI37 afaratiacata » 53 aaratsag I-7 autaaaaeig = XVIII-17 aifat fare: VII-17 afaeqera: VI-36 qaayraaet XXI-75 array XXIL-12 arrareaareaia » 7 araag arasscat ssc ankat getaat 12 CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 444 400 wedtiratat arameatantatg = -XIV-S | eqqttadt fanwaaaasat XXV-13 | eqiet: 3 fearaitan: XXVL5 | aifaaquafaegis XXI-6+ fazara: XVI-4 | cqivicrengniaae [-15 fanafaaifanafoay Vu? | oy faafaniftenage = XXI-9 | at (9) feanatssi VIl-4 | malas = XVIII-9 feeta, XXVLI7 | TIS XXIV-30 faratarced: VIUL-13 | TIANA F XVI-18 Wardieaara: ara aegis VI-50 fagrae arasa: XXI-44 faviteg aafrafrarfa: XVI-25 fraanaani ufiagafa® XXV-20 frenaaatiggit: aeragat a RR.24 faauataraa art VIII-23 faeasenreecifa meta v8 freaarhgege j aura: VI-67 meta: | Tatgeae XVII-19 ‘ Baaagaria: | aliaaaaat XIX-24 iraaagta aifrenentga: XL8 Rrrafercticit XXV-14 | wat wgreaaifig XITT-20 farehsit cregae ae by jeter XXVIL-3 Rargegrgas = XXL40 | ae XX.57 fafefeat at X16 | wer was: VIA fagaaaatsadarr: VIEL9 | weer watz’ XXI-42 asrorratray VI-40 | werfeateitgag yy 222 afte ogfraare, V-1 | fefaatragarat = -XTX.25 stat afearraat XX.17 | fattest XXL-1 Targquagass XIV-19 | fatesiidtewecne 1-4 cil TX-1 | friqeseqarat = XIX-19 aaiasic: o> -8 | atasentfertr XE aimee = XXI-40 | etraintsaet XXVI-36 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 445 se ratRAAT 401 gearetitaaract =“: V1-26 a@ (118) ayer a XXVI-46 - mach alt Vitis | @etat aeafe == XVIIT-14 ae sParai Xg | Seater: ue ic gat serirétiagt §— -VIT.20 | Seta XXVITT- grass xs | Sarat wearer xx.2a1 aera XXIV43 | SET FAT XXIV-14 garfergata x.y | Feast areata I-54 ae fea: " VI-41 aeraear XXII-20 Soa: earaafiran: XXIV-2) | 8a afoot IL-3 aa ont Ii | aera XVI-3 fiat frasacfa: ILl7 » are op 2 aeatyosy XXIV-13 | PARBeTT VIII-1S aerator 23 | Sata Ae a arars Vins | Saat Petar Iv-14 ahat aie XVis | S280 fragt ips ae x4 | Suet wear XTI-19 aatterm: rx.9 | aefweaeeay | XXTV-2 i . o (a ‘2 rr “31 sramnggearat xx.20 | Sat stefzer: XXII oftaziafiea: vise | aeiearagate: XX X1-82 oorgdticazanfiz: XI11-25 | Wee 115 aqraaeracat ta XX:8 aranisaresita XXVULS | 9 Sgvatarateake Tig | Sater Resa XXIVS Sesirar Iv-9 aera » “86 z wamerat XXTITE20 pee adden =| XXVI-48 qgraaracia = -XVIL-19 | adqawaraisrt » AT aginemaies = -XXIV-40 | agar wansa =| XXI-17 seat UL | qatfraeatfas: — XITI-22 qtsascrzary = XIV-11 aafehretg XXIL-19 waughaatef = XVLL7 | af garg VI-21 51 CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 446 402 medtiearat wig eat XXVI-1 | aagioneatveeniga aragaarat VI-46 | gai age aradiggent a XX-93 | geera: ata TV -22 | scien afar faernfagemg I-13 | ag ween fadierageaiqainn: 1-7 |agituaainanee XV. faa aed VIL | gajeratteaata ata I-35 | aalfeanrsi XX aa wast XXVIILS | galizaisaianez X graagemaaty VILL | aafttat XXVIIL-3 qaawraraeents VI-63 | gaiaraqag [I-24 qarequnieaa: XIL-6 | gt areqaaeiit XIT-4 geiniatt VIlI-6 | ,, area rs) parr ia: XXDSL | Gaerne atdan XIT-24 gauastiagaaen X11 | Sharearsrita XXI-39 goriagaivaay » 28 | den: aie XIX-10 Searart sy XXL4 | Ghraatit deaga® XVI-15 gratia v2 | an amtsaniaat 11-21 wagarigater ‘83 | dhearimay = XXILL.6 gretaia: » 33 | aheria XIV-21 Breastaeitefty «X14 | ae exert XVOL-4 Bargmrstanfy VILL | ateahegraa VI-42 ek V1-25 | ettaanaraaer XXL41 mera eet XXI-49 re waragaay, mi | ae nea waaayeat Vise | Sanat: oz “ Baa sastat 13 siasitacretgat XXI-12 watrcatare il oheerargtntediasra: ve2 ; efteeat agi: X-6 gent Reward: X11 | Spay B Iv.13 eet staged XViis| Ree ‘ ay feafa: orarare XVI-16 BeFaasaeq «XX | feat Reacigrfes XIV27 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 447 aatatamatorat 408 qa Bua - IL-9 eget fraaarae = XVILI4 aeiaae: [X-6 BHSAHSE XXL-70 wearer M1? weqatary, XX-49 wreitiaaiag, VI-64 fers XXL54 IX-15 VI-6 XIV-9 XIL-22 SRgeRMy ar XVIL4 eareerataraaiarat TII-6 mrgagaa XXVI-6 eqreraaaTai pee Veowalay, [v-19 Srafratrerteatke XX-30 eataheaat XX-267 earaeatsht XXIII-24 Sera IVv-3 eee oe XIV-25 >» Tet Iv-7 » Tale TiI-18 >» geexana XV-l » Saetawaa = VIIT-20 > alee XIv-22 a (7) a8 afgeiega: VI-8 grant VI-52 awot fAsgany XXIL-23 feeteea VI8 Safagugeqaren = XX1-60 aeragiata =“ XXTIT-18 avartaagag =XXVITE4 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 448 404 Uaedteai gealasasianeae: | er aa N.B.—The Roman and Arabic numeruls opposite to each Sloka Tefer respectively to the Chapter to which it belongs and to its number tnerein, a arara-I1-24 AU-XV-8; XVI-17, 31, 32 ; | weara-I-10 SaIGs-XVITL-16 aeqaot-[-15 sargata-X XI1-28 aqaq-XXIIL-10 Ser IL-37 aqarg-I-14 aMary-XIV.3 wqdeq-XXII-1, 2, 7, 14 SEH RY WIIT-XK-L2 95, XXII, 5 Pou 18 aeqqage-IV-1 afirga-IIL-19 amat-VI-12, 19, 20 aaaen-XIT-15, 18 araz-IT-28 aa-1-7, 8; q1.97 Satta T1T19 afr 12 wy-T-3 : 11-27 BaA-VI-l4 ig x mem itd re SIIATT-VI42, 43 BaaTw-IV-1, 2 aeita-1.8 aefa-XIV-3 weo-I1-37 aa-IL-1, 8, 21, 24, 27, 28 ama-1-6; [].21, 37 ; agate XXV-1, 3, 20, 21 AaTIq-XT1] afe-1-7, 14 , FETT XX 44, XXL-2,% | aearyRLTII-6, 14 SRCXXT, 84 awentyain-XIL-18 ae TAUXXL-84 aa@t-I-13 weer. ara IL28 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri WISFA-XXV.20 ## Page 449 faqaramafirar 405 arat-1-15 aren [12 atigafge-11-26 agha-I-14 aeara-11-27 ag VI-l arara-XIIL-2 agar araragat-XXII-16 agaationt-V1- araraaara-XXVI-26 agaaria V1-10 argiaea-XIL-31, 32 argafa-VI-10 artfy-1-14 ageitstrak-V1-10 aUratey XXT-S+ sroaatfeg-XXI1-12 aes: -X1V-6 spoaeey-I]-16; XTT-21 avatfiga-I-18, XIII-15 abaaLs arnlgiaae1V-3 atfa-I-15 ata-Le!5 argayeton: T11-13 ate l-14; XILI-1, 25 q-XXIL-18, 19, 20, 21 ag-I-12 ageraie-lI-29 attz-1-6; 11.26, 28 atep I-13 arretfecoft-XX-56 awiga-XXIL-20 arth 11-28 aer-I-13 arg}-XI-9; XXIL-7 sreqata-VI-44, 50 aqrateiat- 1-14 aifg-11-16, 27, 28, 37 arajaa-X1V-26 agar X1-9; XIII-& aT areca VI-44, 52 araa-V-6 arerg-I-15 saretaa-1.15 Lper-1-10 araie- 1-15 g arara-I-14 ga 11-25, 26, 28 arfs-I-13 eg-I-6, 7; II-17, 21, 25, 27 Vv eg-III-9 SATSTAY, Kashmir Research Institute, Ahr. Pieitized by eGangotri ## Page 450 406 medifrarat grgatg-IV-5; XXV-5, 24 BRIT RXV, 29 5 Sea-11-5 yeq-1-7 seq-1-6 waqs-1V-1, 5 Sezan- XU sua-III-7. saar-Iil-: 4 SseqaeRT-NXIL-16 zqI-1-10 SWE-XVIT-10, XXVi1-7 Staq-I-18, TV.6, v.19; suq-1-9 saacft-X 11-14 saatza-1-8, XX.33 Stea-1-11 seatfiqra-XXVI.29 » 17, VIL-13 “ z weg 1-8 weiga-XIV-27, Xx.25 Es saafeg-14 ay-J-13 wq-I1-24 bed gaifagadtaat XXIV-18 = Rrea-1-8 &etaa-II1-7, 9 at eit 1-9 a mem-I-4, 6, 8; TV-5, VII-16 moxay- 1-17 grat-I-6, 7; IV-5, IX-6 am- I-11 simet-I1-27 mz-I-12 aff-I-6, 7, 8 wa-1-15, IV-5 mag-XXVIL-26 aaisita-V aaite-III-1, 2, 3, 6 afean-XXI1-26 aifeq—Il-28 aey-]-10 aaf-I1-22, 24 ag-VI-18 ara-1-13 aaladta-VI-44, 51 aia- I1L-17, XV-6, 17, 21 aitfaeq-XI1-20 wte-11-27, XXV-1, 4, 20 aream-XI1L-25, XXIL-2 RBA XXII-30 al@geq-1-4; XVI-1 aTeae-1V-1 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 451 HIEszaIT-VI1-35, 36 frac XIV- 3,6 aa-IT-15, 22, 24, 97, 30 wera-I-10 @ure-I1-27; III-3, 10 gea-I-7; IV-5, IX-11 wBare-1-4 Betz-V-6 we-VI-57, 61 @baat-XI1-9; XIX-2 Rare-VI-39, 40 Seeq-1-17, VI-1, 5; VIL1, 2 eraa-LV-8 Reaigae-1V-3 Seagaatet-VI-5, 7 Rattt-VI-14, 16 Fata-XIV-23 alg-XVI1-2, 17, 27 #iqve-XXV-1, 24, 29 aiga-18 ma-1-15 fea-1-6 sac-1-9; 11-28 ea-1-14 , 26, 27, 28, 2 Raatgmatornt 407 wa-I-13 eafsa-IT-24; XTV-9 eqq-1-16 fafa 11-32 fiafaga-I1-24 aa-111, Quga-XXI1-6 a avX-l adig-1-21 a-III-19, VI-22, 32 eaqifa-VL44 54 T aeeqea- XIIL-9 aeq—I]-26 qeag-XIV 4,5 maa-1-15 meg-II-18, 29; XIJ-20 mqa-1-9 afteafa-I1-15, 32 aor-T-15 ae-II-22, 43, 24, 26, 28, 39 gragafrasas-1V-11 afex-Il-26, I1T-16; XTV=" qe-Il-27 aarer-III-18 Re-111 a-1-8, 12 atae-XXVI-1 aitgz-III-7, 8 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, ‘Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 452 408 aedifratat ate-VI1-39, 41 aI-VI-21, 25 weqorarme XXIV -2+ agefe-1l-23 genareara-I1 aqnta-XX1V-23, 24, 25 weqa-XXVI1-29 sien-I1-24 . 8 ae-1.7 a qa-XXII-13 agai-X11.16 sagait-XIL-17 agza-L- 18 agua-l-l7 agearg-1-7 squigzara-IIT-14 weg-II-2, 24, 36 aegfathz-IV-12, 20 arghalianer-1V-15, 15 wrqa-II-31, 32 weqaeinea-1V-17, 19 weRTaeIHsA-1V-16 saz-1-9; XIV-27 sacazo-X 11-15 sacerfat- X11I-14 mroraa- XXI1-24 arrae-I1-18 arq-1-7 sarac-VI1-44, 45 fadtea-1-13 fertt-X1-9; XIII-S Ruraw-1V-1, 2, 4 ai-I- BS ga-VI1-44, 49 feefafa-XIL-15, 16 a weq-1-12 sra-I-10, XXVI-29 wFacrfat-X-11, XX.23, 68 wA-XXII-16 SrAsA-XXV-14 wq-I-14; XIJ-23 waq-1-15 saig-VI-44, 48 Helgr-X1V-14, 19 stam-1V-20 atfiva-1-13 sita-I-6, 9; 1]-22, 24, a5, ag sftaa-I-15 sfraaiaq-XXI1-20, 25, 59 q-1-7, I1-21, 22; 24, 28 atfa-1-13 Seaerqae-IV-6 saguirg-1-15 stgr-X1-9 aaq-I-4 aqea-I-14 ane-1I-24, 27, 35 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 453 Raargmatiat azcfit-I1-29 azu-III-3, 10 arention-1123 aratlaaragee-1V-10 farafcor-11-32 fafa-XI1-15, 18 arenig-1-8 faatetes-XXVII-S gomfa-XXI1-12 gar-t-6, 7; IX-7, XIV-18 Prata-1-18, XT-5, XII-23 fasea-XXVI-29 farafar-I1L-1, 4, 15,17 waaHe-XXV-17 a qereut-I-11 qaatfer-1-10 aitz-V1-<7, 68 aqmat-IIT-1 qat-X-15, 14, XIX-1, 2, 4 qaligt-IIT-1, 2, 3, 6 gratfaa=XI1-20, XXI-21 aiftzr-1-16 ava-I-14 fgraa=1V-1, 2, 5, 24, VIL-4 fga- 11-24 fgacfa-11-17 fearaze-1V-1, 5 52 409 faaarg-XI111-8 fgaufSafanrae-IV-§ fRatia-XIIL-8 aratge-XIII-14 gra-l-16 gifea-IIL-29 geaq-V1-5, 7 gatn-VI-57, 67, 70; VIL BiXIV-3 gfiaea-I-11 gwela-I-18, VI57, 6+ greq-11-36 aa-l-13 Ram-III-1, 4, 6, 13, 14, 15 Remae-1V-3 geaetfit-XTII-14 giqqigIll-1, 4, 15; XIL83 alaat-XIL17 aie (a)- 1-9 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 454 410 a aga-1-7, 8, IV-5; VIL-9, 10 varg-L-9 qreg-I1-27 a 1-12 ga-XVII-10, XXV-1, 5, 22 qug-XXV-29 a-V1-+4, 46 aa-T-11 a am-1-8 aaaqig-XXIL-10 wdy-1-12 Raatl-XXI1L-17 wate-III-1, 4; VIII-34,X-11 41TH-XII-16, 18 atreraat-V 1-30 feeder ITT-13 terfifsa-IIl-19 frafer-V1-57, 66 freee XIL-31 fraviagygg-I1-21, Weeergart-XXI1-17 Trvet-V 1-57, 59 aiter-1-6 Teagersaatts -V11-26, 30 1-7, 8 araqa-1-18 ality -I1-23 tafirzaa-lV-3 aafimigaja-XXI11-28 a9°95 qadiitarai 7 qeq-II-24 qaae-IV-1, 5, 21 afiataare-ITI-13 qaRs- 1-18; XTIT-15 aoncars-LV-3 afa-1-13 afrar-1-10 qa-VI-3 qatar-IXx-8 Ter aita-1-6 qearye-XXI1-4, 14 qe 1-6 qunyg-T-14 <X-41 qitaaa Vv 1-32 aRar-1V-5, XXV-5, 24, 28 qa-XL-11 qaa-11-28; VI-35, 36 Wa-XXIV-30, XXV-1 qatgy-1-12 gra-I-10 ary 1-16; [1-27 qqmafe-VI-8, 11, 13 qrratia-V 1-8 qraafa-VI-8 araaa-XXVI-48 ararraft-V1-8 qraz-VI-57, 62 arerga-III-7, 9 CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 455 favargaa iret 411 arfesa-LIL-7, 8; 1-55 araeft-I1-15, 27 arat-V1-89, 46 qraeratm-l[1-13 frosraafa-XXII-21, 22, 24 fag-I-14; VL-23 faa-II-16 gata crf 1-9 germ V6 gevam-XI1-16 gqeiear-XXVI-42, 44 geaa-VI-19, 20 gey-X1-9; XUIL-8 gar-I-14 gotaw-IV-22, 23 gorge XTIT-6 qaarear-I14 gaisver-XIIL-8 qgew-XKVI-A2, 44 Goiefy-X11-18 sqfeot-XXII-1 séye-IIL-18, 20 srateeett-I1-25 srqat-III-3, 10 srg far-1-15 sayat-XXVII, XVIII-1, 4 sra-IV-20; XX-63 seare-XXUII-17 sitearar: 1-9 surfer-I-15 stratatt-11-25 B meatfaat-1-2; XXVIII-6 aee-1-16; XV-30 y aeg-I-11 qutyrgdeqt-IV-22, 23 afea-1-9 ate-lIL-3, 10 atwae-XI11-3; XIV-3 aretite-X111-6 qa-L-6; 11-4, 11, 21 aea-L TI-6; VI- re@ata-X1V-23 aran-I1-5, 16, 19, 24; V-6 a wg-VL-1, 2 aay XXIL-6, 7 aa-1-15 afivasara-1-12 weiea-L-4 sarfiya-I-11 sarvg-1-14; VI-4+4, 53 stg: 11-31 aqraa-Il-24, 25 araf-1-13 ara-I-15; XV-1, 3, 4, 5, © araae-1V-24 ataaftg-XV>1S, 14 strafat-VIIL-95; XX1I-27 arenc-I1-30 aitenfe-IL-14 22. 3. 2 > a 1 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 456 412 Radiata wre: 11-32 Wta-II1-19 vitfa-1-13 safes (eara) -1-10 ain Xi11-18; XX-23, 28 afrata-XX-29 qaaa-XI11-2 afirga 1131 yar 1-12 wy-11-13, 16, 19, 23 Was ug 2 ait. ahe-1-6; IL-1s, 23 wav-l warg-1-11 Ft meeq-VI-3 we-I-13 weqar-ITI-14 Weqa ay XIII-6, 14 WaT-XX56 WaV-2, 5; XII aeSteare- 1-2; XXVIIL-5 weq-I-6; []-21, 30 Wa-XXII-20, 24 ae-I-14 afea-I-14 wereat-XIX-1, 20; XXI-2 wargeqatat: -VI-t FetTaray-VI-14, 15 netata-V1-32, 34 afga-1-12 agta-II-3, 10 argeq-I-14 arge-I-11 atg-I-11 ara-1-15 arftg-I1I-16; XII-8, 22 AIGR-XX-50 aa-1-13 aTe@a-VI-2, 3 arg-I-24 araqaw-1V-1 Arey-11-29 fas-1-11 faga-1-7, 8; 1X-8; XIV17 aya-I-6, 8; VI-15, 22 gfa- 117-18 was-VI-44, 56 gea-ll-24; 1V-20; XV-2 ae-l-9 aefrator--7; XV-11 wet-X1-9; XTII-3 aa-1-6, 7 aafarca-XXI0-7, 9 wa-II]-3, 10 afadta-V1-57, 60 CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 457 cil it gas agegumm: -XIII-9, 10, 11 Ba-VIL-9, 15; VITI-1; IX-1 Aaen-L-15 q aa-XIV-3, 6 aa-XII-21; XIV-23 quanvza-XII-25; XVII-6, 7 gqaa-IL. XXIL-17 grara-VI-39, 41 gaae-1v-2 gafa-I-9 aratca-XX-48, 54 atmt-XXVIIL-1, 4 atatftg-XIIL-6 Ls waa@-II-22, 23, 24, 27 vey -I-l4 zfy-I1-15, 21, 24, 25; [1T-6 zfas-11-22, 23, 27 cfaga-Il-7 za- 11-26 arsatat-VI1-37, 38; VIT-24 zrsirg-1-12 urga-[-12 artaeai-1-8 urfit-IX-13, X11, 12,13 14 craram-XIL-17 aravae-XIT-24 orfargarsie-XXIV-24 rfitarn-XXTIT-2 orfarata-AXIV-23, 44, 25 413 UIg-1I-16, 20, 28, 29, 33 fem-1-16 eaa-VI-1, 2 ag-IL27 eqyat-XIL-17 wq-I-10, 11-26 @a-I-13 Qfeoff-XXII-1, 7, § BS went-IL-27 weftat-V1-21, 24 wu-I-10, ITI-16; VII-5, 6, 7 wagat-XXII-17 wa7e-1V-6 BAqa-XXII-19, BAIH-XXVI-42, 43, 44, 45 wisga-1I-32 anq-1-15 etaeararter-1-16 wia-1-13 29, 25 22, 23 q qar-l-14 am-1-8; IV-2, 4, 5 afig-I-7 agl7 ac-VI-18 aftz-VI-14, 18 aa-X-4 aasas-IV.3 avitaa—III-1, VIL-5, 6, 17 aqura-1-10 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 458 414 qodiianrat acrafitfex-X: aaqae-1V-1 agait-V1-39 aqZALVI-19, 20 qe@-I-12 ate-1-10 araama-XXIL-11 ata-II-11 araaaa-1-16 ararg-1-9 atea-I-11 faxe-LII-19, 20 fSera-1-11 ad Tis fay a 15, 29, 27, frat! 10. io = Rrareae-Xx1v.6 fg-I1-15, 37 Prarag-XIX-15 faq-1-15 fanz-VI-57, 69 RBa-V1.28, 31 faerrar-X1.9 Frraztare-XII1-8 fafeaeo-XI0-15 frg- IT-15, 27, 117.6 Fropaen-IL.13 afiaratn-V1-39, 40 afa-V-1 gies IX-8,; X.3, Xy.4 aa-I- X-63, XXTI-24 gva-IX.2; X-3,; XI-4, 6 Bareqaqa-V-5 Bq-XXVI-3, 4, 48 aafrsta-XVI1-15 Saq-11-24 Sges-XIV-23 sqdtara~ XXV-1, 5, 23, 28 sqq—I-16 aqrare-I-1 sqtq-1-15 5 aq aime-VI-14, 17 ares-IIT-18 ag-VI-3 agatn-V1-37, 38 ag-I-13 aify-IT-16, 20, 22, 24, 20 aac-1-7 meg- 17-26 wafrat-XI1-9 xaa-I 16 aeq-I 1-24 wat-VI-1, 4 atfarst-1-6, [I-18 afarq-II-9, 24, 26, 28 arfirge-11-24, 25, 37 atea-I1I-18 anfa-XXVI-49 aureq-II-16, 17 auret-II-5; V-6, IX-6 fiufiag-I1-16, 2 fareq-V-8 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 459 favargmafirst 415 fira-II-1, 15, 17, 27; VI-29 aitaw-I1-21, 29 afveiga-XIII-2; XIV-22, 27 ggn-I-o, II-24, 27, 31,37 gpqa-lv-l ga-l-l4; XX-41 gara-VI-8, 11, 13 guarer-VI1-21 gaate-V1-8 gyata-XXVI-48 gyrafa-V 1-8 ganaa-V1-8 wy-ll-24, XX1-25, 48 BS-V1-39, 41 attenfarg- XXIV-1, 3, 5, 7 ata-I-11 aitadta-VI-4, 47 aaoeta-XI11-17 Bit-V1-84, 45 oftafa-XIIL25 otfa-1-12 aareqat-1-15, 7 qgas-1V-22, 23 qgan-I[1-2, 11 agt-XI11-16 evedar-IlI-1, 2, 3,5 a aeHT-XXVI-29 aeqrata: -V1-39 afaa-112 gatat-XV-18, XXTL-18 aeq-I1-24 arataaranag-1-15 aratatia-X1V-3 amat-Ill-2; XX-5S aaarate-IV-3 aagaretag-XXVI-26 aaiq-IlL-1, 2, 6 wa (a)-18, XIV-28 wreatata-V1-26, 27 aqgam-IIT-14 agdtag-XXVI-48 wajusam-XXIII-20 a@eq-XXII-1, 2, 7, 14 aieradt-XX-63 faa-1-21, 22, 28, 5 eG » 35, 37 faaeq-I11-28 fae-I-%: VIL; Vinz3 feetaataa-XXII-12 ferqraa-lIL-7, 8 garaarat-XXV TIl-6 J-14 1-12 ga gfaa-IIL18 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 460 416 wueg-I-12 geal-12 ge:faa-III-19 GrHaT-VI-5, 6, 18 suftata-VI-44 Grara-XI1-16 GAFet-X11-20 garer-V1-22 game il19 Srete-lI1- 7,8 gteri-12 Baifeaty-V1.9 wifeaia-VI-9 BBV, 13 werli-36 sara-L17 aaa-I-16 sora: VI-9 oe I. ater \crfR)-1-9 @ez-11-21, 26 99 1-8 “4 nadiiratat atzrg- 11-28 emrq-NII-18 aitr-1-6 eaaae-1V-1, 7, 21 Feav-1-9 feavaco-XII-15, 16 Reaxcrfer-XIIL-14 eqar-[1-26 eafa-1-12 @e-I-10 aan-VI-1, VII-1, 2, 6,7 war-X1V-23 w@er-III-18 & eaaia-VI-1, 3 watg-1-7 ex-III-6 aft-XII-18 etata-V157, fegqa-I-12 A ata-II-1 qter-1-10; TIT-1, 4, 6, 12, 15 aera. Iv: 1 aictez-XXVIIL-1, 4 CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 461 INDEX N.B.The Roman and Arabic numerals opposite to each refer Tespectively tothe Adhyaya to which it belongs and to the number of the Sloka therein. A ABANDONED. Child to be Pie both the parents XVI- ABDAPABALA IY-1. ABERRATION OF MIND. Death due to—IV-19, Rahu causes—IV-9, The Dasa of the 5th house- lord when weak produces— XX-17. es —Avastha IH- ABILITY. —of a person, to be at the lowest, middling or highest VI-18. ABODE. The—s of the planets I-15, 16. The—s of the signs I-5. ABROAD. To be constantly living—VI-67. Yoga causing the native to live—XXV-9, ABSENCE—from. or country XIX-17, “ifm one’s residoy 1 own XIX- ABSENT. To be—in foreign places XX-19. To be constantly—from home VI-67. ABUSE. To—others VI-10, ACEHPTANGResemeh praimnts: XIX-12. ACCOMPLISHMENT. one’s desires XIX-11, A term for the 11th house 115. ACCOUNTANT. Matters re- lating to'a clever—are denot- ed by Mercury II-18. ACHARA. A term for the 10th House I-15. ACHARYA. <A name for the 9th House 1-14. ACID, Flavour denoted by Venus [1-31. ACQUISITION. A term to signify the 11th house I-15. The Sun in good houses brings on—of weath XIX-6, ACTION. It is Mercury that influences one’s.—XV-15. ACTOR. To be an—XVIII— 4, 13. To earn money as an—XVIII- 1 of ACTS. To do cruel—IX-8. ACUTENESS. To ascertain the—of a person II-1. ADDICTED. To be—to other people’s wives. VL-64; XVIOI-3, 11, 12. ADDICTION. Information inagsr; Dikaiaediby e€iniebenei 11-6, ## Page 462 IND) ADDRESS ADDRESS. To be affable in— | VI-9. ADHAHA.—Signs 1-8. ADHAMA.—Decanates III-14. ADHAMA.—Yoga VI-14, 18. ADHANA. Time of—, con- sidered by some as Lagna of birth XTII-2. ADHANA DASA. XXII-16. ADHANA LAGNA. Birth may happen when the Sun transits the 3rd Rasi from the—, or a Rasi trine to—XII-3i, Effect of benefics occupying or aspecting the—. X1I-32. ADHANA. NAKSHATRA. XXVI-26. A term to denote the 8th house 1-14, pon YOGA VI-42, 43, -MUKHA 8; en RASIS 1-8; ADHVAN, ignati the 7th Laos Hae rt ADHYAYAS XXVIII, 4, ADITYADVIT. A term appli- ed to Rahu IL-26. ADOLESCENCE. Planets in— ee, i Xoze for a child ADOPTION. "Predichwres ith lassen te the Anes a son XI1-34, ADORATION “tHe, Bain: mins, elders and i XXL7, ind relations —of Gods, Brahmins and re- vered seniors, XXI1-59, ‘ong proper—s for averting evil. XXVI-49, ADORNMENT. XXI-33. ADVANCED AGE. Planets are said to be in—, 11-3. ADVANCEMENT. — of any use or Bhaya, XV-18, how Ceo eis Rava E ast EX, ADVERSE. To be—. VIII-8. ADVERSITY. It is Saturn that settles a person’s—. XV-16. AFFABLE, To be—. XVI-5. To be—in address VI-9. To be—in one’s speech. VI-12. AFFLICTED. Effect when the 7th and 8th houses are—. X-7. A person to be—often-and- often, XVI-4, AFFLUENCE. Bhukktis of planets related to a Yoga- karaka will produce good effects leading to—. XX-48. It is the Moon that determines one’s—, XYV-15, AFRAID. A planet is—when he isin his depression. I11-19. AGAMA V-6. AGATE 11-29. AGE. Saturn is ripe with old— I-14, AGHA. A name for the 6th house. 1-13. AGNIMANDYA. XIV-3. AGREEABLE. Moon in the 7th house will make the per- son born—to look at. VIII-6. AGRICULTURAL IMPLE- MENTS. Re—one ought to guess thro’ Saturn. II-7. AGRICULTURAL OPERA- TIONS. Break of —XXI-11. Loss in—XXI-37, 74. To be engaged in XXI-19. AGRICULTURE. Augmenta- tion of wealth by—, XIX-26, Income through. V-3. Increase in—. XXI-48. Increase of wealth through—. XXI-S1. To be engaged in —IX-2; XXL-4, To devote oneself to—VIII-24, To have loss in—XIX-13, To have profit in—XXI-45, te, SQA ANE RL ABERTSS Bangi >: ## Page 463 INDEX 3 AHL r ANTHYAJA AMSAYURDAYA. XXII-28. AMSAYURDAYA DA SA. XXIL-17-18. ANAEMIA, Death through—. XIV-14. Mercury brings on—XIV-5. Venus signifies —XIV-7. ANAPHA YOGA. VI-5, 6. ANGER, To become son-less due to the—of the mother. XII-20, Saturn is a personification of To pursue—VI-40. AHI. Grain belonging to—. I-28. Precious stone of —II-29. Same as Rahu. Sex of—II-27. Stage of life typified by—1I-32 The kind of tree generated by—II-37. The place belonging to—or Rahu. I-16. AID-DE-CAMP. Y-7. AINDAVA. 1-8. AIR. _II-27. AIRAVATA. Same as Travata III-7, 9. AJA, Name for Mesha. 1-7, 8. eee Name for Brahman. ANGHRI. A designation for the 12th house. 1-16. ANGRY. To bi VIII-1. To be a little bit—. XXV-12. To be—at trifles, IX-5. ANGRY TEMPER. To be of an—. XVIII-l4, ANGRY TEMPERAMENT. To be ofan—. VI-4l. ANGUISH. Sun promotes mental—, IX-5. ANIMAL. XII-19. ANIMAL KIND. XIV-27. ANIMAL SIGNS. 1-9. ANKUSA, To have—Rekha. I-27 AJEEVA. Adhyaya V- AJ[—Battle. 1-13. AJNA. Term indicating the 10th house. ALI. 1-7. ‘ALOOENESS. To be distin- guished by—XXV-10. ALPAYURYOGA. XIIE18.. ALPAYUS. _XIII-6, 14. AMALAYOGA. VI-12, 19, 20. AMAVASYA. XI-I5. AMBA. Name_ for Goddess Parvati. 11-27. AMBARA, Country signified by Rahu. 11-28. AMBU—Term to denote the V3. ANNAPANA, An appellation for the 2nd house. 1-10. ANNIHILATION, Conditions under which a Bhava sufters SERVES. ANNOYANCE, To be sub- 4th house. 1-12. jected to constant and in- AMIABLE, To be endowed tense—. XVI-19: XXI-17. with—manners VI-6. ANOREXIA, Caused thro’ the Moon. b Death due to—. XIV-17. To be exceedingly. 1-30. I ANTARA, XXI-1. 84. To be very—. VIII-I5. th a damsel of a To sport, a ealriaer ition. VI-24. ANTARANTARA, XXI-84. AMOROUS TOPICS, To be ANTARDASA. KxX-44; XXL 2,7; XXVIII. 1-4, ANTELOPE. W-17. ANTHILL, I-16, versed in—. XVI-6. AMSA, XV-8: XVE1 XVIi-See Navamsa : XX°S6, 57. ANTHYA, I-16, AMSA PHALA, XVHD-16, | ANTHYAJA, 11-24. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 464 4 INDEX oe ANUIANMA NAKSHATRA = eek ANUJANMA pei To have a brilliant—, x3 a4 9. E F ight in—. XXVI-29, To havea husband brig ANUPACHAYA. XLII, X13. A NUS. To suffer froma disease APPENDAGES. To be onto in the—. VUI-25; XXVI-i0, ed with princely—, es To suffer pain in the—V1-64, APPANDICITIS, XIV-4, 6. Trouble in the—, XXI-1, APPETITE. Death due to want ANXIETY, —caused by the of—. XTV-19. Separation or demise of | APPLAUSE, To have fame arents. XIX-26, through the—of the learned, 0 be free from—ies, XVI-21, XEX-10 To have fear and—XXVI-26, APPOINTMENT, Loss of To suffer from—, XXI-13, one’s—. XXI-78, ANYAKARNA, A term for APPRECIATION, To get— the 11th house, T-15, rom a big wealthy lord. ATACHAY A, XTI-12 ; XXIE XXI-74, . APTI. An expression to denote APAHARA, Xx.2, P3s XIE | the ttthihouse, « Lis, 1,5, 16, 28; XXIM, 13; | AQUATIC ANIMAL, I-17 XXVI-49, ARA. Another name for Mars, APARAYNA, RAIEI, 2,7, 14, 1-6; 11-26, 28, © 1-14, ARDRA, | Effect. of females APOKLIMA, —houses I-18, Benefics and the lord of the born under the asterism : XL-9 ‘gna posited in| houses | The formulae for the four make the life short, XUT-15, adas of. XXIL-7, arishta Yopa is formed ARDHAPRA ARA. XXV-1, When the Mo ie 3, 20, 21. ARGUMENT. To in one’s—IX-7, ARIES. Same as Mesha, ARKA, II-18, 21, 24, 27,28, 32, ARKAIJA. 116; 11-21, 37, ARKI I-28, ARMS, 1-13, To have drooping—, 1X-6, ARMED, Ketu is— I-34, ARMOUR, BEARER, Mer- Cury represents matters relal- ing toan—, TT. 9 ARMED DECANATES, Il. 13, ARMPIT, To have marks on the~, "11.32 be impartial ABALA, 1y.5, eee Articles of for feral planets, 11.39, TARA hat ofthe stronger Chat 2 Planet. Xxyi.p. estrongest Mats has @ youthful—, 11-39, =e ating to a female's Predictions to be declared with reference to the—of the deca- own poe cupied by the planets Owning the 9th he Sth; tye or the Sth; Lis ARMY, A designation for the Prilliant in, + TN-12, 3rd house, Gul. To conjecture all about the— Commanding an—. IT-3. Of one’s father, XV-22, To be a leader of an—Vi-2, i igi -Gangotri CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangi ## Page 465 INDEX ARMY_ 5 ASHTAKAVARGA To become the head of an, XVIILB. To be endowed with a huge—, XX To expect aleadershipinan—, To owna vast—. VII-15, AROHINI DASA, XxX.56 ARROGANT. To be, V 50: 1X-5, ARROGANT FELLOW, To 5 bean—, XVIIL-0, ARTICLES. To get back even lost—._ 1X-15 ARTERIES. Saturn has. tall body full of—and veins. 1- 14, ARTISAN, Matters relating to an—are represented by Mer- cury, IL-18, To bea bad—, yr.4t, ARTS. A woman to be skilled in the—, X17, To know something of the—, XVI-6, ARUCHI XIv-3, ARUNA, Another name for the Sua. IT-37, ARYA VAMSA, ‘Name for the 9th house. 1-14, ARYA VARTA, XIy-26. ASCENDANT, | 1-10; X£-2; XV-21. ASCITIS. XIV-14, 19, ASCETIC., XXVII-2, 3,4, 5, 8. ASCETIC YOGA. XXVIIT-1, 4, ASCETICISM. ASHES, To r with sacred—, I-29, ASHTAKAVARGA. —s, XXVIII-1-4. —has been very highty spoken of by great sages. XXIII-1 —s of the Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and satura EP Research Inst —system is declared effective in all undertakings, XXIIL-36, Ayus to be predicted through —. _XIII-25, Benefic dots exceeding 28 in the Sarva—, produce good, while those below that figure give bad effects. XXIII-21. Computation of Dasa periods by the—process is the best. XXMI-33. 4 Effects due to—have been briefly described. XXIIT-44, Effect of bhavas containing a number of benefic dots in the —of the lord of the Lagna will be happy. XV-28, Effect of the arrival of a planet in a house containing the largest number of | benefic dots (in the planet’s Ashtaka- varga). XXIII-14, 15. Effects of the transit of a planet in the several Rasis contain- ing 0, I, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 benefic dots in the planet’s—. XXII-11, Effects to be ascertained from the Moon’s—. XXIV-7. Effects to be culled: from the Sun’s—,- XXIV-5, 6. Effects to be divined from the —of Jupiter. .XXIV-10, 11, Effects to be guessed from the =s of Mars and Mercury. XXIV-9, Effects to be inferred from the —of Venus. XXIV-12. Planets passing through Rasis containing more benefic dots in the—produce good effects always. XXVI-41. Prastara—, explained. XXIII- 17, Relation between the benefic dots inan—and the owners of the 8 divisions of each of the to SiR BSS DighiSdd by Sad Qootri ## Page 466 6: INDEX ASHTAKAVARGA ASPECT Saturn’s—will disclose the time of one’s demise, danger, Ayus, etc, XXIV-13, 14, 15. The destruction of a bhaya will happen during the Dasa periods of planets. which occupy houses where there are no benefic dots in the bhava-lord’s—. XV-12. The Janma Rasi of the wife will be that which contains the largest nnmber of benefic dots in the Moon’s—table of the husband. X-11. The malefic places in the seve- tal—s. XXIII-10. The Sarva—. XXIIT-20, Time of fruition of a particu- lar benefic dot in any bhava Inan—. XXIIL-16, When planets transit. Rasis Containing less number of enefic dots in the—, one Ought to perform Shantis and other rites, etc. XXVI-49, ASHTAMI, XII-17, ASITA, Another name for Saturn. 11-28, oS SEAS Effect of birth Ader the star—. XI-9; XUL8. & ASPADA, I-15, ASPECT. Effect of a_ birth where the Moon is in Moola and the Lagna has no benefic Association or—, XIII-8 Effect of bhavas—ed by male- fics or inimical planets. XV-5, Effect of bhavas free from—ot malefics, XV-1, Effect of bhavas having no benefic_. xy-3, Effect of the Sth house being —ed by malefies and devoid of the—of benefics. XII-2. Effect of the Sth house having the—of a benefic, XII-1. Effect of the Sth house or its lord being aspected by male planets. XIII], Effect of the lord of the 4th house and the Moon occupy- ing a Dusstthana and devoid of benefic—. XVI-10, Effect of the Moon in a deca- nate owned by Saturn and— ed by Mars and Saturn, XXVIT-3, Effect of the Moon in the several signs, and Navamsas and Dwadasamsas being—ed by Mars and other planets, XVIIL-6, 7, 8,9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16. Effect of planets owning the 2nd, 7th and 12th being—-ed by Jupiter and occupying Trikona or Kendra positions. Effect of the 2nd and 7th houses—ed by malefics. X-7. Effect of Venus having the— of Mars or Saturn. X-4, If the lord of the Lagna should —the Moon when she is weak, the native will become amiscrable devout. XXVII-6. Lord of the Rasi occupied by the Moon having no—of other planets on it except that of Saturn makes the native an ascetic. XXVII-4, Lord of the 7th being—ed by malefics and the 7th house associated or—ed by malefics will make the native lose a wife. X-15. Planetary—s. I-23 Strength of—. IV-24, The planet—ing the 8th house will cause misery to the native, XX-55, The 7th house—most effective, Iv-9, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 467 INDEX 7 ASPECT AUSPICIOUS Time when the fruition of the effect of—may be expected. XX-21, ASS. _II-20; XXII-31. ASSEMBLY, —governed by Mercury, II-15, To be clever in addressing an To become a head of an—, XVIL-4. To behave stupidly in a public = XXE = 5 To win the approbation of the audience in the—, ASSOCIATES. To be in the midst of bad—, VI-59. ASSOCIATION, A female’s to be predicted from the 4th house. XI-1. ee free from-—of malefics. Hee fit other planets, To live amidst good—s, XVI-3. ASTA, 1-13. ASTANGATA. XXII-20, ASTERISM. Effect of females born under certain—s, XI-9. ASTERISMS. XII-30; XVII- 8, 20; XXIV-2, 3,7; XXVI- 26, 27, 28, 29, 35-41. ASTHMA. XIV-17. ASTRA. —A name for the 6th house. I-13, —Yoga. VI-44, 50. ASTRINGENT, IL-3], ASTROLOGER. I-19; XVIII- 8. ASTROLOGY. ‘V-5. ASU. A designation for the Sth house, I-12. ASUBHA, V-13. Dasa of an—planet. XX-41. ASUBHA MALA. Yoga VI-21. Bah fede EAVES, Yoga VI- ASUBHA VESI.—Yoga VI-10. ASUBHOBHAYACHARI. — Yoga VI-10. ASUCHI. A term to denote the 8th house. I-14. ASURA YOGA. YI-44, 52. ASURAMATYA, A name for Venus. 11-29. ASWAGATI, XXIL12. ASWATTHA TREE. XII-21, ASWIN. Name for Dhanus, I-8, ASWINI, VII-8; XXII, 5, 7, 11; XXIV-13. ASYA." An appellation for the 2nd house, 1-10. ATHEIST. To be an—, VI-62. ATIBHEETA. III-19. ATMAN. A name to denote the Sth house. 1-12, ATRI. 1.2, ATTACHMENT. duty, XIX-6, —to females. II-3. ATTEMPT. Success inall one’s —s. IX-16. To fail in one’s—s. XXVI-16. ATTENDANT, To be waited upon by faithful—s. VI-7. To have—s. XIX-22. To live with—s. VIII-14. AUDIENCE. To earn the ap- probation of the—in an as- sembly. XX-3, AUDISESHA. I-27. AUSPICIOUS. Condition of the lord of the 8th house proving—. XX-41, Lord of a Trikona posited ina Kendra or the lord of a Ken- dra in a Trikona will prove— to the native. XX-42, The time that must be declar- ed as very to the native. XIUI-20. Time when all things—should be got done. XXIII-22; 1-16; —to one’s ASURIEA, YARirRKogelVistQutg, SriKaSLY ptGitized by eGangotri ## Page 468 8 INDEX AUSPICIOUS Time when anything may hap- pen. XXLV-43. —Signs. 1-9. Time when Rahu’s Dasa period will be fully—.-XIX-15, To be always in the midst of —ceremonies, VI-55. To travel on an—undertaking. XXVE-I9. AUTHORITY. Toattain high —. VIII-30. To fear danger from the—ies. XXI-5. To have—conferred on oneself. VI-34, AVAINA. A name for the 6th house. 1-13 AVANTI. 11-38, AVARICIOUS. To be. XVIL- AVAROHINI, —Dasa. XX-56. AVASTTHAS. Bala and other eas III-3, 10. fe ten—. IlI-18, 19, 20. AVAYOGA. VI-57, 58 Vee A VI 57, 58. A term to denote the dith house. I-15, AYANA. I-24, AYANABALA, IV-1, 2. YUDHA DREKKANAS. AYURDAYA, XXIIL-18. —and the regulation of the order of Dasas. XXII-27. Onditions when the Amsa, BACK. The stars dwelling on the—of the native. XXVI- 36, 39, 40. To have marks on the—. 11-32. ‘0 have zak or moles on the BACK-BITER. To be—. XVI- 6, BACK-BITING. To be--.VIIl- | BAD WAYS Pinda and Naisargika systems of—have to be adopted. XXII-28. i Jeevasarma—system. XXII- 25. Loss in—. XXII-19. Pinda—system. XXIL-21. Rule of Satyacharya when several multiplication for re- ductions crop up in comput- ing—. XXII-20. The method of computing the —when the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon are of equal strength. XXII-29. AYUS. A term to denote the 8th house, I-14. Determining the — (longevity or otherwise) is the first thing to be done when a son is born. XIII-1. How to obtain the total in years of the native through the Ashtakavarga of Saturn. XXIV-15. The persons for whom this— has been declared by wise men. XXII-32. The several agencies through which one’s—has to be pre- dicted. XIII-25. To get the rectified—contri- buted by the planets. XXIV- a2: BAD GRAINS. through—. V-8. BAD LIFE. To lead a—. XX- 19, To carn -D PEOPLE. To be depend- nton—. VIIL-8. 2 WAYS. To end one’s life by following—. XXV-26. To resort to—. I-23. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 469 INDEX BAD WOMEN BAD WOMEN. To seek the company of—. VIII-31. BAD WORDS. To _ hear—. XXI-30, 66. To utter—. _X1Y-5 BADLY DISPOSED. To be—. XXV-I1. BADLY PLACED. Effect of the lord of the Lagna or that of the second house being—. XX-15. Planets when—. BAHIRBHA. 1-9, BALA. —Avasttha. I1-10. BALAGRAHAS, —to be ex- pected through the Moon. XIV-3 I-36. Child meets with destruction, being seized by—. XI BALAPINDASAMASTTHA. 1V-22, 23. BALARISHTA. _XIII-6, BANDHA. A designation for the 12th house. I-16. The ive Lindsteeeseeternnas tions recognised between two. planets. XV-30. BANDHU. A designation for the 4th house. I-IL. BANISHMENT. To suffer— from one’s country. XIX-2 BARBER. To be a—. XVIII- 4, 8. BARDS. To be praised by— and minstrels. VI-38. BARKS. To be a dealer in—. XVIII-3, BARREN. A woman to be- come—. XI-5, 7. BARRENNESS. Remedies to ward off the—threatening a family. XII-16, 18. Yoga leading to- XII-7. BARREN WIFE. ra have a VI-59. BASI ofa planet. 111-19. One of the ten Avastthas } 9 BEAUTY To expect insult from—people. XIX-14. BASE AVOCATIONS. To re- sort to—. BASE WAYS. VI-; To be given to BASE WOMEN. To be in the company of low and—. XXV- 16. BATH. A holy—in Rameswa- ram to attain progeny. XII- BATHING PLACES. To visit XXVII-S. BATTLE. A name to denote the 6th house. I-13. Anything regarding—should be ascertained through Mats. 1-3. Defeat in—. XXI-2 Income by fighting in—s. V-4. BATTLE FIELD. Abode of Mars isa—. I-15. BEADS. —or benefic dots in an Ashtaka varga. XXII-2. BEARING. A woman to be masculine in her—. XI-2. BEAST. —s, appropriate to each of the planets. II-17-20. The Yoga under which a birth will be that of a—. X1V-28. Trouble from fire and —s. XIX-18. BEATITUDE. I-1; II-S. BEAUTIFUL. A woman to be —. XI-5. To be—in appearance. III-I7. To have a—body. VI-25; VIII-17. To have—limbs. VI-9. BEAUTY. Itis the Moon that determines bodily health and 112) Matters relating to a woman’s | —should be determined from the Lagna, XI-I. To have—. XXY-13. CC-02Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 470 aa ea BHARANI BED , —— - ss BED. —denoted by the 12th} BENEFACTOR. To be a—. house. I-16. VI-40, meee ante: To acquire new—. XX-8; | BENEFIC. VII-11, 12, V16; XI1-29. X-6, 7, 10; XI-1, 2, 3, 5, aoe To have good—. XVI-13. XIT-1, 2, 32; XIV-21, 22; BED-ROOM. One of the places of Venus. I-16. BEGGAR. To bea—. XXV- 17. BEHAR. The country pertain- ing to Mars. XIV-26, BEHAVIOUR, It is through Jupiter that information about one’s—should be sought for. -5. To be emotional in one’s—. VI-16. To be of bad—. VI-sg. To be rough in one’s—. Vi-50 olbe wicked in one’s—. XX. BELL METAL." Aaything about—should be determined through the Moon. II-2, is the substance ascribed to 30. the Moon. II-30, BELLY, Oi name for the Sth -12 house, . Disease affecting the—. XxI- Disease jn —, XXVig) Me The asterisms distributed over the—during the transits of the eplancts, pAXVE38, 39, 40, er from pain in the—. Trouble in the—, XXI-63, Mars in the XXI-22; BELLY ACHE. Sth house will make the native suffer from—, Saturn brings on—, XI1V-8, To suffer fro VUI-6, 26 BELOVED. To enjoy all plea- sures i ‘oinpany of one | | BHAGYA YOGA. | BHANU. y-18, 19; XVI-2, 5,'8, 10, aa 27, 28: XIX: , 53, 59; XXII 21; XXIIF14, 24? XXVI-27, 28, 30; XXVIII, 8. BENEFIC ASPECT. XII-1, 9. BENEFIC DOTS. XV-12, 28; XXULI1, 12, 14,15, 16, 18, 22; XXIV-1, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 34, 35, 37,38, 40; XXVI- an BENEFICIENT, The condi- * Uons under which a Bhava will be thoroughly—. XV-2. BENEFICIENT ACTS. To do XXI-46. BENEFIC POSITION. XXIII- 0. BENEFIC PLANET. XII-1,3; XUIE8, 12, 15,20; XV-2, 3. 4, 5, 7,10; XX1V-43. T. To do acts causing eternal—. VI-36. To get eternal—s, through one’s spiritual preceptor. XIX-24, BENEVOLENT. To be—. VI- 36. BENGAL GRAM. grainis—. 11-28, BEST QUALITIES, sess the—, VITI-30. BHADRA YOGA, VI-1, 2, BHAGINEYA. A term to denote the 4th house. I-11, BHAGYA. A name for the 9th house. 1-14. Jupiter’s To pos- VI-44, 53, Name for the Sun, 1-31 BHARANI. XXIL6, 7, fe, Stinagar. Digitized by éGangotri ## Page 471 INDEX it BHARGAVA é BHARGAVA- TI-24, 25. BHARYA—A designation for the 7th house. I-13. BHASANDHI. 1-4. BHASKARA. A name for the Sun. TI-30. Be ea Name of Saturn. BHASVAT. /A name for the Sun. II-32. BHAUMA. Name for Mars. ia IL-18, 21, 23, 25, 26, 35, BHAVA. 1-15; XV-1, 3, 4, 23> 6, 7, 8,9, 11, 12, 14 25, 26, wip, 28; XVIEI; 1, 21, 29, 34, 35, 43, 58, 62; XXV-6; XXVIEI BHAVA BALA. I BHAVAMSA. VIIL- 27. BHAVA SANDHI. XY-13, 14; XXI-27. BHAVISHYATJNANA. A pans to denote, the 5th house. 12) BHEETA. One of the ten Avast- thas of a planet. 11-19. BHEETI. A name to signify the 6th house. 1-13 BHOGIN. A name for Rahu TL-28. BHRATRU. A name for the 3rd house. 1-11. BHRIGU. A name for Venus, II-13, 16, 19, 28. BHRIGUJA. Aname for Venus. II-6, 21, 26. BHRITYA, Y-1 BHUKTI. A term to denote the 2nd house. 1-10. Death may happen when the Dasa and— at the time is un- toward. XIIN-18. X- 28, 37, 38, 40, 42, neh ; XXI- 44, 48, 49, 53, 545 XXUI 2, 3,'4, 6, 8, 9, 912,13, fame for Venus. ay ___BIRD_DECANATES “14, 15, 17, 18, 20, 22, 24, 27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 35, 36, 39, 40, 41, 44, 47, 48, <3, 53, 56, 57, 60, 62, 63, 64, 65, 67, 69, 70, 72, 74, 15, 78, 79, 80, 81, 83, 84; XXII-13; XXVI-49; XXVIII-1-4. BHUKTINATHA. XX-29. BHUMI SUTA. A name for Mars. _II-31. BHUPATANA. Some say that the Lagna at birth of a child is the time of its—. XTI-2. BHUSHA. A term to denote the 4th house. 1-12. BILE. Mercury is a mixture of the 3 humours, wind,— and phlegm. I-11. The Sun causes death through XIV-14. The Sun causes fever dominat- ed by excited—. XIV-2. To suffer diseases arising from a morbid state of and blood. XIX-20. To sufler diseases arising from XXL-13, 20, 21. suffer diseases due to wind of. STD trouble through flow of blood and—. XXI-78. BILIOUS. Mars is—and cruel in nature. 1-10. BILLOUS COMPLAINTS. To be bothered by—. XIX BILIOUS FEVER. XIv-4, 14, BIPED SIGNS. 5 Iv-6. BIRD. The See de- noted by the scveral plancts- 11-17, 20. The Y under which the previous birth of a person will be that of a—- -28. BIRD DECANATES, fe 13. CC-0. Kashmir en inciitis Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 472 12 INDEX BIRTH IRTH. —ina Lagna trine to phineeAdhana Lagna. XII-32. —ofa daughter. XXI-67._ —of a son to one’s family. XX-63 XXI-79. —of avery good son. XXI-72, 74. Demise of the father of a child soon after—.’ XVI-22, Effect of—at the extreme end of a Rasi, a Gandantha, at the junction of any of the Our corners identical with “the conjunction or aspect by a malefic or when the Moon is in the fateful degree in any sign. X19, Past and future—s. XIV-27, Time when the—of a child bviy take place. X1I-31,33, BITTER. 11-31, BLACK 11-33, Satur wears a—garment. II- 4 BLACK GRAM. The grain belonging to Rahu is—. II- Rahu is—in colour. BLACK SMITH, 11-20 BLAME. A name for the Sth house, 1-14. To, Bet undeserved—, XIX. BLASPHEMoUs, To be a— heres} XXV-16, BLAZING. One of the ten as ofa planet IIf-18. G. To bring on— XIV-i0. It is the Moon that mpurity of—. XTy-3, on governs—,. TI. impurity of The M To be bothered by ii XIX 9; XXLI3; XXVI- To suff Fer diseases from a mor- bid state of bile and—, nopy XIX-20. Trouble through flow of—. XXI-78. BLOODLESSNESS. XIV-14. BLOW. To get a wound asa result of a—from a piece of wood or stone. XIV-8. BODILY SPLENDOUR. Loss of—. XIV-7. BODY. —of Kalapurusha. 1-4. Jupiter possesses a bie—. II- 12; Ketu has an clevated—. 11-24. Rahu, Gulika and Ketu will cause trouble to the. I-26. Saturn has got a tall—full of arteries and veins. II- The—and limbs of a person will be commensurate in their Proportions with the rising sign. XVI-1, The limbs and—of Venus are huge and his. as the colour of the Durva grass. IL-13. The Moon has a huge—. IL-9, The Moon represents the. 11-26. The Sun causes burning of the whole—. XIV-2. The Sun has a squa-e-built—, II-8. The Sun is the lord of the bones in the—, IL-8. To have a dwarfish—. XXV- 13 To have a—similar to a water pot. IX-11 To have a deformed—. VIII-9. To havea lean—. VIIL-i. To have a lean and frial—. To have a symmetrical and shining—. 1X-12, To have one’s—made white by the besmearing of sacred ashes. VI-29, To have one’s—soiled by puss from Wounds, and the gait CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 473 nopy retarded to: wasted in the several consti- tuent elements of the—. XXVI-15. To have wounds in the— XXL32, Gg To possess a beautiful—. VI- 3,25; VII-I13; VII-I7, To possess a strong—. I-50 Trembling of the—, XXT-34. werd Death due to—s. XIV- 18. To suffer from—. BOLD. To be—. To uae -ly in an ass mbly. VI-1 BONDAGE. To live by servile BONES. Mars governs_ the marrow of the—and_ flesh. TI-10. The Sun is the lord of the—in the body. II-8. BOUNTIFUL. ‘To be—. VI-7. T BOUNTY. To live at the—of another. VIII-29. BOWELS. To be afllicted by a disease relating to the——. VIII-31. BOXING. To be clever in—. XVITI-3. BOYHOOD. Condition when a planet is said to be in—. II-3. BRAHMAN. Presiding deity of Jupiter and Ketu, I-27, BRAHMA. —as lord of Shoda- samsa,_III-6, The condition under which a person goes to—loka, XIV- 3 To be absorbed in the know- ledge of the identity of the universe with—, I-31, BRAHMIN, Acquisition of money through—s. XXI-57. Adoration of the—. XXI-7, ly weakness and. 13 PL eesamanes, Idlessness owing to the curse ofa—. XI1-22. and—s, Xx Devoted to the—s and the Gods. XXIT-32, Harm resulting from the curse of—s and Gods, XIV-6. Honouring of—s. X1X-7, Matters relating to a—should be ascertained through Venus, 11-19. Meeting with—s Delight in sorshtpping Gods I XXI-12. Quarrel with a great—, XXIT- 67. Reverence to Gods and~-s, I-s The dwellings of Gods and—s. 1-16, To be a wealthy—. XVIII-3. To be intent in_ worshipping Gods and—s, IX-7. To engage oneself in doing work for—s and the Gods, VI-48, To get X1X224, To have access to—s, XIX-"9. To have no reverence for—s. VI-23. money through To maintain oneself through the help of—s, V-6, To please hosts of—s, V1-53. To revere Gods and—s, VIII-4. To show reverence to—s and and Gods. To worship the— XXI-23. Troubles through dis: —s. and Kshatriyas Venus and Jupite: are—s. 24, wom of aes and—, XXI- 31,4 Lata te To shine with—-lustre, I-31, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 474 14 INDEX BRAIN FEVER alneaat) ___ BUFFALO BRAIN FEVER. Death by—.{ indicated. XVI-8. XIV-18. The number of—s. one may BRAVE. Not to be—. XXV-8.| have. XVI-9. i To be—. VI-2,9: VIII-2,8,} To ascertain all about one’s 10, 11, 24; IX-7; XVE7:] father’s—. character, etc. XXy-Il. XV-22. : BRAVERY. To possess exces-| To be helpful to one’s—. sive—. XXI-20. XVL-7. BREACH. Scandal due toa—{ To be hostile to one’s—s. of decorum. XIX-14, VIII-25. BREAST. A designation for} To be praised by one’s—s. the 3rd house. I-11. VL-47, The particular asterism resting | To be without—s. XXV-10. on the—of a person during | To determine the effects the transit of pianets and the | _(phalas) of one’s—. XV. 21. effeets thereof. XXVI-35. To divine all details about BRIDGE. A term to denote one’s—. XV-25; XVI-12, the 4th house. 1-12. To expect the demise of one’s BRIGHT. To be—in appear-| —, XX-16. ance. XI-3. To have a reuowned—. VilI- BRIGHT HALF. Planets that] 14, are strong in the—of a month. | To have—s. VIHI-5, -1. To have good—s. VIII-I1. BROTHER, A clue to guess | To have no—s. VI-60; VIIL-8. Kpyumber of one's—s.} Tolosea—. VINI-29; XXV- XXIV-9, 15, A otsignation for the 3rd} To quarrel with one’s—s. and house. I-11. sons. XIX-20, Acquisition of wealth through | Trouble and sickness to one’s fe! =. XX1-49, pls: A term forthe 11th | Troubie through, or to a-—s louse. 20 Hep 1,0" from, a—._XX-4, | BROTHERHOOD. To be de- thing gos Mars, that any | void of good—. _VI-68. bee tbOut one’s—s. should | BUDDHIST. 11.20: XXVII-5. e scertained. 11 BUDHA. 1-6; il-4, 11, 21, 22, Bae of—s. XVL8, 24,27, Att Cy -g 48S Quarrel with—s. | BUFFALO. Aquisition of—s Margit XIX-23 ; XX-9. dpe the youngest | Increase in—s. XXI-48. pg lupiter, the eldest. Ti | Re: a—, one ought to ascer- Migund bsalie tain through Venus. 11-19. isunderstandings with one’s | Re: a—, one should guess —s. XXI-32. through Saturn. U-7. Separation from one’s—s.] Term for denoting the Sth Be house. I-12. ‘ The condition under which the | ‘The full period of life of a—is Prosperity of one’s—s, is| 24 years. XXII-31. CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 475 INDEX 15 BUFFALO CATTLE To earn through—s, V-7, Gain of one’s—, _XXIII-11. BUG. II-20. Success in—. XIX-6, 7. To be intent on one’: IX-9, BULLS, Acquisition of—. XIX-23, Life period of—is 24 years. XII-31. BURDEN, To live by carry- ing—, V-8, BURNING. —of the whole body, XIV-2, BURNING SON, To have a—, XIX-2: BURNT. Yoga fer one’s house being—. XVI- BUSINESS. C ing any—. Failure of the — undertaken XIX-14; XXI-65; XXVL-28. CALAMITY. _III-10, Happening of a great—. XXL 16, 22. To be overcome by-ies. XVI-4, To have—ies beyond number, XXI-24, To Suffer—. _XXIV-42, CALLING. XX-21, CALM, One of the ten Avast- thas of a planet. III-18, CALUMNIATING., Saturn is exceedingly—. 11-14, CALUMNY. To have un- deserved—. XIX-17. To suffer—. XX-18. CAMEL. 11-20, The period of life of a—, XXU-31. CANCER. Same as Kataka. CAPABLE. One of the ten Avastthas ofa planet, III-18, EOS. Same as Ma- kara CAPTIVITY. One’s—ought to, be puessed through Saturn, LeG-0, Kashmir Research Institute, To be wearied by being enga: ed in a worthless and fruit- less—. XXVI-23, To bring to a su nation any—ori: oneself. XX-11. To engage oneself in other‘s—. Vil To have obstacle to one’s—. XXVI-I8. To have success in a—at the very outset. VI-65; VIII-7, To ‘suffer ruin of one’s XXV-25; XXVI-45, 46, BUTTOCKS, To have elevat- ed. IX-4, sful termi- inated by CARBUNCLE. XIV-3, 11, CARDINAL SIGNS, ie 9, CARNAL Ses, To suf- fer from—. XX-1 CARRIAGE. To sere a—, XIX-16, CASTE. Predications should be so declared as to fit in with one’s. XXI-84. The—of Rahu. II- a te of the seven Planets, i i ow He particular—of the native in his past an births, XIVed- 2900 future CAT. 11-18. CATARACT. To have ay, eyes, VIII-1 a CATARRH. Death due too XIV-17. CATTLE. Acquisition of. XI-17, 43, hs vill unite in one XXE-19, Destruction of —, xx. X16; rindgarl Digitized by eGangotri place, ## Page 476 16 CATTLE ed of—, XXL X37, ascertain , one’s father’s—. XV-2; To be Sr a spotless—. VI-I5. To be of a very good—. VI- 25. To be possessed of a good—. VIHI-10. To be vile in—. _II-I4. CHARACTERISTIC QUALI- TIES. XV-i5. CHARIOTS. To own-—. XXV- Sickness to—, XXI-40, To acquire more—. XIX-20. To apprehend danger from—. XXVI-18. To be rich in—,__VI-48. To possess—, 1X-2. CATTLE-| EAMG ae get income through—. CELEBRATED. To au Gidely —. VI-65. CENSURE. _II-7. CENTIPED SIGNS. 1-7. CEREMONIES. —in honour of departed spirits. XII-24, CESSATION. —of quarrels. 30. CHARITABLE. To be—. VII- 22. CHARMING SPEECH. II-6, CHARMS, To be clever in— and exercising. VIII-15, To be conversant with—or spells. VIII-12, CHASTE, A woman to be—, XL-7. CHASTITY, X11. CHATAKA BIRD. _II-18, CHATURASRA HOUSES, I- 18, CHATURDASI._ XII-17, CHATURTHI, XII-16, CHATUSHPADA SIGNS, 1-7. CHATUSHTAYA HOUSES. 1-17, CHEAT. To be a~, VI-62; XVIII-10. CHEATING, To be clever in —others, XVII-4; XIX-9, CHEEKS. To be liable to diseases affecting the—. XX1L-76, To have large—, IX.5. CHESHTABALA, IY-1, 2. CHEST. Distribution of the stars over the—of a person during the transits of planets and the effects thereon, XXVI-35, 36, 3 Jupiier has an CHAKRA. The number of years constituting the entire Ayus ina—, XXII-13, i4. CHAKRA, To have in one’s body marks of—. VI-30. CHAMARA YOGA. _ VI-44. CHANAKYA. XXII-24, CHANDRA. _II-2, 24, 36. See under Moon. CHANDRA AVASTTHAS. LV-16. CHANDRAJA. I-31, 32. SHANERS KRIYADI, Iv- 20. CHAND na KRIYA PHALA. CHANDRA VELA-PHALA. IV-17-19. CHAPA. 1-7, CHARA RASI. 1-9; XIII-14; XIV-27. CHARA KARANAS. | XII-i5. CHARACTER, —of planets. I-8, 14, The Ayus is only for those who preserve the landmarks f—and conduct, XXIE3 Moon determines f 2. , one’s heart. XV-15. | To have a broad—. 1-3, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri evated—. 1. ## Page 477 INDEX 17 CHHATTRA YOGA Pi. CHOLERA eu YOGA, “VIA 4, Suffering to—-. XIX-18. Loss of—. XXI-37; XXvV- cuttipra TITHI, XII-15, 26; XXVI-22. Misunderstandings with one’s CHIEF. To become a—of one’s —. XXI-32, family. XVILI-2. Not to have many—, XXV-8, To become a—or mayor of u} To be bereft of—. _ VI-11; City, VIII-20, VILI-3, 4, 9, 22, 24; X-2, a friend of a re- VI1-63. arly destruction of III-3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12, 13, Conditions tinder which jong life i is secured to the—. XIII- na be blessed with—ren, X-9. To have a—late in life after a great effort. XII-4, CHILDHOOD. XXVIIL1-4, CHILDLESS. To be—. VINI- 26; X-8; XVIILI4, CHILDLESSNESS. —and its cause, XII-19, 21,23 CHILDLESS RASIS. XIL3, 4. CHILDREN. XXViII-l, 4° A planet in a Suralokamsa secures to the native—, IIT-9. Benefical effect through one’s XXL-41. Birth of—. XIX-7, 11, 22: XXI-23, 29, 33, 43; XXVL 17, 19, 20, 21. —male’or female, XXILII. —should be declared through the 9ih house in a woman’s nativity, XI-1, —to be troubled by gout, XIX-13, ! Danger through—. XIV-2. Danger to—. XIV-8, Destruction of—. IX-19, Happiness to—. XIX-10, ls to: XI1V-9, Separation from one’s—. XXI-8. Sickness to—, X1X-14; XX- 20; XXI-11, 16, 36, 40, 49. To be deserted by one’s—. XXV-13. To be destitute of—, XXI-83 To be endowed with good—, XX- To be happy with one’s—-. XXLS51. To become mothers of—that are dead. XI-9. To have a few--. VIII-16. To haye a good number of—. VIII-12; XIL-i0, To have a very limited number of—. XVIII-15. To have—by a second wife, XI-5. To have many—, VIII-27. To sive happily blessed with—. a ha in the company of one’s—. XX-56, 80. To lose—, VI-62; VIII-1, 30; XT1-9; XIX-21, To possess—. III-15; VI-3, 27,34, 49, 51, 65; ViIL-7, 14, 18, 19; X-105 XLS; XU-3; XXVI-19. To quarrel with one’s—. XIX-9; XXVI-17. Trouble’ to—. XIX-23; 19; XXI1-24, 42. Yoga under which acquisition of—is assured, XII-1. CHITTOTTHA. A name for the 7th house. 1-13. CHITTRA. Effect of birth in the asterism—, XI-9; XIIL-8. CHOLERA, XIV-14, XX- GC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 478 1s INDEX CHORA COMMODITIES CHORA. A name for the 7th | CLOTHING. XXI-75. house. I-13. COCK. I-18. CHOWRIES. To be endowed with waving—. VII-3. To move in a palanquin with —waving to and fro. VI-S3. To parade seated on the back of an elephant with—adorn- ing on the two sides. VII-6. CITY. To be a leader of a—. XVIU-3. To be 2 mayor of a—. VII To be a watchman of a—. XVITI-12. CITY FATHERS. To get honour from the—. XXI-81. CLAN. To ,be the head of one’s—. \ XVITI-27, CLEAN. To be—. VI-2. CLERICAL WORK, To earn through—, V-5, CLEVER, To be—. IL-8, 15, VI-2, 30; XVIIL8. To be—in politics. XVI-6. To be—in working in metals. at Ti” Working in metals EVERNESS, 14, CLora IX-14, H. | II-2, 6, 35. Acquisition of—s, XIX-7, 26; XXI-29, 43, 59, Loss of. "XX1.-8 To be decorated with beauti- ful—s. VI-20, To get news, XEX-22; XX- 8) XXL 12/15: ki To have a profusion of—. XIX-19, To have—s and ornaments. VI-48, To have good—s,_ VIII-17. To trade in—s. V-3, To wear—s of variegated col- our, VI-34. CLOTHES. A designation to denoie the 4th house. I-12. CODE. To become a proficient in the—of laws. XVI-6. COHABITATION. Trouble in—. XIV-7. COITION. Not to indulge much in—. XI-7. COLIC. Death due to—. XIV- 17. COLOUR. XVL-L. COMBUSTION, Effect of a planet in—, XX-30. Reduction in the period of Ayurdaya when a planet is in—. XXI1V-29. COMET. XXV-28. COMFORT. —s of the couch. XIX-26; XXI-35, 75. —=s_ requisite for enjoyment. XXI-81. Personal—s. XIX-10, To be blessed with materials —s. . VI-6. To be endowed with happiness and—. III-11. To endowed with VIIL-19. To be intent on having all—s. XVHE-12. TL-13, 34; [X-13; many—s. » ITI-15;, VI- 4: XVI-17. To have various—that wealth affords. XXI-29. To secure the—s of one’s sons. XXI-82. COMMAND. A term to indi- cate the 10th house. I-15. COMMANDER, Birth of a—. VI-4 COMMENDATION. An ex- pression to denote the 11th house. 1-15. COMMERCE. A term to signi- fy the 10th house. I-15. COMMODITIES. Acquisition of saleable—, XXI-45, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 479 INDEX COMMON SIGNS as CORN COMMON SIGNS COMPASSION, II-5. CONC ION, Clearness of —. XXI-17. Time favourable to—. XI-11, Time when—may take place. XH-L2, CONCH. 11-12, CONCH SHELL, the—. VI-38.+ CONDUCT. Course of-pres- cribed in the Vedas, VI-3 The land-marks of character and—, XX11-32. To shine, in all one’s courses res Sounds of To haye—in XIX-10. CONFIDENT, One of the ten ‘Avasthas of a planet. IIT-18. CONFUSION. Sorrow and-— to the person concerned. XUX-25. CONJUNCTION. Effect of the Sth house or its lord being in with male planets. XU-11. Effect of the lord of the Sth being in—with the lords of the 12th, 6th or the 8th XI-9. Effect of the lords of the Lagna and the €th house coming in —-(while in transit). XVI-33.. Effect of the lord of the Lagna coming in—with the lord of any particular Bhava. XVI- 35. On—s of planets, XVIIL-1-5; XXVITI-1-4. Reduction by half of the period contributed by a planet when he is in—with another planet. XXIV-29. Venus in—with a malefic in the 5th, 7th or 9th will make the native berefi ofa wife. 4. CONNOISSEUR. To be a gone in food. VIII-!4. one’s speech, CONSTANCY. Anything re: one’s—should be guessed through Saturn, 11-7. CONSTITUTION. ‘To be en- dowed with a strong—. VI- 63; VIILS; XVE17. CONSUMPTION. Death by XIV-19. To be seized with—. XIV-l!. To suffer from—. XXI-4, 77. To suffer from pulmonary—. XXI-7. CONTENTED, To be—. VI-6. CONTROL. To haye one’s senses under—, VI-31; XXTI- 32. CONVERSANT. To be—with everything, VIII-13. COOK IL-8; XVIIE-4. COOKING.—as a source of in- come, V-4. COOKING UTENSILS. IL-3. COOLY LABOUR. II-7- COPPER. | II-l. Acquisition of—, XXI-78. To be a dealer in—, XVILI-7. COPPER ORE, IL-1, 30. CORAL. 11-29; XXI-60. Income through trade on—s- V-3. CORN, A planet in a Sura- Jokamsa secures—to the na- tive, TII-9. Acquisition of, XXI-28. ‘All-—-will unite in one place. XXL-19. Anything about—has to be determined through the Moon, II-2. Loss of—. XXI-11, 52. Phenomenal increase of XXI-56. To have plenty of-. VI-46, 48. To possess—. VII-I, 145 IK-16 To possess no wealth or XXY-9, (0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 480 Comforts of the—. XIX-26 ; XXI-35, 75. Information re: one’s—should be sought for through Venus, L To enjoy the happiness of the —. XXI-12, 43. COUGH. Death by—, xrv- 19, COUNCILLOR. The post of a—under a King. XX-6. COUNTRY. Absence from one’s Own—. XIX-17. Mars represents the—of Behar. X[V-26. Residence in a foreign—, 327, signified by the planets. 11-28, The Direction of the—of the wife. X-12 To earn ina place pe other than one’s own V. native country. To go out of one’s own—. XI-26. To know the Particular—of the individual in his past and future births. X1y.34_ To leave one’s—XXVI-[g, To suffer banishment from one’s—. XIX-25 Trouble in one’s" xTx.93, COUPLE. The Yoga for a. being lucky and enjoy ‘ail comforts. X-7, Yoga for the—not living to- gether. XJ-3, COURAGE, Anything about— should be ascertained through Mars. TI-3, - = ppsianined by the 3rd house, Lil. To. ascertain one’s XV-I5. To be—ous. VIII-12, 22, own—. CROWN To shine in—. IX-1 Upakew in the 3rd house makes the native—ous, XXV-26. COURSE OF CONDUCT. To follow the right—, VIIT-16. COURTESAN. Association with—s. XXI-40, 83. Loss of bodily splendour as a result of intercourse with. XIV-7. Re: a—one ought to ascertain through Venus, 11-19. COVETOUS. To be—. IX-I1. COW. A planet in a Gopur- amsa secures—s to the native, IIL-8. About—s one ought to ascer- tain through the Moon. 11-2, Abont—one ought to ascer. tain through Venus. I-19, Acquisition of—s. XVI}: XIX-7, 23, 24; XX-9. Childlessness owing to the kill- ing of a—. 290, denoted by the 4th house. 1-12. —s_to go into the possession of others. XVI-14, To earn through—s._y-7, To obtain—s. X1X-12, To posses—s. 1X-2 COW-GRAM. _II-28. COW-HERD. I-18, COW-KIND. IL-2]. CRANE. I-17, CREEDS. A mendicant who does not know anything about the various—, XXVII- 2. CRIMINAL, To entangle one- self in—actions. VI-68, CROOKED. To be—in ‘one’s views. IX-4, To go in—ways, XXI.55, CROW, 11-20. CROWN, VIE3, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 481 INDEX CRUEL 21 DANGER CRUEL. A woman to be— beyond measure to her hus- band. XI-2. Aquisition of wealth through —deeds. XIX-6. He who is born ina Daridra Yoga will be—. VI-68, Mars is—in nature. 1-10. One’s—ty should be ascertain- ed through Mars. I1-3. Saturn is—. IL-14, To be—. VIII-10, 13; 1; XXV-8, To be—hearted. a behaviour, IIT-12, in disposition. TH-!4. To be—-minded. VITI-23 To be making money by XIX-18, To do—actions. XIX-9. To do—acis. IX-8; XVITI-14. XVIII- VIIT-1. DAINTIES. To feed others with all kinds of—in plenty. XX-6. DAINYA YOGAS, VI-32, 33. DATIVATA. A name to denote the 9th house. I-14. DAKSHA KARNA. A desig- nation for the 3rd_house. 1 DAKSHAKSHL. if 2nd house. I-10. DAMA YOGA. VI-39, 40. DAMSEL. Acquisition of an XXI-81. Acquisition of many—s. XXT- 45 Childlessness due to the mur- der of a—. XII. Service under a V-3. To be ever sporting with a—. VI-2: To be loved by a beautiful—. CUCKOO. II-20. CULTIVATOR. A—is denot- ed by the Moon, I-17. To haye nd eye andiogs with one’s—s. XIX-21. CUNNING. Rahu is—. Tl- 33. CUPID. To be equal to—in beauty. XXV-30. CURSE, Harm resulting from the—s of Brahmins and Gods. XIV-6. Sonlessness due to the—of a serpent or that of a Brahmin. XI-22. Sonlessness due to the—of the Manes. X1I-20. To be—d by the people. VIHT- ERUPTION. XXI-9. bh, CUTANEOUS To suffer from—. D To enjoy comforts in the com- pany of many beautiful—s. VI-38. To obtain enjoyment in the company of young—s. X1X- 12 DANCER. About a—one ought to ascertain through Venus, I-19. To become a XXVII-5. public—. To be fond of — rsed in the art of. To haye a liking for music and —. IX-3. DANCING HALL. The—is one of the places of Venus. DANGER. —at all times from enemies. XXI-52. —from fire. XIX-17; XXV- 23; -0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 482 22 INDEX DANGER DAUGHTER —from fire to concealed wealth, grain, sons and wife. XIX-5. —from poison. XIX-21; XX1L-6, —from poison, fire and wea- pon. XXI-36. —from the authorities. XX1-5. —from the sovereign, fire, thieves and serpents. XXT- —from the sovereign, fire Sbieves and weapons. XXI- 8. —from thieves. XXI-47, from thunder. XX1-26. mc thunderstorm. XXT- —from water. XXI-18, 37. from weapons, fire, thieves, enemies, rules, XXI-2 sto life, XXI-42, 61; XXVI- 24, 28, 33, 34, 35, 39, 40. to one’s lands and a XX6 and house. Mars cause—from fire, poison, ns, leprosy, &e, XIV-4. fe. XXVI-27. ‘The Moon causes—from wa ter, Balagrahas, Durga, Kinnaras, female Yaksha &. XIV-3. The Sun causes—from wood, fire, weapon, poison, wife, children, quadruped,. thief, the sovereign, &e, XIV-2. The Sun’s tansit in the 9th house will cause—to the native, XXVI-11. To apprehend —from cattle. XXVI-18, To be exempt from distress and—. XXV-10, To guess—or destruction for a Person through Saturn’s Ashtakavarga. XXJV.l4, Transits of planets over a Rasi ¢ontaining benefic dots less than 28 in the Sarvashtaka varga produce—, XXIII-20. DARIDRA YOGA, VI-57, 68. DARIDRYA, —is denoted by the 12th house. 1-16. DARING. One’s- ould be ascertained through Mars. i To ncquire wealth by doing— deeds. VI-2. i To be capable of accomplish- ing—acis. XVI-7. ; To be very—and rash, VITI-8. To subdue one’s enemies by doing—acts, XX-7. DARK._II-14. DARK HALF. IV-1. DARK HOLES. I-16. DARKNESS. U-20. DASA. —(ervant), a term to denote the 8th house. I-14, DASA. X-13, 14; XIIL-18, 25; XIX-1, 2, 4, 5,6, 7, 9, 10, 11. 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 4 XX-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,8, 9, 10, M1, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19; 20, 21, 22, 23, 24/25, 26, 27. 28, 31, 32, 34, 35, 36, 39, 41, 42, 43, 44, 49, 53, 54, 55, 56, 58, 59, 60, 61; XXI-1, 2, 3, 4,5, 6,8) -9, 10, 112,13. 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 22, 26, 27, 28 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 38, 39, 40, 48, 49, 53, 55, 58, 59, 69, 72, 78, 82, 843 XXII-2, 4, 12, 16, 27; XXIV-4; XXVI- 49; XXVIII-1-4. DASAMSA, _III-1, 2, 3, 6. DASANATHA, XX-28, 29. DASA PERIOD, XV-7, 8, 11, 12, 29; XXIV-32, 33; XXV- DASA VARGAS. _III-1. DAUGHTER. Birth of a new —XXI-12. Birth of—s. XII-11;. XXI-67, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 483 D “IGNS: 1.8; 6. DAYADIN. XII-20; XXI1-21; . A child to meet with s—-at once. XIII-9, 12. A planet weak in all the 10 Vargas will cause the—of the native. III-!0. ~incidental to childhood—. XXVITI-1-4. of one’s friends, XXVI-18. —of the mother, XVI-10 sthrough quadrupeds., XXV- <i happen in the Latta of Jupi VI-45-46, Father) eel be determin- ed from the 8th house from the Sun. XV-23, Gulika’s effecys bring on—, XXYV-21, It is Saturn that settles the cause of—ofa person. XV-- 16. Malefics in Vedha to Adhana, Janma or Karma star bring about—. XXVI-27, Mars? transit over the Ist and 2nd star reckoned from one’s natal star brings about—, XXVI-37., One’s—should be guessed throogh Saturn, II-7, Other conditions when—or similar untoward event should be expected, XXVI-29. Sun while in transit if associat- ed with a malefic and in Vedha causes—, XXVI-21 The 8th house signifies—, I- 14, The lord of the Lagna when strong wards off—, XITT-21. 23 DECLINATION ‘The manner in which a person meets with his—. XIV-12, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21. The 2nd and the 7th houses are iermed—p roducing houses. XX-40. Time of—of a relative signi- fied by any Bhava, XX-S8. Time of—of a revered elder. XXI-68. Time of—of one’s brother. XVII-6, Time of—of one’s father. XVII-7. Time of—of one’s XVII-7. Time of—-of one’s son. XVII- mother, 8, Time when one’s—may take place. XVII-2, 3, 4,5, 6,9. 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24° 25, 26, 27, 28: XX-18, 32, 40, 50; XX1-52, DEBTS, —ought to be guessed through Saturn, 1-7, The 6th house signifies—, T- Tine when complete discharge of—will be made. XX-9. To be loaded with—, V1-68. To contract—. Haye DECANATE. III-1, 11, 13, 14, 15,17; X-1; XM. 1 14, 19; XIV-12, 28; XVIL-2, 3; 16, 19, 23, 38; XX-55; XXIL-18: XXVIL-3, Dean as Bhava suffers—. XV-2, 18, eee power, XXV-26. serene A woman to be=) XT: arenas To have aber- ration of mind through—, XX-17. To suffer—. XX-20, DECLINATION. _IV-1, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 484 24 INDEX DECLINE. The !2th house signifies—. 1-16. DECORUM. Scandal due toa breach of—. XIX-14. DEER. IL-17. DEFEAT. —in b: XXI-2 ane 8th house signifies—. 4. To suffer—, XX-17. DEFINITIONS. Xx XXVIIL-1-4, DEFORMED. A woman to have a—husband. _XI-3. To be—. VI-58; VIil-3. To, be—in one’s face. XXV- as To have a—body. VIII-9, 28. To have—eyes. © VIII-10. DEFORMITIES. XIy-4. DEGRADATION- Re: one’s should be guessed through Saturn, 11-7 ‘i To have a tion. IX-1 ED 1-10, TY. 1-14; 11-27; XI1-9: Soa: 7; XIL-9; DEJECTED. To be—. VIit-1]. DEJECTION. ee XXVI-13. DETIGHT. To—in everything. DELIGHTED. One of the ten Avasthas of a planet. [17-18, DELIVERY, laboured—. KKLERY: A Iaboured—| DELUSION, IV-8 rom one’s posi- Saturn brings on DEMISE. B arising from lations. —of both «husband. —of the native, XITI-19, Funeral rites for the mother at the time of her-—. Xyq-11. Time when one’s—will happen. XVII-20; XX-31, 40; XXIV- 13, 15, odily impurity ei yie-of one's re- > @ woman and her X-8. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. DESTRUCTION Time when the — of one’s brow may be expected. XX-16, Time when the — of one’s father will happen. XXIV-3, 4, 5,6. Time when mother, XXIV-7. DEMONS. Fear from fright- ful—. XIV-4. Harm from evil—. _XIV-5. DEMONOLOGY. To dabble in—. XXV-l1. DEPENDANTS. Trouble to XXI-18. the — of one’s DEPRAVED. To be—. VIII- 20; XXV-8. | DEPRESSION. IV-7; VII-3, 12, 18, 26 30: IX-18, 20: X-3, 4,8, IP, 152 12,19; XM1-.9; X1V- XVL4, 11, 27. 3 35, 37, 38, 56, 573 XXIL-2 XXIIL-10, 23: XXIV-10, 2 XXVI-32. DESCENDING. Dasa. XX- 56 DESIRE. Accomplishment of one’s—. XIX-I1. A term denoting the 7th house. 1-13, Failure of one’s—. XXI-30, DESPISED. To XX-17, To be—by all, III-3, To be—by one’s relations. VI-64, To be—by the wicked. VI-58. DESTITUTE. To be utterly —. IX-17. DESTRUCTION, I[II-10, —of'a Bhava. XV-3, 4,7, 8, 12,19; XVIIL-1; XX-35; XXV-22. —of cattle. XX-16; XXI-25. enemies. XVI-18; —of one’s own self, XXI-63, gitized by eGangotri ## Page 485 INDEX DESTRUCTION 25 DISCUSSION —of one’s relations. —of servants. I —of wealth. XXI-66. Sun’s transit over the natal star will cause—. XXVI-35. To expect one’s—. XXIV-14. Woman to cause the—of her husband, XI-3. XXI-70. DEVAGURU. 16, DEVALOKA. _III-7, 9. DEVEDYA. II-29. DEVOTION. —to one’s duty. XIX-6, Intense—in the worship of Gods and Brahmins. XXI- pEyour To become a mise- table—. XXVII-6. DHAIRYA. A designation for the 3rd house, I-11. DHAL. 11-28. DHANUS. I-7, 8; IV-5; VIL-9, 10; IX-9; XIV-19; XVIII- 10; XXII-1; XXT 5 DHATU. I-9. DHATRU. _II-27. DHENU YOGA. VI-44, 46. DHI. A term to denote the Sth house. -12. DHUMA. XVII-10; XXy-l, 5, 22, 23.527, 080 DHUMARETU. XXY-29. DIABETES. Danger from— XX To suffer from—. VI-64. DIAMOND. II-29. DIARRHOEA. —may be ex- pected through the Moon. XIV-3. Mars during his transit in the 4th house will cause—. XXVL13. To suffer from—. XXI-77. DIGBALA. IV-l, 2, 5, 24; VIT-4. DIGNIFIED. To be—. VI-24. 4 DIGNITY. One’s—has to be ascertained through the Sun. To be endowed with power and—. II1-8. To command—. XIX-22, 26. DIKSHA CEREMONY. XXVII-5. DILAPIDATED. Yoga for one’s house to be old and—. XVI-14, DINA. —(day). I-24. DINA MRITYU. _XIII-8. DINAPATI,_ I-17. DINAPABALA._IV-1, 5. DINA ROGA. XIII-8. DIRECTION. —in which one’s wife should happen to be born. XXIV-12. —of the individual in his past and future births, XIV-24. —of the signs. 1-9, The—of the country of the wife. X-12. DIRECTIONAL STRENGTH. IV-1, 2, 5, 24. DIRECTOR. To bea—. VI- 22. DIRGHAYUS. XlUl-i4. DIRTY. Saturn is—. II-14. DISAPPOINTMENT. General —will mark the Sun’s transit in the 9th house. XXVI-II. To meet with—in all. one’s undertakings. WIII-31. DISASTER. —to one’s friends. XXI-37. DISC. XXV-28. DISCHARGE. _Complete—of one’s debts. XX-9. DISCIPLES. To have a good number of—. I-31. DISCOMFITURE. with—. XX-16. DISCRIMINATION. XY-15. DISCUSSION. XXY-9, To meet CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 486 26 INDEX DISEASE m — ——— DISEASI DISEASE. Allayment of—.] To be liable to—-caused by XXVI-14. wind and fire, XXI-50. Cessation of—s. XXI1-20. To be tormented by—s result- Danger from—s. XXI-53; ing from wind, heat and XXVI-I8. phlegm, XIX-24, Death by—of the spleen. XIV-| To be troubled ‘through—s 18. arising from wind and bile. —sarising through wind and | XXI-82. phlegm. XXI-65. To become liable to—s affect- —due to excessive heat. XIX-| ing the eyes, XXI-76. 7. To cause—in the stomach —due to phlegmatic disorder. VIIT-30. XXI-35. ]} To divine about one’s—s. —s to one’s elders or young-} XIV-l, sters in the fammily. XXI-47. | —s to relations. XXI-14, han wife and children, XXI- To haye—in the belly. XXT- | To suffer aflliction through—, Freedom from—s, xxi3i; | 7: XXVIII, 12 i ““")1 To suffer calamity or—. Rahu has skin, 11-33 XXIV-42. - 1g'" OF @ person, XIV-12,) procs XIK20 To suffer—in some limb. XX1-83. To suffer from a—due to wind The—s caused by Mars. XIV- caused by Mercury. elves, and bile. XXI-32. hes ¢ To suffer from a poisonous—. Taiva, aused by the Moon, | Ty su7ie| Pe he=5"\ ca ; To suffer from a terrible—, xiv, tsed by Jupiter. | “Xx-21; XXL3E, eetowdead ‘. To: suffer from—. III-10; elves. sed by Saturn. VII, 255 XVE4s XX-15, cone Nom fe 17, 18; XXI-5; XXVI-9, 10; Biz caused..by the Sun,| 12.385 Ax H, 30 he—s caused by Venus, | To suffer from—arising out of xv, z “| the three humours. XXI-9. The 6th house is known as{ To suffer from—arising from house of —, [-13, bile, heat and blood. XXI- Time when—s will happen, | _133 XXVI-13. XX-21. To suffer from—s arising out To ascertain one’s—, XV-15, of excess of bile and heat. ed XXL-2 ‘0 be aiflicted by a—relating | To suffer from—s arising from to the bowels, VIII-31, water, XXI-4, To be free from—. VI-11,24;] To suffer from—s at a very VIII-24; XIII-24, early age. IX-8, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 487 DISEA! To suffer from—s caused by excessive heat. XXVI-16. To suffer from—s caused by the three humours. XXI-41, 49. To suffer from—of the spleen, XXI-77. To suffer from ear—. XXL-7. To suffer from eye—. XIV-10. To suffer from—through females. XXE-8. To suffer through a—in the private parts. XIV-11. Trouble through various kinds XX-20; of—s. XXI-16. DISHONEST. A woman to be —. XI-6. DISHONOUR. To be mentally afflicted owing to public—. VI-10. * To suffer from—. XX-20. DISMISSAL. —from an office. XIX-14, DISOBEDIENT. To be—to G e's mother, XVITI-2 D SPLEASURE. Childlessness € to the—of one’s . an ne’s mother To incur the—of one’s sove- reign. VIII-3; XIX-5; XX- 17. ' DISPOSITION, A woman to of be of a masculine—. XI-7. A woman to be of a virtuous —. XI-5, 10. Saturn is of a slo To be of a forgi To be of a good. To be of a righteous— To be wicked in—. Te have a base—of mind. IX- TI-14. ing—. IX-2, 3. < To become bad in one’s—. XIX-21. DISPUT through—. To beco:me angry VOI-I2 . INDEX 27 DROWNING | DISRESPECT. To be treated with—, VIII-14, To suffer—. VIII-15; 31. DISTANCES. To walk long—. TX-18, DISTRESS. —ihrough rela- tions, XXI-47. —to one’s son-in-law. XX-18. Planets in certain Bhavas cause—. XV-26. To be exempt from—. 10 XXV- To cause—to one’s XX-16; XXV-15.¢ To endure much—. VI-33, 64; VUI-15. DISTRESSED. One of the 10 Avastthas of a planet. I1I-19. To be—. VIIT-22. mother. DIURNAL RASIS. 1-8. DOCUMENT. I-10. DOGS. XXII-31. DRAMATURG VI-27. DREAMS. XIV-5. DREKKANA. IIE, 4,6; IV- 3; XVII-10, 12. DREKKANABALA, DRESS. To—oneself beauti- fully. VIII-12. DRIGBALA. IV-3. —. XXI-43. —signifies the 2nd house. I-10. To be a dealer in—s. XVIII- 2. To come to grief through— ing. XXL-41, To command good food, —. VI-46. To have a good food and—. XXI-60. To take to intoxicating—s. XXI-40. DRISHTI. _TV-9. DROOPING. To have one’s shoulders and arms—. IX-6, DROWNING. Death by—. XIV-19, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 488 28 INDEX ' DROWSINESS EDUCATION DROWSINESS. XIV-3 | DUSSTTHA. 11-36. DRUGS. To bea dealer in—. | DUSSTTHANAS, 1-17; XII- XVUL-3. |} 2; XV-9, 10, 29; XVI-10, 14, DRUNKENNESS. To be dis- } 18, 22, 25; XX-16, 24; tinguished by: XXV-10. {| XXIII-2 DUAL. X-5; XVI-3. DUTY. Success in one’s moral DUBIOUS. To be—in one’s —. XXI-64, speech. VIII-25. DUHKHA. A designation for the 12th house. I-16. DUHKHITA. One of the 10 Avastthas of a planet. ITI-19. DULL-HEADED. Ii-14. DUPED To be—by others. DURGA. XtIy-3. DURUDHARA YOGA, VI-5, DURVA. Wl, 13. ‘OGA. 5 A plies VI-57, 67, 70: USCHIKYA. A iM note the 3rd oui ee To be devoted to one’s—ies. XVII-13, 15; XIX-6; XXI- 59. DWADASAMSA, III-1, 4, 15 IV-3; XII-33; XII-14; XVII-4, 12; XVIII-16, DWADASI. XII-17. DWANDWA. 1-9; XIII-14. DWARABHA. 1-9. DWARFISH. To have a— body. XXV-13, DWELLING. XIX-26. DYEING. To be an adept in the—of cloths. XVIIL-2. DYSENTERY. To suffer from ll. —. VIII-6; XXVI-13. DUSHKRITL YOGA. Vi-s7,]| DYUNA. A’ term denoting DUR the 7th house. I-13, SHKRITYA, 1-13, DYUSAMINA, L8. EAR. Left—. ]. Right. py, To have disc; xx asc in the—. To possess big—s, 1X-9 EAR DISEASE. To suffer from » VUI-27 5 XIV-10; XIX- 22; XX-20; XX1-23, EAR-TROUBLE.: Re:—, should — ascertai fough depts ae through © suffer fro aq EARNING. yo" YS: EARTH. 113,27; v1.36: VIII-18; X1V-23: XVIT10, EARTHERN JARS. To be a Beater in XVIIL2 EASEMENTS, Enjoyment of various. XXI-80. ee EAST. Signs governing—. 1-9, EASTERN QUARTER. II-15. EAT. The 2nd house signifies —ing. 1-10. To be a voracious—er, VIII- 22. To be ever—ing at other’s tables. VIII-28. To—much. XXV-8, To—sparingly. IX-1. ECLIPSE. XXVI-29, ECLIPSED, IV-7; IX-9, 19; X-4, 15; X19, 19: XIT-19; XV-l; XVI-I8; XX-I4, 22, 57; XXII-18, 20, 27; XXVI- 32 / EDUCATION. To have a good —allround. VI-46. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 489 EEFECT INDEX 29 ELEPHANTS, . VIII-34, 35; XV-14, | XVII-17; XX-1 7, 39,43, 42,48, 49, 5 57, 60, 63; XXI-1, XI-3, 15; XXME-1, : 14, 20; XXIV-39; XXV-6, 21, 25; XXVEI, 5, 12, 13, 24, 25, 30; S2;0las;e al XXVIL-1-4. EIGHTH HOUSE. X1-4, 6,9, 19; XV-3, 5, 6 7, 8 9, 10, 18, 19, 23, 26; XVL-2, 11, 21, 34’; XVII-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 23, 24, 26, 28; Oa 15, 40; XXV-13; XXVI-2, 4. 6, 7, 8, 10, 15, 19, 21, 22. Affliction of the—in a female’s nativity. X-7. Death to be predicted through the effect arising from the— or the Navamsa Rasi_ occupi- ed by the lord of the—. XIV-16, Effect of a malefic in the—of a woman’s nativity. XI-3. Effect of the—being owned as also occupied by a malefic. XIV-20, Effect of Jupiter in the—. XIV-11, Ketu in the—, VINL-IS; VIII-31; X1V- Lord of the—in the 7th. X-2, Malefics in depression in the x3. aay ELDER. | Manner of death to be guessed through the—, XIV. Moon at birth attaining the fateful degree in the—causes the death of the child soon, XIT-9, Period of happy life of a wo- man with her husband de- pends on the strength derived by the—from benefics. XI- Wek, Modn’ diva saaletioltn the—causes carly death. XHV-12. Woman’s prosperity has to be deduced from the—. XI-1. EKADHIPATYA REDUC- TION. XXIV-18, 19, 20, 21, 2 Adoraticn of—s. XXL7: Death of a revered—. XXI- 68. Death of one of the—s. XX- 19, Demise of parents and—s, XIX-26, Disease to one’s—s._ XXL-47. Favour from—s. XIX-10. Injury to one's—s. XXL-34, Loss of—s. XT 22, 42. Sickness to--s. XXI-10, 52. To despise—s. VI-66. To suffer separation from one’s Eb XI Xe22) Troubles arising from serious offences done to—s. _XIV-6. Mars in the—. VIII-9; X1V-] Trouble from—s. XXI-76. nla Trouble to one's—s. XX1-24, Mercury in the—. VIII-12. Rahu in the—, VIII-26; XIV- BLDER BROTHER, 1th M. house signifies—. 1-15. Saturn in the—. VIII-23;| ELDEST BROTHER. Death XIV-11 of one’s—. | The Moon in the-. VII-7. | ELEPHAN m9 The Sun in the—. VIII-3; V-1; V 38, ans VIl-1, XIV-L, 1 7, 11, 19, 20, XWEi3! CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by inte ## Page 490 ELEVATION, XX.9, ELEVENTH HOUSE, VII-16; 24, 25; VIIL4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 24,'27, 33; X-5, 10; Xu 4; XIV-10; XV-7, 29; XX-12, 20, 25,26, 36, 41, 59; XXiv-38;° XXV-13! RNYT2. 3, 4, 5 6, 89 lly 16, 20, 21, ELOQUENCE, IL4; XX.3 ELOQUENT, "To be—in one’s speech. V1-9; VIII-I3: IX- 9; XVIII-4 EMANCIPATION. XXVIT-L. EMBARRASSMENT, XXVI- EMERALD II-29. EMINENCE, XX-2; XXI-40. EMOTIONAL. VI- 16, EMPEROR, VI-4; VII-13, 16, EMELOY MENT. XXVI-22 ENE 1133 1-3, 213 XI. Seve i, ey ie Is, 18, 22, 24, 26, 30; 1X-9, 5,6, 7, 10, 13, 14 24. é aoe 20, 2i, » 28, 29, 34, 36, 45; 46° 7 2 4, 64 66, 70, oh a ea nei XXVI-9, 10, 14) ENERGE Tic. VIIE32 ENERGY, 1}.3 ere ENJOY. ‘Viir33, ENJOYMENT, ViI8, 22 63; VIL, 21; IMs tu 2 19; XXL 80, 81; ; XXVI- BNLIVENING, XXV-21, ENMITY,. XVI-34. ENTRAILS, XIV-6, NUM ' ENVY, XVI-34. EPILEPSY, XIV-2, 4. EQUIVOCAL, To be—in one’s speech. VIII-25. ESTABLISHED USAGE. To follow the—. VI-53. ESTEEM. XXL39. EULOGY. II-4. EUNUCH. _II-27; XI-6. EVEN HOUSE. XV-I1. EVEN RASI. X-9. EVIL. XVI; XX-41, XXV-I8, 19, 27. EVIL ADVISER. XXVII-5. EVIL COUNSEL, XX-16. EVIL COURSE, | VIII-21. EVIL DEEDS. XXI-40, EVIL-MINDED. YVIII-22, 30. EVIL SPIRITS, XIV-4. EVIL TALK. XIX-13. EVIL TIDINGS. XxX-15, 20. EXALTATION. Iv-l, 2, AS 7,30, 15, does 45, 50; : XHL-26; XIV- xv, 18; XVI- X-14, 25, 26, 30, 34, 36, 37, 38, 56, 61 ; XXIT-18, 34 Sekt 24; XXV-30; XXVI-31, EXALTATION SIGNS, 1-6. EXALTED POSITION. XIX- EXCELLENT QUALITIES. XI-2. EXECUTIONER. v8, EXERTION. If-l; EXIT, XXI-26; xxVitie-4, EXORCISING, ° VIHI-15, EXPENDITURE, XV-24; XXI- Bs KINI; XXV-14 VI-12, 18, oon sake 8. XXI-40. EXPERIENCE. | XX1.33, EXTOLLED. VI-4; VII-9. EXUDATION. XIV-7. CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 491 INDEX 31 pene coer =" EYE. XXVI-35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, A severe hurt to the—, XXI- 46. —trouble. XIV-2,7; XX-15; XXI-38, Inflammation of the—s, XXI- 18, Mars originates—disease, XIV-4. Mercury brings on—disease, XIV-5. The Moon represents the left —. I-25. The right—is signified by the 2nd house. I-10, and presented by the Sun, 11-25. The Sun and Mars govern the —s, I-26. The 12th house signifies the left—. 1-16, To have ames VI-59, FACE, Distribution of the stars on one’s and the effects of transits of planets on them, XXVI-45, 40. The 2nd house signifies. T- 10. To_be deformed in one’s—. XXV.-13, To havea big—, 1X-2, To have a broad—, VI-2; 1X- 5. To have along—. IX-9, To have an ugly. VIII-21; XXV-26. To suffer from disease in the —, VII-25. Venus Causes marks on the—. II-32, FACILITIES. To command all—for ae good mate- rials. VILI-33 ___ FALSEHOOD /To have cataract in the—s. VI To have defective—sight. VIII-3, 4, To have deformed—s. ViAII- 10. To have expansive—s. IX-8, To Baye intense pain in the— s. XXI-36. To Hae reddish—. _IX-5. To have round—s. IX-1. To possess black—s. IX-3. To,possess very good—s. XI- Te. Suffer from disease relating to the—, XIX-21; XX1-22, 52, 76, To suffer from—complaints. XXI-6, 40, 61, 63. To suffer from—disease, VIII- 1, 33; XIV-10; XVIII-7; Trouble to the—s. XXI-54, 62. FACTORS. Rasi and Plane- tary—. XXIV-23, 24, 25. FAILING, One of the 10 Avastthas of a planet. III- 19, 20. FAILURE. —of one’s business XIX-14; XXI-65; XXVI-28. FAINT. To look—due to modesty. 1X-6 FAINTING, Disease arising from—. XIV-6. 7 FALL. A fall from one’s posi- tion. XXVI-33, Death due by a—from a height. XIV-18. To be hit bya—, XXV-2: To haye a—. XXV-24, Signs of—, 1-16. FALLACIOUSLY. To argue ca LVIA-OR FALSEHOOD, Influx of money through—. X1X-9, (CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinaga Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 492 32 INDEX FALSEHOOD Rahu speaks—. 11-33. To carn one’s livelihood by uttering—. V-2. To speak—s. IX-1; XVI-6. FAME. Acquisition of—- XXI-44, 45. Tt is ftom the Moon, that one’s—should be ascertain- ed. II-2. Ketu in the 3rd house confers —on the native. ViI1-29. One whose—has spread over the 3 worlds. . VI-27. One’s—to be at the lowest, middling or high VI-I8 The 10th house signifies —. + To attain everlasting—. VIII- 30. E To be end ith— ie owed with—. To be known to—, VI-6, To get great—through learn- ing. XXI-57. To have—. I-63; VIIL-4; TX-14. To have—got in war. XXI- To have immense— VII-17, To have wide—. XIX-6, 10; XXI-§2, FAMILY. VI-25, 46, 55; VIII- 12; XI1I-8;° XVI-2, 5; XVINI-2: XIX-17; XX-3, 6, 15; XXL-10, 40, 70, 76. FAMILY EXTINCTION. XII- FAMILY TRADITIONS. VI- FAMOUS. To become—. VI- 3,9, 15, 20, 42, 45,47; VII 29; VIIL-3, 9, 16, 27; XVI- 4; XVIUI-1. To have a husband who is—. A woman to become- XL. | FAN, H-2 ' FATHER To be XVES ; ' FAST. To be—in walking. 1X-4. FATAL DASAS. XX-24. FATHER. Acquisition of wealth from—. V-1. All about one’s—should be ascertained through the Sun. Il-1; XV-15. Death of a relative who was equal toa—. XXVI-23. Exit of one’s—if born under certain stars. XIII-8. Exit of one’s father soon after marriage if his wife is born under certain fateful stars. X19. The demise of one’s—soon after his birth, XVI-22. The house denoting the—'s in the Ashtakavarga chart. XXIV-1. The 9th house denotes—. 1- 14. The planets playing the role of—. 11-25, Time of demise of one’s—. XVIT-7; XX-19, Time when anything untoward to one’s—, or his demise will happen, XXIV-2, 3, 4, 6. To be bereft of. VIIL-24, 32. To be more munificient than one’s—. VIII-15. aS become a—of twins. XIII- To conjecture about—’s ap- pearance prosperity, brothers, character, etc. XV-22, 23, 24, To guess the effects of one’s—, XV-21. To guess all about one’s— through the Karaka planet owning the Bhava, XVI-12. To hate one’s—. VIIT-4. To kill one’s—. XXV-1S CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 493 INDEX 33 FATHER FORTUNATE. To shine better than one’s—. VI-SI. Yoga for the—of the native to live for a long time. XVI-23. FATHER’S FATHER. XV-24. FATHER’S SINS. XIIL-4. FATHERLESS. VIII-i0. FATIGUE. YVI-60; VIII-I1; XXYVI-9, 19, FAULTS. XXV-26. FAVOUR. XIX-10. FAVOURITE. IX-9. FEAR. 1-13; II-7; VIII-5; 21; XX-15; XXI-24, 25, 40, 53, 64; XXIII-l1; XXVL!0, 12, 13, 17, 20, 22, 26, 36, 37, 45, 46. FEARLESS. VI-11, 65; VIII- 16; XVI-2; XVIL-7. FECUNDITY. XII-14. FEET. IX-8; XXVI-35, 36, 37, 38. FEMALE. II-1S, 17, 27; VI- 15, 61; VIII-18, 19; XI-1, 3; XI1-12; XIX-23, 25, 26; XX* 3; XXL8, 31, 78; XXII-l1, FEMALE AMSA. XIII. FEMALE CHILDREN. XXI- 69. FEMALE DEITIES. XIV-7. FEMALE GHOSTS, XIV. FEMALE HOROSCOPY. XXVUL-1-4, FEMALE PLANETS, XU-IL. FEMALE RAST. XII-I1. FEMALE SIGNS. 1-9 ALE SOCIETY. XXL49. FERRY. XXI-.9, FESTIVITIES, VI-55, TERS. [L-13. aR. XIV-2, 5, 6, 1, 18, 19; XIX-9; Sixia, 142 34 54,55, 66; XXVI-II, 14, 15. eT MINDED. VL-56; XXV-IL. IV-3 5 FIERCE. I-14. FIERCE SIGNS. 1-9. FIERY PITS. XIV-5. FIFTH HOUSE. VII-25 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 22, 2 X1; 234, 9; XI-4; XIE, 2 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,8, 9, 10, 11, 19, 21, 23, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29; pale 2, 13, 24; XIV- 10, ae 8, 29; KV-6, 10, 2 3. XVI-I5; XX i "46 F XXIV-10; XXV-U; XXVE 2, 3,4, 5, 6,7, 8, 10, 14, 19, 21; 22. FIGHT. X1X-23. FIGHTING, V-4; XVIII-12, 14, XTX-9, 18. FILTH. XX1-8. FINANCE. XXVI-23. FINE ARTS. II-4. FIRE. I1-3, 15, 27; XIV-2, 4, 5, 14, 17, 20; XIX-5, 9, 14, 36, 38, 50, 54, 42, 70, cay, 99; 83; XXv- 17, 23. FIRM-MINDED. IX-5. FIRST HOUSE. VII-13, 19,20. FIRST MATURITY. XII-34. FIXED SIGNS. 1-9; XVI-3. FLAVOURS. 11-31. FLESH. I-10. FLOWERS. II-2, 6: IX-!1. FOE. V-1; VI-S0, 65; XV-15. FOOD. 1-10; VI-3; VIII-14. FOOD AND DRINK. XXL-I4. FOOL. VI-33; VIII-25. FOREIGN COUNTRY. Resi- dence in a—-. VIII-21. FOREIGN PLACE, yIII-29. FOREIGN TRAVEL. XX1-68. FOREIGNERS. XIV-26. FOREST. II-1; VIII-3; IX-5. FOREST REGIONS. XIV-26. FORGIVING, [ FORM. IL8, 145 1X-13, FORMULAS. XXII-4, IL, 13. FORTUNATE, VI-9, 12, 27. ## Page 494 34 INDEX FORTUNATE MAN _GLUTTON FORTUNATE MAN. VI. FRIENDLY, XIV-25; XV- FORTUNE. About one’s—. | FRIENDLY HOUSE. ‘IV-7. One ought to divine from the | FRIENDLY PLANET. XX-59. Sun. XY-15. | FRIENDLY SIGN, XX-30, 34, Moon’s transit over the Janma | FRIENDS. Vi-G1, 63; VHI-2, Rasi will cause dawning of—. | FRIENDSHIP. 11-21. 22, 23. SSVI | FRUITS. 11-2; V-8. To be bereft of—. VIII-%4. | ERUIT'TRERS. V To take delight in (enjoying) | FRUITLESS. Vie XX-19, peters XIX. FULFILMENT. I-15. EOUL MOUTHED. FULL LIFE PERIOD. | XXII- FOUL-TONGUED. FOURTH HOUSE. ’ RULENESS, XV-18, FRAIL, 1X-7, FUME CLOUDS. XXV-28. FRAUD. YV-2. FUN. IL-l. BRIEND. 1-113 11-4, 21; vi-l. | FUNERAL RITES. XVI-I1, FRIEND OF A KING.’ 11-8. | FUTURE BIRTH. VI-24, 27. 6 GAIN. —in one’s busi XXIII; XXV-26; ete. Information regardin g the | GENERATION. XXVI-35. father’s—s to be sought for | GENEROUS. 11-10; VII-22, from the a house from the | GE » To conjecture about GENERATING ORGAN. XXVI-38, Sun. XY... ie was. XV-16, The 1th cuca . Tobe. VI-l2. mS slanies. 1 | “to be—ia speech, VIS, 3 a have pecuniary foreetend(| eeepc for Sinn. GAIT. Tis GIDDINESS. —is indicated GAMANA. Eis. by Jupiter." X1V-6, GAMBLER. Xi-3; xviit3, | Mercury brings on death GAMBLING, Tocometo griet | .,{hrough—. XIV-14. mes 0 GIFTS. —recommended for rough—. XXI-4!, warding off sins. X1-23, 24, To earn by—. V-2. To be liberal in one’s—. Vic GANDANTA.._ XII, 15, 22, 24; Vili-6, 2 GANDHA. 11-26. To ‘take délight in making. GANDHHRVAS. _XIy-4, 5. ag x rx GARBHABHA. 1-9, GIRL. Time of gift of a—, GARMENT, Ii 9, 10, 13, 36. X11-34. GARUDA | Acquisition of good—s, XX-3, oF SHPATL. GLAD. To be always — at A. I-ll. heart. VI-31. GEMINL Same as Mithuna. | GLORY. H-1; VI-47. GEMS. VI-46, 48; XIX-7, 12. | GLUTTON, To be a—. VI-62. CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 495 INDEX 35 Go GUESTS GO. 1-8, 12. GOOD LUCK, _IlI-9; VI-63. GOATS. Acquisition o f—. | GOOD MEN. Coming in con- | XX-9. tact with—, XX1-39, GOBLINS. Childiessness due } GOOD-NATURED. XI-5. to trouble from—. XII-21 GOOD QUALITY, IL-5. Saturn brings on harm from—. XIV-8. Trouble from—. VII-30; ete. GOCHARA. XXVI-1 GODS. _ 11-5, 16; V-6; ete. GOD SIVA. VI-29. GODDESS PARVATI. GOLA YOGA. VI-39, 41. GOLD. _II-1, 3, 30; 3 ete. GOLDEN ORNAMENTS. XXVI-13. GOLDSMITH. II-18; XVIII 9. GONORRHOEA. XXI-55. GOOD. A term denoting the 10th house. 1-15. To be extolled by the—. VI-3. To be—to every body. VI-69. To be supremely—. | VI-20. To do—acts. VIII-7, 13. To do—to others. XIX-10. To, perform many—acts. XIU H-15. To slander the—. VIII-32. To spend money towards the cause of the—. XX-13. To stand in the way of any one doing—acts, VIII-32. Whereyer Yamakantaka is associated,—has to be expect- ed. XXV-18. Yamakantaka is very powerful incausing—. XXV-19. Yoga not to do eae *VIII- QT. GOOD ACTION, XXVI-23. GOOD BEHAVIOUR. III-8. GOOD CONDUCT. I-15. GOOD DEEDS. XF10. GOOD EFFECT. XV-2, 3, 4. GOOD FOOD. 11-2; VI-46. GOOD HEART. VI1-53. GOOD HOUSES. XXIII-24. GOOD INFLUENCE. XX-30, -ies. IIL-8, 9, 15, 17; ete. GOOD SON. XXI-39. GOOD WORDS. To be de- void of—. VI-59. GOPURA._III-7, 8. GOURI YOGA. ‘VI-21, 25, GOUT. To be troubled by—. XIX-13. GOVERNOR. To be a—or Direcior. V GRACEFUL. To be—. TI-12. Scar eee —Adhyaya GRAHA DRISHTI. 11-23. GRAHA FACTORS. XXIV- 25, 26. GRAHA GUNAKARA. XXIV-24. GRAHA MANA. XXIV-23. GRAHA YUDDHA. XXVI- 29. GRAIN, 11-28; XIX-5. GRAND CHILDREN. XX-10. GRAND FATHER, XY-16, GRANDSONS. 1-14; Vi-15. GREAT MEN. To. receive praises from—. XEX-I1. To worship—. XIX-24. GREATNESS. To have all the =. VUEI2 GREAT PEOPLE. To be in- tent on hearing stories of—. VI-S5. GREEK PARTRIDGE. GREEN. II-l1. GREEN GRAM. II-28. GREESHMA. I-24, GRIDDHRASYA. III-13. GRIEF. MI-10; V ; Vil- 18; XXL24; XXVI- 30, 38, 39, 40. GUESTS, To show hospitality to—at all times, XXI-23, I-17. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 496 36 INDEX GUHA GUBA, I GULIKA, 11-26; I1I-16; ete, HABITATION. To settle one- self in a permanent—. XX- Le HAIR. IL-8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14. To have curled—s, IX-3, HALE. To be—and healthy, XIV-17, HALO, XXy-28. HAMMERS, To be a dealer in—. XVIII-2. HAMSA YOGA. VI-I, 3. HANDS. IX-8; XIX.28: ete, HANDSOME. A woman to be very—. XI-10, Tobe. VIIT-i4, HAPPENINGS, XX.i9, HAPPILY. To be—placed in life, X.2, Tolive—with one’s wife, VIII- 29. HAPPINESS, I-12; II-1, 6, ete, HAPPY, 111-10, 18: Vi-4’ etc. HAPPY DEATH. XIV2i. XE10; XX-11, HARASSMENT. XIX-26; ete, HARD-HEARTED. To be— VIIT-26, HARD LABOUR, To be an adept in works involving—. XVL-6 HARDSHIPS. To endure—. IX-2. HARE. I-17. HAREM. I-16; XXI-28. HARI, XIL-'8. HARM. XXVI-31. HARSH. To be—in speech. VIIT-12 HARSHA YOGA. VI-S7, 63. HATED, To be—by others. VIII-10, 16, HAUGHTY, VI-33; XVUII-I5, | GUNA. HIGH-MINDED GURU. , 23, 24, 25, ete, HAYANGA, 1-7. HEAD, II-32; XVI-1; etc. HEADACHE. To suffer from 1-6, 34, 61, 63. » To be a—. ViiE12, To be the—of a village. VI-4, To become a friend of a re- nowned—, V!-63. HEADSTRONG, To be—. VI-52. . 1-2; XV-15; XX-7, EALTHY. V!-6; VIII-17. HEARING. To possess clear nsof—. VI-3. RT. XIV-9; XV-15. HEART DISEASE. XIV-2, XIV-17; XIX-17, ete. HEAT. HEAVEN. VI-56; 22, 23. -P. —to or from a brother, XX-4. —to relations, XX-5, To be—ful to others. VI-22. To be of much—to the public. ou HELPMATE. To be distress- ed and wretched without wealth or—, XXVIL-6. HENPECKED. To be—. 1X-4. HERBS. II-i5, 37; XVINI-3. HERETIC. 11-33; HERETICAL. To be—-. VI HERMAPHRODITE, X.5, —planets, 11-27; 1V-3 HERNIA. XIV-6; XX1-54, HEROISM. XVI-28. HIBUKA. 1-12 HICCOUCH. 11-33 HIGH ESTEEM. XI-10. HIGH-MINDED, To be—, VIUI-7, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 497 INDEX 37 HIGH POSITION IMPRISONMENT HIGH POSITION. To hold a —:_ VI-48, Sl. HIGH SOULED. To be—. VI- HILis. To go to forests and gE HINDRANCE others. IX-I1, HIP. 11-32. HIPS. XI-5. HOARDED GOODS. _II-6. HOLY ORDER. XXVIL To do—to HOLY SHRINES. V-3. HOMAGE. YII-10. HOMAS._IL-i. HOME KEEPING. 1X-3. HONEY. II-J5. HONOUR. I-15; II-5; etc. HONOURED. To be—, XVI- To e—by one’s own people. IX-15, be-—by one’s soy HORA, 1-10; Il-!, 4, 6, 12. HORAPABALA. _IV-1. HORASARA. XXVIII-1-4. HORNED. Danger from—ani- mals, XIV-2, XXV-23. HOROSCOPE. ’ XI-1. IDLE, II-!4; VIII-12, 16, IDYA. II-5, IGNORANT. To be—. VIII-6, ILLS. XIV-9, ILL-BEHAVED. A woman to be—. XI-6. ILL-HEALTH, XXYI-10. ILLNESS. XIX-18; XXI-30. ILL TEMPER. To display an abundance of. XXV-l0, ILL-WILL, XXVI-18. ILLUSTRIOUS, To come of an—family. V IMPARTIAL, To be—in one’s argument, IX-7, — ] HOROSCOPY. XXVIL-1-4. HORSE. lI-19; Il-9; etc. HORSE-BACK. To travel on —. VI-24. HORSE-GRAM. II-28, HOSPITALITY. XXI-23. HOSTILE. VIII-25; XX-28. HOT WORDS. XXYI-13. HOUR. IV-1. HOUSE. I-11; IlI-8; etc. —s. IX-4, 5,17; XV-11, 12. —less. To be—. VIII-22. HOUSE-BUILDING. To be engaged in—, XXI-4. HUE. 1I-10, 12; XVI-1. HUGE. II-13, HUMAN BEINGS. Period of life for—. XIII-7. To have one’s future birth to be that of a—. XIV-28. HUMAN BODY. XXVI-35-41. HUMILIATION. I-12; etc. HUMOURS. XIV-4, 5, 6,7 HUNDRED YEARS. Xni-24. HUNGER. To be pinched with —. VIII-23. HUNTER. _ 11-20. HURT. XXI-73. HUSBAND. 1-13, II-5; etc. HYPOCRITE. XXVII-5. IMPASSIONED, To speak in an—manner. VI-30, IMPATIENT, To be—. VIII-1. IMPEDIMENT, I-14; XXVI-9. EET UOUs: To be—. VILI- IMPORTANCE. To be every day growing + VI-45. IMPORTANT PERSONAGE. To become an—. XVIII-13. IMPOTENCY, XIV-3. IMPREGNATION, XII-34. IMPRISONED. To be—. XX- 15, IMPRISONMENT, I-16; eic. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 498 38 INDEX IMPROPER ACTS IMPROPER ACTS. To be wearied by fatigue caused by doing—. VI-60. To do—. VIII-9; XIX-25, IMPUDENT. To be—. VIIL- 24. IMPURE. To be—. VEIL. To be—acts. VIII-26. IMPURITY. 1-14; II-7; ete. INA. 11-25, 26, 28. INACTIVE. To be—. VIII-13, To be most—to do any work. VII-1, 7. ! INAUSPICIOUS. XX4-1; ete. INCANTATIONS. XXVI-49, INCLINATION. I-15, INCOGNITO. To lead the life INCOME, Lia 8: ME. I-15; V-3; VIII-24. INCONSIDERATE, To be—, INDEPEND VEgENDENT. To be—. INDIA. xty.25, INDIGENCE. “To suffer from nbig EO. IDIGENT. To be—, IIl-14. INDIGESTION, xiV-3. INDOLENT. —. VI-4l INDRA g To be YEA. INDRA-CHAPA, TV-5; etc. INDRA-DHANUS, XXV-1, 29. DU. 1-7; IL-17, 21, 25, ete. INEXTREMIS, 111-3, INEANGY. IiI-3, SLUENCE, XV-15: XVI-27. INIMICAL, ViIL-2; (X20: ete. INIMICAL HOUSE. XxIV- INIMICAL RASI._ty- INIMICAL SIGN. sca! INJURY. A little to a precep- tor or elder. XX!-46, Childlessness due to an—caus- ed toa virtuous lady. XUl-?1. —from fire. XXI-79, —from poison, XXI-22, Ft _tricurs —to father should be guessed from the 6th house from the Sun. XV-23. —to one’s friendsand elders. XXI-34, Saturn causes--to the ribs. XIV-8. To meet with—from a weapon. VIiI-31, INSANITARY. To dwell in— surroundings. 1X-18, INSANE. To be—. XXY-I5. INSANITY. Death through—. XIV-17. INSECT. 11-20. INSECURITY. | XXVI-45, 46. INSIGNIFICANT. To be a yery—man. VI-17, 58, 67. INSINCERE. A woman to be —. X12. INSULT. I-14; XIX-14, INSULTED. To be—. VIII-7. INTELLECT. 11-33; VI-2, INTELLECTUAL PREC SION. Vi-18. INTELLECTUAL PURSUITS XIX-12, INTELLIGENCE, 1-12; ete. INTELLIGENT. Il- INTERCHANGE INTERCOURS ther man’s wife. —with females. XXI-31. To have—with wicked women. XIX-13. INTERESTS. To be intent on securing one’s own—, V!-52. INTERPRETING. To be clever in—. XVIII-2. INERRUPTIONS. To have —in one’s undertakings, VI- 33, INTRIGUES. To have—with an aged female. X1X-23, To have—with bad women, VITL-18. To have—with XIX-9, low females. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 499 INDEX 39 INTRIGUES JUPITER To have—with wicked wicked women. XX-18. To have—with women | one’s own. VI-4. To lose one’s wealth through— with women. VIII-26. IRASCIBLE: To be—. XVILI- IRAVATA. III-7, 9, IRON. 11-7, 30; XVIHII-7. IRON INSTRUMENTS. XVIUI-7. IRRELIGIOUS. To be—. VI- 66. IRRITABLE. XXYV-8. J JOURNEY. XIX-6; XXVI-9. JOY. XXVI-12. JACKAL. JAIL, 1-7, JALADHI YOGA, VI-44, 48, JALODARA. XIV-14, 19, JAMITRA, 1-13, JANMA. L10; XXVI-29, II-18, JANMA LAGNA, XXv- 14, JANMA RAS], JANMARKSHY af) JAPA. XL; XX-23. XXII-16. a 0, ea JAUNDICE, Xiv- 3, 18; X JAYA. 1-15 re JEALOUSY. Time when one’s —will arise. XV1-34 To suffer from—, soe 8. JEEVA. —(animal) Rasis. 1-9. —(upiter); 11-22, 24, 25, 28. JEEVANA, 1-15, IEEVASARMAN, XXI1-20. JEWELS. Acquisition of—. XIX-26; XK-8; XX1-29, Purchase or sale of, XXE-19, To have good. VilI-17, To own, 1X-14, JHASHA, 1-4, JNA. 1-7; 1-21, 22, 24, 28. JNATL. Oo JUDGE, To be a—. JUPITER, 11-5, 12, 16, 19, etc. IRRITATED. XXVI-9. ISLANDS. XIV-23, 25. ISSUE, A woman whose—will all die early. XV-5. The number of—one may have. XXIYV-10-11 To be blessed with—or haye no —atall. XII-15, To determine the number of—, XIU-13 To have few—. VI-7, 59, To have no—. VI-62. To have limited—, VIII-26. ISSUELESS. To be—. X-5. ITCHES. XVI-5. JNEJYA DRIGBALA. IV-6. —s of life. VI-7. VIII-12. Ashtaka Varga of—. XXIII-7. Aspect of—is necessary for conception. XI-1. Dasa period of—. XIX-2, Il. Effect in—'s latta. XXVI-45. Effect of Gulika being associat- ed with—. XXV-I6. Effect of—being in the Ist, 2nd, 3rd or 4th house. VIII-14, Effect of—’s Dasa happenings as the sixth. XX-24. Effect of —'s transit in the 3rd Eouse from the Moon. XXVI- Effect of—’s transit over the several houses from_ the Moon. XXVI-18, 19, 20. Effect of—’s transit over the th, 8th and Ist from the Moon. XXVI-33. Effect of Moon in—’s Trim- samsa in a female horoscope. 3, = . 'C-0. Kashmir Research Instithte, Sebagte igure by eGangotri ## Page 500 40 UPITER INDEX JUPITER Effect of Moon in the several Amsas aspected by—. XVIII- 12, 13, 14,15. Effect of Moon in the several signs aspected by—. XVIII- 6,7, 8,9, 10, LI. Effect of Marsconj—. XVIII- 3. Effect_of Mercury conj.—. XVIII-4. Effect of Moon conj.—- XVIII-2. Effect of Saturn conj.—.- XVITI-4, Beet of Sunconj.—. XVIII- Effect of Ve ji RVI nus conj. In producing effects, Yoma- Kantaka is like—, XXV-20. In the case of a planet whose Bhukti is good, the good effect will be manifested when enters (in transit) the Bianet’s exaltation sign, XX- In transit—becomes effective when he is in the middie of a Sign. XXVI-25, Sand acquisition of childrenn XIE, 2, 4, 5, 6, 10, 13, etc. —and the Moon in a Kendra, aspected by Venus ushers a ‘ing, VIT-ig. —il owning a Kendra, is bovertal to cause evil. KX- ~yin a Kendra identical with Swakshetra or Swochcha causes Hamsa Yoga. — in conjunction with Mz in the Sth causes son-lessness. XII-22, —in the 5th causes distress to the Bhava. XV-26, ~-in the Sth, 6th, 7th or the 5b RY $EschnveRAshrch Institute, —in the 9th, 10th, 11th or the 12th house. VIII-16. —in the 9th with bright rays, aspected by or in conjunction with friendly planets ushers a King. VIT-14. n the 7th and in depressi ses loss of wife. X-3. —in the 6th or 8th causes con- sumption. XIV-1], —in transit gives good results in the 2nd, 5th, 7th, 9th and 11th from the Moon. XXVI- 2; 7. —is the Karaka of 2nd, Sth, 9th, 10th and Uth, XV-17. —strong in the Lagna can ward off many of the eyils. XIII-22. —will bring about death ina happy manner or through phlegm. “14, —’s Antardasa in Ketu’s Dasa. XXI-72. —'s Antardasa in Mars’ Dasa. XXI-23. —’s Antardasa in Mercury's Dasa. XXI-64, —’s Antardasa in the Moon's Dasa. XXI-15, —’s Antardasa in—’s Dasa. XXI-39. —’s Antardasa in Rahu’s Dasa. XXE-3! —'s Antardasa in Saturn’s Dasa, XXI-56. —'s Antardasa in the Sun’s Dasa. XXI-7, —’s Antardasa in Venus’ Dasa. XXL-80. —’s aspect over the Moon makes-the child long-lived and happy. XVI-24, —’s Graha factor. XXIV-26, —'s position in the general order of precedence in Dasas. XXII-27. tr BASHAM Gangdiy -! |. ## Page 501 INDEX JUPITER 4i KAMA Lord of the 2nd if connected | with—makes the native a proficient in the sacred scrip- tures and code of laws. XVI- 6. Lords of the 2nd, 7th and 12th aspected by—and occupying Trikona or Kendra positions usher a King. X-I0. Mars, Saturn and—quartered in the 10th, lth and the Lagna will usher a King, VIL-24, Naisargikadasa period of—- XXI-17" One out of the lords of 11th, 9th and the 2nd houses occu- pying a Kendra with respect to the Moon and—happening to own the 2nd, Sth or the | ilth will usher a King. VI- 25. Particular Yoga and the posi- tion of—therein that causes the native to attain emancip- ation. XXVII-L. Pindayurdayadasa period of —. XXII-21. The good effect of a Bhava is realised when—in his transit come in trine to the Bhava. XVI-32. The kind of asceticism cau by -XXVIL-3. The Moon in the Amsa of a very Peta planet and aspecte y—will usher King. VI1-23, _ KAHALA-YOGA. _VI-35, 36, KAILASA. _XIV-23, KALA. IL27; XXV-1, 4,20, KALA-CHAKRA. XIIE-25, KALA-BALA. IV-1, 6 K The particular division in a Rasi of which—is the lord in an Ashtakavarga. XXIII-18, 19. The 6th asterism from_that of —is termed his Forward Latta. XXVI-42. The 3rd and I!th house and— if associated or aspected by Saturn and = Mars will cause the native to suffer from ear disease. XIV-10. Time of marriage guessed through—’s transit. X-14, Transit by—over certain spe- cified places or their Trikonas brings about. (a) the demise of the native. XVIL-3, 4, 6, 9, 14, 16. (b) the demise of the father and mother. XVII-7. (c) the death of the son. XVI- Venus aspected by—or—occu- pying a sign ‘(other than Makara) identical with the Lagna will usher a King. VII.20. Venus,—and Saturn in Meena, Moon in Vrishabha. Sun as- pected by Mars and Mesha a Lagna usher a King. VII- St When—is ina Kendra, middle portion of the life is good. XX-33, JYESHTA, XI-9. JYESHTA BHRATRU. I-15. KALAMSA. _III-1, 2. KALAPURUSHA. 1-4; XVI-L KALINGA, II-28. KALIYUGA. XXIL-26. KALYA. 1.10. KAMA. 1-13, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 502 42, KAMA YOGA INDEX LAGNA AYUS KAMA YOGA. VI-44, 51. KAMALA. 1-27. KANTAKA, I-17. KANYA. [-6,7; IV-5; 1X-6, KAPHA. Illi. KARA. 1-12. KARAKA. IIT17; XV-6,17, The—s of the several Bhavas when posited in their respec- . tive Bhavas will cause dist- ress, XYV-26. KARKI. 1-6, 7, 8, KARMA. _I-15; Iv-s. KARMAJEEVA- V. KARMARKSHA, XXVI-26. KARTIKEYA, VI-i8, KATAKA. 14, 6, 8. KAVL I-22, 24.” EDARA. VI-39° 40, KEEKATA. 1-28, N-WITTED. VI. IREBTNG CIE ih es KEMADRUMA-YOGA. VL3 KENDRA. 1-17; Il6: oto.” KENDRABALA, 1V-8° KESARI YOGA.” VI-14, 16, KETU. U6, etc,” TLE DRUMS. VI-38, KHALA, ‘Mii, x AYOGAS, VI-32 KHARA. oct, 27433: KHARAMSU. 1121 LYOGA. Vi-a4, 54. KILLER, “3355, pipe, ING.” XViTI-12, KIND, Vise. LABHA, 1-15, LABLAB. 11-38, LABOUR. Anything done by ‘one’s own bodily—becomes fruitless. VI-67. LADY. XII-21, LAGNA. I-10; III-i1, 16 etc. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, KINDLY DISPOSED. VI-12. KINDRED. _II-3. KING, II-17; IH-8, 9, 10 ete, KING’S ADVISER. VIII-15. KINGDOM. 1-12; XX-25. KINGSHIP, TII-9. KINNARAS. _ XIV-3, 6. KINSMEN. XVIII-10. KITH AND KIN, XX-12 ete. KLESA. 1-14. KNEES, IX-8, KNOWLEDGE, II-4, 5 ete. KODANDA. XXV-l, 14, 29. KODAYA. 8. KONA. XVL2, 17, 27. KRATU.. 1-15. KRISHNA, XII-16, KRISHNAPAKSHA. _IV-l. KRITTIKA..XL9; XIX-2. etc. KRIYA. 1-6. KRURA. 1-9; II-28. KSHATA. 1-13, KSHATRIYA. Il-24; XIV-9. KSHAYA. I-16. KSHEMA DASA. KSHETRA. KSHITIBHU. 11-32. KSHITISUTA, II-24, KUBERA. _VI-46. KUDHANYA. V-8. KUHU YOGA, VI-57, 61. XXI-16. T-1l; WILL. KUJA. I-15, 22, 24, 27, etc. KULIRA. 1-4. KUMARA. I1-27. KUMBHA, I-7; 1V-S etc. KUSEEDA. V-6. KUTUMBA. I-10. L Effect of planets owning the— decanate, — Hora, — Dwada- samsa and—Trimsam: pying own, exalta friendly house. III-15. LAGNA DASA. XXII-17. | LAGNA AYUS. XXII-19 ete. Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 503 LAGNA BALA. Iv-6. LAKSHMI._ 1-27, LAKSHMI YOGA, VI-21, 24. | LANCHANA, _II-32. LAND, L11; XX-5, 16etc, | LANDS. 11-8; V-4ete | LANDED PROPERTY. XXI- | 21; XXVI-I6, LAPISLAZULI. 11-29. LATTAS. XXVI-42, 44, etc. LAUDATION, VIIi-4. LAWS. To be proficient in the code of. XVI-6. LAZINESS. XXI-48. LEAD. 11-30, 35 LEADER. Vi-2. —of men. VI-45; XVI-I3. ship. XX—4, LEAN. IL-9, 13,23; 1X-7etc. LEARNED. A woman to have a husband who is—. X1-3. Association with the--. XXI- 57, Mereury governs places fre- quented ne Li-15. To be—. V1-3, 49 et To be praised by the, VI-2. To get fame through the ap- plause of the—, X!IX-'0, LEARNING, 1-10, 11-4, 5e STURES. XX-3. |A STTHANAS, 1-16, YE. 1-16, 11-25 ete. HAND, XXVI-35 etc. JEFT LEG, | XXVI-39, 40. LEG. 1-16; 11-32; IX-lete. | —pain. XIX-25, | LEGITIMATE — EXPENDI- | TURE. _VI-56, | LENDING. V-6. i LEO. Same as Simha. j LEPROSY. 11-33; XIV-4 ete. LETTER, I-'0. LIAISON. Yogas leading, toa —with other people's: wives X-4, | LIAR, | LITIGATION. 43 LIVER DISEASg, LIBERAL. VI-9, 40; etc. —minded. XX*7 LIBERALITY. VI-!8; IX-14, LIBRA. Same as Tula XI, 75 XXI 22,'42, 5, r o XXVI-27; 28, 33, 34, 35, 39, 4 —period ofa man. XXIE-26. —, short, medium and long. XUI-15. Rabu’s transit through the 8th house causes danger to—. XXVI-24, The full period of—in the case of different animals. XXII-31. To lose one’s when a plant transits a Rasi void of benefic his Ashtaka varga. ger from—. 34 345 14, eke XXI- LIMB. 3 etc. LION. LIQUOR. II- LISPING. ae ben LITERARY WORKS. author of good—XVIH-12. 13, 14, VI He12 XVI-6. To be Cf-21. LITTERS. To be accompained by—. VI-38. | LITTLE, To know oniy a—. XXV-12, | LIVELIHOOD, 1-!5; V-25 XXVIIE-1, 4. Tt is Saturn that settles a person’s—, XV-16. To assume the dress of an ascetic to gain a—. XXVII- 5, Yo earn one’s—as a menial VIL-Is, Widening of the scope for—. XXI-28. XIy-17. COU Rmis Research Institute, WAVER etl Be éGangotri ## Page 504 ww 44 INDEX LIVING LIVING. To have a miserable —. VI-62. LOFTY-MINDED. A woman tobe—, XIL6. LOINS. To have round—. IX: 8. LOKA. 1.13. LONG-LIFE. To be gifted with—. T1112; vi-2; VII. 17, 29. Toenjoy—. Vi-43; VIUL-S5, LONG LIVED. To be—. III- ete. LONG SPAN OF LIFE. To havea—. VIII-24. LONGEVITY. W-7; XII-1; XYV-23, LOOK. ‘11-34; 1x-6, LORD. VI-20. 34; VIII-19 etc LORD OF THE EARTH. To become the—.V1-36, LORD OF MEN. To become Loaing VEE XML, RDS OF THE 1 : LOSS.” I-16, eri —in cattle operations. Tin finance, XXVI-33, Sof children, XI1.3, 9: xxv- 2 ikxyrap uit sito | of Elders. XX1-22, 49, ~of house and corn. XXI-11, and agricultural | XXI-74, Toflife. xxI-s5, of money. XIX.19- x7-73- XXVEIg” “E19; X73; =e one’s appointment, XXI- —of one’s relations, lands,, heppiness and wealth, XIX.’| —of position, XX28: xxT 10, 32, 54, 62,73: XXVI- 18, 45, 46. en —of property and—among re- “Bef lands and ivehictes, xxi. | LOW-FEMALES. —of relations, XIX-14; XXI- a f things connected by Bha- vas. XVI-30. —of wealth. XIX-20, 25 etc. —of wife. X-I, 7,15; XXI- 37. To have pecuniary—es. IX-11. To meet with unnecessary—es. Ix-18. To suffer—es. XXI-83. To suffer—of honour, XX-19: XXI-63; XXVI-15, 34. LOTUS-LIKE. To have a— face. VI-25. LOVE. Information regarding one’s—affairs. XYV-16, To be exceedingly—ly. WIII-6. To be exceedi: smitten with —. VIIL9. To be—d by a beautiful dam- sel. VIIl 5. To be—d by all. VI-30, To have a—ly face. VIII-14. To have—of relations. IIT-10. To know about one’s father’s —and passion. XV-23. LOW. Even a—born to become aking. VII-7. To associate with the—VI-10. LOW BEHAVIOUR. A woman to be of —XI-7. To have intrigues with—. XIX-9, LOW MORALITY. To live by the earnings of men of—. V-8. LOW ORDER. To be very insignificant and’of a—, XIV- 5. LOW PEOPLE. II-7. 15, 16; VI-4l, 62; IX-18, LOW WOMEN. To resort to the society of—, XIX-20; XXV-16, LUCARIA. XIYV-2. vered SHIRES mit ecAGh insti, SHG: DIGRLERS RAaGOuY 110. ## Page 505 INDEX 45 LUCKY MARRIAGE ree To be very—. III-| To be without—XVIT!-14, ; VI-IS; X-7, LUSTRE. To shine with Brah- LUNs. ‘xiv. LUST. To be—ful and depra- | ved. XXV-8. | minical—VI-31, M MACHINATION. _ Troubles through secret—of enemies, XX-16. MACHINERY, To be skilled | in—. XVIII-1, MADA, I-13. MADHYA.—Dasa. XX-56. MADHYAMA. III-14; VI-18. MADHYAMAYUS. XIII-6, 14. MAGADHA. _II-28. MAGNANIMITY. II-s. MAGNANIMOUS, VI-29; | VIII-30. MAHABHAGYA. VI-I4, 15. MAHA DASA. XIX--1, 10 ete MAHAPURUSHA _YOGAS. The fixe—stated. VI-1. MARA YOGAS. VI-32,34. MAHEEJA, IL3, 10. MAHEYA. II-29, MAHISHA. I-12, MAID SERVANT. XI-7. MAKARA. 1-6, 7, 8; VH-20 etc. MALARIAL FEVER, XIV-3, MALAVA YOGA. VI-1, 3. MALE=s. XII-11, 12. —Navamsas. XII-10. —planets. 11-27; IV-3 ete. —Signs. T+ MALEric. 20 ef MALEEICS, VII-U1, 24; X-2, 4 ete. MALEFIC PLANETS. XIII-9, ete, MALEFIC POSITIONS. XXII- I-27; XIV-1, * CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, MALICE. To be free from—. VI-29. | MALICIOUS. MALINA. I-14. | MAN. XXII-26, 31 | MANA. I-15, | MANDA. 1-6; 11-21, | MANDALA. XxXIV- 38. MANDUKAGATI. XXII-12. MANDI. II-16; XIl-s, 22; XIV-9 ; XV-8 ; XVII-7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,17, 25, 26, 28; XX- 31.55; XXV-1, 2, 4, 14, 19; XXVIII-1-4. MANES. XII-18, 20. MANGALYA. I-14. MANHOOD. To lose one’s—. VIiI-26. MANITTHA. XXIE-24 MANNERS. To possess amiable—. VI-6. | MANSION. To have a heauti- |. ful—. VI-4s. MANTRAS. V-2, 5; XII MANTRESWARA. XXVII-5. MARAKA, XX-50. MARANA. A term for the 8th house. I-14. | MARCHES. To endure long— | onroads. IX-11, | MARGA, 1-13. | MARKS. I-32. MARRIAGE. Infor about—should be so: through Venus, 11-6, —activities, XIX-12 Time of—. X-12. 14. 1-34, mation ht for To perfor XX-8, crite DESERT BY eGangout ## Page 506 46 INDEX MARROW _ MARS MARROW. II-10; XIV-4. | Effect of—being in the several MARS. II-3, 10, 15, 18, 21, | houses, VIII-3,9, 10, rete. Effect of—in conjunction with A woman in whose nativity | the 7th house or setting Navamsa is owned by—will have a diseased womb, XI-4, About a brother, the effects of the 12 Bhavas are to be deduced counting from—. XV-24, All planets except—lose a third of their Ayurdaya when they are in inimic: ses. Seats. ‘al houses. Apahara of—in Jupiter's Dasa rae in Jupiter’s Dasa. Apahara of in Moon’ 4 Pears of in Moon’s Dasa. epee, of—in Rahu’s Dasa. Avahara xx of —in Saturn’s Dasa. pei of—in Sun’s Dasa. | Ashtaka varga of. XXIII. 3 for which i XV-17, eh Certain Rajayogas formed by —and other’ plane 10.15, Meer Planets. VIL-9, Courage, “disease, younger brothers, €tc, are to be asc sine’ the ugh Nye asa of—. XIX-9 59. XX] ‘21 6” 5 Ae 22, 23, 24, 25,26, 07, 28, esa of—happening to t ‘ g to be the h in the order of main Prove dangerous. set of Gali junction wit @ being in con- XXV-IS, Eire fhe Weite connectec wil the lord of the 2nd. XVI-6, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus; or Saturn. XVII-3. Effect of Moon being in a Trimsamsa of- 6, Effect of Moon with—, XVII-: Effect of Moon in the several conjunction signs, Navamsas, aspected by. <VHI-6, 7, & 9, 10, V1) 13, 14,115; In ‘an ascetic yoga,—makes the native an ascetic of the Budddist class. XXYVII-5. In transit — produces effect when he is in the first 10 deg- rees ofa sign. XXVI-25. Ketu is similar to—in giving effects. VITI-34, —and the Sun inthe 4th cause the house of the native to be bunt, XVi-14. —and the number of brothers one may have, XVI-9. —in conjunction wich the Sun makes the native do sinful deeds, XVIHT-1, in the 9th and its lord in a Dussthana or betwixt two matlefics causes the demise of th father soon after the native’s birth, XVI-22. —in the 7th house ‘identical with Meena causes loss of wife.” X-3. —in the 10th makes the native a great and mighty personage. XVI-28, —in the 3rd causes distress to that Bhava. X —in transit in the 7th brings loss of horour and wealth and in most cases danger to life also, XXVI-34, /. 26, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 507 INDEX MAKS, “—in transit in the 12th, 8th, or | the Ist house from the Moon brings about danger to life. XXVI-33, —owning the Lagna oct ing Simha or Meena. i ical with the Sth house give a son very soon. X —posited in an Urdhvamukha Rasi identical with the 10th or Ith will secure to the native a Kingdom. XX-25. Menses of a woman is caused by the aspect of—over the Moon in Anupachaya posi- tions, XI-11, Sce also under Kuja. The effect of transit by—over the 12 houses. XXVI-13, 14, 15, 16. The Graha factor of—, XXIV- 26 The Moon in Saturn's deca- | nat¢ and aspecied by—and Saturn will ake one an sion in a Rasi of which—is the lord in an Ashtaka varga, XXIII- 18, 19, The particular houses where when—transits, Be gives good results. XXVI- The two tuaainatile in trine to Saturn and—cause the child to be abandoned by both the parents. XVI-24, The years for the Dasa of—, XIX-2, The years of—under the Nai- sargika Dasa. XXII-17. To find the year of calamity or disease from—in the Ashtaka varga. XXIV-42. To guess the number of one’s brothers from the Ashtaka- varga of—. XXIV-9) 47 MEENA ~ Venus and the Moon in oppo- sition to—and Saturn make the native wifeless or issue- less. X-5. Venus in a Varga of —or having his aspect makes the native to have a li: in with other people’s wives. X-4. MASA. II-24, MASAPA BALA. MASCULINE. A woman to be—in her bearing. XI-2. A woman to be of a—disposi- tion. XI-7. MATERIALS. V_II-33; XXI- IV-1, Mé ATERN AL AUNT. The planets playing the role of—. 11-25. MATERNAL GRAND- FATHER. The planet through whom one ought to guess about his—XV-16, MATERNAL UNCLE. 1F-11: etc. MATRU. 1-11. MATHIMATICAL HALL. II- 15, MATSSYA REKHA. VI-3. MATULA. T-1l, MAXIMUM. XX-30. MAYA. XXII-20, MAYOR. VIITI-20, MEALS. VI-3; XX-3, MEANS. _IX-11. MEAN ACTS. Todo—. VI- MECHANICAL ARTS, IL-4; XVHL-13. MEDICINE. To carn one’s livelihood through—. —-V-2; <IX-9, MEDITATION. _II-4. MEDIUM LIFE. VIIL-I1; XMI-5, 17, 18. MEENA,” I-4, 6, 8}. VII-15, 22 ete. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 508 48 MENDICANT INDEX MERCURY MENDICANT. XXVII-5. MENIAL, A woman to be a—, X16, To bea—, VI-68; VIII-16. To be drudging ass. VI-7. To do—work. I To earn one's livelihood as a | VIUE-15, | SES. XI-11. MENTAL AGITATION, Sun's transit in ‘the sth house causes—. XXVI-10. MENTAL ANGUISH, XIV- etc. MENTAL ANXIETY, The Sun in transit in the 6th hou se dispels all—ies. XXVI- To suifer from—. XX-15. MENTAL DIGNITY, 11-3. MENTAL DISEASE. XIV-5. MENTAL HAPPINESS, XXVI- MENTAL PAIN, 1. N. 114, MENTAL TRANQUILLITY. MERCHANDISE | MERCHANT. “Tit | MERCIFUL, To be—, IIT-13. MERCILESS. To be. IX-7. MERCURY, T4811, 15 18 etc, eran Ashtakavarga of—. sans XXIIL-6. Sonlessness in the Xt Peng badly placed, Diseas, mvs? brought on by—. uring transit a » — produces effect Toughou his entire Kasi. XXVI-25, wore Of-—being jin eouiine: tion with the ‘Sie and other | planets, XVIIT-1, 2,3, 4, Effect of —being Posited in the several houses, VIJI-1]. 12 13, a Effect of—owning the Sth Bhaya or its Amsa.XVI-15. Effect of the lord of the 2nd Bhava being related to—. XVi-6. 7 Effect of the Moon being posited in a Rasi owned by— in a woman’s nativity. XI- Be ihe Effect of the Moon_ being posited in the several Nav- amsas and aspected by--. XVIII-12, 13, 14, 15. Effect of the "Moon in the several signs being aspected by—. XVIII, 7, 8, 9, 10, il. Effect of transit in—’s latta. XXVI-45-46, Effects when—’s Dasa is oper- ating. XIX-10, 24. 5th house owned by—and as- pected by or associated with Mandi or Saturn make the native acquire a son by adop- tion, Xil-8. if Gulika be associated with— ina nativity, the person con- ccued will be insane. XXV- a. In producing effects. Ardha- Prahara is like—. XXV-20. —indicates Vaikunta as_ the felisee of the departed. XIV- in the Sth identical with Kata- ka will not give many children, XII-5. “in the ‘7th identical with vihabhe causes loss of wife. —in transit through the 4th brings about loss of honour and wealth, and danger to life also. XXVI-34. -='s Bhukti in Jupiter’s Dasa, XXI1-41, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 509 INDEX MERCURY 49 MINIMUM —‘s Bhukti in Ken's Dasa XXI-7. —'s Bhukti in Mars’ XXI-25 Dasa. —’s Bhukti in Moon’s Dasa. | XXI-17. ‘ —’s Bhukti in Rahu’s Dasa. XXI1-33. Bhukti in Saturn’s Dasa. KXL49. —’s Bhukti in Sukra’s Dasa. XXI-82. —'s Bhukti in Sun’s Dasa. XXI-9. —'s Dasa_and its Bhuktis. XXI-57, 58, 60, 61, €2, 63, 64, —’s Dasa_in the order of Dasas. XXi1-27. —’s Graha factors. XXIV-26. Powers of—in doing evil, XX- 51. The agency used by — for causing death. XIV-14. The Bhavas for which—is Karaka. me The country in one’s past and | futur AIV- The effects of transit by—over ue several houses. XXVI- births pertaining to 0. The kind of asceticism caused by—. XXVII-5. The particular division in a Rasi of which—is the Jord in an Ashtakava . 19. The particular houses where— during his transit pes good results, XXVI-2, The 7th Star from’ ae of—is termed his Prishia Latta. XXVE-4, 44, The things that may be divined with respect to a person's life by means of--. XV-15. XXIIE8, | The years for—in the Nisarg a yurdaya system. XXI-17. - The years for—in the Pinda- yurdaya system. XXIF21. The years for the Dasa of—. XIX-2. To guess the number of mater- nal uncles from the Ashtaka- vargaof—. XXIV-9. Venus and—in the 7th with Jupiter in the 5th and malefics in the 4th, lead to family xtinetion. X11-6. MERIT. To become a store of—. VI1-9. To become renowned for one’s MERITORIOUS DEEDS. To perform—. XX-10. MERRIM To have— —with ; ee MESHA. 1-6, 7, 8, 95 IV-5; elc. MESHURANA, is METALS. XVLE-L, METEOR. XXV-28; XXVI- 29. MIDDLE AGE, Xii-7. MIGHTY. Vil-29 MILD. To speak—ly. I-12. MILITARY. To get honour from the—-or Police. XX1-81. MILK. 11-2; V-7, MIND. Dejection of XXVI-13, Gross contemptibleness of the 1-33. Perturbation of the—through enemies, XXV—26, To have a ruffied—. XIX-14. To have disturbance of —XXI- 18, To have XXVI-22, MINERAL SIGNS. 1-9. MINIMUM. — influence planets. XX—30. the—. one’s — confused. of CC#O. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 510 50 INDEX MINISTER: MINISTER. I-12; 11-5, 17, 19; VI-42, 49; ‘VIIL-6, 16, 24: XVII-13, 14. | MINSTRELS. To be praised | by bards and—. I-38. MISBEHAVE. XXVI—!6. MISCHIEF. Ketu or Dhuma- | ketu causes a lot of—to the world. XXV-29, To be—ous. VI-4l, To become unhappy as a result of one’s own—ous doings. VI-52. To do—to others. I-67. MISERABLE. To be—VI-7; ete. To havea—tiving. VI 62. To lead a—life. XVITI-15, MISERLY. To be very—ViII- 5, 14,17 MISERY. Decrease of one’s— ies. XXI-4, During the Sun’s latta,—will result. XXVI4546, 4 Effect of Upaketu in the 4th house is—. XXV-26, Houses with dots lower than will cause sorri i XxIVoS sorrow or: One’s father’s — should be determined from the 8th house from the Sun. XV-23, One’s—ought to be guessed through Saturn, TET? MORAL. To have much—XX-37 ; XXI- 2. 62. To leave the happiness or— unaffected, IX-19. . To suffer incalcuiable—ies. XX-27, ffer—. VIII-7; XIX-9; 20, 23; XXI-13, MISFORTUNE. _II-7; XIV- 8; XX-15; XXL-47. MISHAP. When Venus transits the 6th house from the Moon, there will be—. XXVI-21 MIS UNDERSTANDINGS. XIX-19, 21 etc, MITHUNA. I-7, 8; IX-3; XIV-17; XVII-7: XXLV-24 MITRA. I-11. MIXED. II-31. MIXED EFFECT, Xv-2. MODEST. To be—. III-8. VILT-2 5 XXYV-8. MOLES. 11-32 MONEY. V-6; V1-20, 69 etc. Advent of—s. XXVIL-9, a emapts of—making. XIX- —making by crucl acts. XIX- 18, To be—ed. VIII-24, To be—less, XVIII-9. To be rebbed of one’s—s. The planets engendering—to the native. XX-55, ae 12th house signifies—, J- To be afiiicted with sorrow and—. VIII-20, To be a receptacle of much—. To be free from—jes. xvi- | 2i. To endure much--._ VI-33. To expeci—, XXI-58. XXVI-23. MONKEY, Ii-1s, MONTIS, i1-24; IV-1; XXIII- 22; XXIV: MOOLA. XI-9; XTI'-8. MOOLATRIKONA. I-7; XV- 11; XX-30, —Bhavana. iI-6, 18, —Rasi. IV-7. MOON. 11-9, 15. and so on. —’s strength, IV-I1, MORAL. Success in—duty. XXL64. CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 511 MORALITY 51 MUTUAL FRIENDSHIP MORALITY. Devotion to duty conformable to religion and | <X1-59. To mantain oneself by the pre- | aching of—. V-6. MORBID IRRITATION. XIV- 4,7, MOSQUITO. MOTHER. her—soon XI-9, Acquisition of wealth from—. v-l. All about one’s father’s— should be sought for from the 4th house from the Sun XV-22, All about one’s— 11-20. A woman to lose after marriage. should be guessed through the Moon, XV-21. All about one’s—should be sed through the Moon - XV-25. ness due to the di: pleasure and anger of the—. X1-20. ath of a child within the first four years Is because of sins XILL-4, Death of the—very soon after birth ofa child. “ XTIL-8. —'s welfare. 11-2, The happines or othewise of | one’s—depends upon the lord of the 4th and the Moon occupying good or bad posi- tions. XVL-10, The 4th house denotes—, I-11. The Moon determines every- "| thing xhout one’s—. XV-IS. et playing the role of H-2. of--. Time of the ‘demise of one’s—., XXIV-7 To be bereft of—. VUI-8, 22, 29. VI-61 ; To be ‘disobedient to one’s—. XVIiT-2. To be obedient to one’s—. IX-5. To cause distress to one’s—. XX-16; XXV-t5. To live with one’ VULI4, To perform the funeral rites of one’s—. XVI-IT-. To satisfy one’s—’s desires, XXI1-12. MOTIONAL STRENGTH. —of planets. IV-1, MOUNTAIN REGIONS. XIV- 26. MOUNTAINS. XIX-6. | MOUTH. II-26; VIII-25. | MOVEABLE SIGNS, XVI-3, 25, 26, MRIGA. 1-6. 7. MRIGA AS. XXIL7, 9. | MRITA.—Avasttha. ITI-3, IC. | MRITI YOGA. VIS7, 60. | MRITYU BHAGAS, XIIL-9, | 10,11. MUD VESSEL. I-35. MUDITA. —Avasttha, TH- | MULTIPLICATION, XXII- MUBURTA. 11-24- IV-20; |_ XXV-2, f MULA. (Vegetable) — signs. MUNIFICIENT. To be more —than one’s father. VIII-15. MURDER. XII-22. | MUSALA YOGA. VI-44, 56. MUSCLE. 1I-I4. MUSIC. VI-40; IX-3; XVIII- 4, 13. —Cal instruments. —ician. 11-19, MUTUAL ENMITY. | MUTUAL FRIENDSHIP. 23, VI-53. 1-23, Ile CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 512 32 INDEX NADEE NORTH-EAST N NADEE. 1-12. | NECK. To have a fleshy—. NADIR. I-12. IX-4, NAGARAJA. XII-i6, 18. To have a long face and—. NAIDHANA. 1-18. IX-9, NAILS. I-14; XXI-77, To have severe pain in the—. NAISARGIKA. | —friendship | __XXI-61 orenmity, II-23. | NEECHA. 16. —bala._ LY-3. | NEECHABHANGA RAIA —Ayurdaya “XXIL28. | YOGAS. VIL26, 30. NAKRA. 1-8. NEECHA GRIHA,. 1-5. Nee ee DASA. XIX; | XXVIII 1-4. Ras METHOD XT XII-2 NAKSHATRA PADA. NAMES. To have two—. XXIT- NARATIVE COMPOSITION. To be skilled in—, VI-27. NARAYANA. Te have in one’s Peay, marks of God—, VI- NATAL STAR. XVI-26. NATIVE COUNTRY. To leaye | one’s—VITI-29. NATIVE PLACE, To have one’s birth in his own—.X1V. 2 To live in his ovn—.XVI-3, NATURAL ENMITY OR FRIENDSHIP. 1V-10. NATURAL FRIENDSHIP. II- 21, 22, 35, NATURAL STRENGTH. IV-3 NATURE. IX-13 The—and characteristics of the several planets. I[-8, 14, NATE OF PLANETS. | II- oyAMI. XII-17. wav MSA. TII-1, 4, 11, 16, ‘he effect of a—is equal to The of a Ras. iL-2.! CC-0. Kashmir Research Insti TX- | NEPHEW. Iil-4. NERVES. I-Il. | NERVOUS D ISEASES, XIV- ii, NEUTRAL. I-21; IX-19 ete. NEWS. Hearing of agreeable XX-4. Good—. _XXI-79. NIECE. II-4. ALA DECANATES. | NIG. it. VH-L6; XVIT-21, 25 i birth. XVI-23. Viri-l. | 1-8; IV-6. Bae 1V-1, 3. NINTH HOUSE. “VII-9, 14, 25 etc. NIPEEDITA, III-19. NIRBHAGYA YOGA. VI-57, 66. NISARGA DASA. XXII-17. NISARGA MITRATVA. II- 21, 22, 35, NIS-SWA-YOGA,__VI-57, 59. NISHEKA LAGNA, XIE 31; NOBLE. To be—. VI-36. —family. 1.14. — minded. a NOCTURNAL SIGNS. NOOSE DECANAT. NORTHERN SIGNS. NORTH-EAST. I-16. tute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 513 NORTH-WEST NORTH-WEST. IL-l. | NORTHERN QUARTER. II- | 13. OBEDIENT. To be—to one’s mother. IX-3. OBLATIONS; Offerings of—. XIII-5, OBSCURE. To become—.VI- . OBSERVANCES. To abandon one’s religious duties and—. XXV.13. OBSTACLE. XXVI-18, 23, OBSTINATE. To be—. XXVI- o: OCCUPATION, I-15; XIIL8; XV-24, OCEAN. To earn by selling pearls and other produce of the—; IX. ODD HOUSE. “XV-1 ODD RASI. XIlI-7; XVI. | ODD SIGNS. 1-9; oe 2) ODIOUS. To be—to others. VUL7, ODIUM. II-3; | OEeeee xives Bai. ICE. Dismiss; xix al from an OILS. XVIHIT-3. OIL MONGER. OJARKSHA, OLD. IL9, I-14; XVI-21; II-20, 1-9. B PADMA REKHA. VI-3; IX- 8. PAIN. XIV-9; XXI-II, 29, 34 ete. To have a—ful death, XIV- CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, 53 PAL ANQUIN 26; IX-3, 9; OLD AGE. IL-4. OLD CLOTH. VI-66. OLD WOMAN. IX-10; XXI- 48. OPEN AREA. _II-15, OPEN-HEARTED. XVI-15. OPPOSINGLY. To speak—, VIll-27. OPPRESSING. A_king—his people. VII-19. OPPRESSION. ‘To carn by acts of—. V4. OPULENT. To be—_ VI-40. ORBIT. X-12, 13; XXIII-16. ORGANS. XXVE35 ORNAMENT. I-12; I1-6; V- etc. TION. XXV-10. Doing good to—. 3 i) in terested in the work “XV I—4. reside Sec XVERHEBAT. XIV-8. OVERPOWERING. XVIII-2. OWL. 11-20. OYSTER SHELL- To be—, I-4. PAINTING. To be skilled in XVII PAKSHA, _IT-24. PAKSHA BALA. IV-1, 4, 21. PAKSHI DREKKANAWIII-13, PALANQUIN, § VI-24, 38, ete, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 514 54 INDEX PALPITATION PHLEGM PALPITATION. Rahu cases— | PARVATI. I-15, 27. of the heart. XIV-9. PASA DREKKANA.. TII-13. PAMARA YOGA. VI-57, 62, | PASA YOGA. 40, PANA. 1-10. PASSION. XV- PANAPHARA, 1-18; VI-I4; 4, 27, 28, Xi1I-15. : —bala. ‘IV-3. PATERNAL GRAND- PAPA. I-16; I-27. FATHER. XV-16, PAPAKARTARI, | VE8, 11, | PATERNAL "RELATIONS. XV-15, PAPA VASI._VI-8. PATERNAL UNCLE. II PAPA VEDHAS. XXVI-48. 25. PAPA VESI. VI-8. PATHA. XXIV-30: XXV-!, PAPOBHAYACHARI. VI-8. | PATI. [-13. PAR. To be on a—with the | PATRIKA. 1-10. King lIT-8, PATRONAGE. XVI-3. PARABHAVA, I-14, PAUTRA. I-14, PARAMAYUS. XXII-4, 14, | PEACOCK. li- 9, PARAMA NEECHA. L6. PEARL. Ti IX- PARAMOCHCHA, "1.6, 12. PARASARA. I 1.2; XIX-I; XX- | PENANCE. I-14; IL-5; ete. JURY. XX-19; XXVI- PARAVATA, 14,9, PENU X-19; XXV PARENTS. Loss of one of the | To become—ious. f e XIX-18 5 XXI-3, PEOPLE. I-13; 1X-6 epatation of—. XIX-26, ete, The pairs of planets playing | PERDITION. XIV-22. the role of—during day and | PERFIDIOUS. “To be. VITI- cnight. 11-25, 2. To be abandoned by both the | PERFUME, 1-12; IX-11:XIX- aoe RYE. 19; XXL-75. ro separate from one’s—, IX- | PERIL. —to’ one’s own life. PARIDHT, XXI-22. EN XXV-1, 5, 24, —from thunder. XXV-25. RUATA, aYores. IL-7, 8 | PERIOD OF LIFE. XIIL-3, 7; —Yoga. VI-5 XV-16. PARIVARTANA YOGAS, VI- | PERIODS (OF TIME) SIGNI- FIED BY PLANETS. 11-24. PARIVESHA, IV-5; XXv-5, | PERPLEXITY. XX1-58 PARROT. 11-18, 19, | PERSONAGE. To be a mighty PARTNER. To have a good- pared wonlan as one’s—. PARVA. XI-1I. PARVATA. 11-28, —Yoga. VI-35, 36. PERTURBATION, —of mind through enemies. XXV-26. PHALADEEPIKA, 12; XXVIII-6. PHLEGM. II-9, 11, 13; X!V. 6 etc. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 515 INDEX PHLEGMATIC PHLEGMA TIC. Ul; XXL | ce aint XXI-23, troubles. XIX-22, 23, 25; XXI-8. PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT XV-16 PHYSICIAN. _II-17. PHYSIQUE. To be of good—. KVL. PIGEON. II-19. PILES. To suffer from—. VIII- 23. Trouble from—. PILGRIMAGE. shrines. V-3. PINDAYURDAYA, XXIL-21, 22,.25,28: XIX-23, —to holy PIOUS. To be—. VI-12. PIPUL TREE. II-16, PISCES. Same as Meena. PITRU. I-14; VI-53, PITTA. _II-10, PITY. I-14, PLACE. IX-13. —of recreation. 11-4. BENET. Badly placed—. H- The nature and characteristics of the several—s. IL-8, 14, Well placed—, 11-34 ete. ary factors. XX1V-25, 2 “GRY ware XXIV-20; RXV —ary years, XXIV-27, PLANT. IC-15, 37; XIV-27; XVUL-3. PLEASANT. HI-12, PLEASING. To talk in a— manner, XXY-9. PLEASURE. Information re- garding love affairs and—s. XV-16. To be a cause of immense—to all people. VI-15. To undertake—tri PLOUGHS, XVII 56 PRAISE To earn a living through composing—. V-5. POEMS. | POET. To be a—. VIII-11, 17; XVUI-12. To be clever in—ics. VI-27. XVIII- To be the chief of—s. 13, To earn by one’s—ic talents. V7. POETRY. II-6; VI-27. POISON. XIV-2, 4, 5, 9, 15, 20 etc. POLICE. XXI-81. POLICE SUPERRINTEN- DENT. VI-42. POLITICS. To be clever in—. XVL6. POOR, A woman to be—. XI- 2) To be foremost among the—. VI-68. To be—. VI-I1, 52; VIII-9, 15, 17, 22 XVIIL6, 7, 103 XXV-14. POSITION. 1-15; Vi-69 ete. POSITIONAL STRENGTH. —of planets. 1V-1, 7, 21. POTTER. XVIIL4, POURNAMI. XII-18. POVERTY. 1-16; II-7; VI-33 etc. POWER. 11-1; HI-8; VI-34 etc. POWERFUL. VI-2, 20; VHI- S etc. PRABHAKARI. I-25. PRADEEPTA, IlI-1g, 20. PRADAKSHINA. XXII. PRAISE, A—by others of one’s various good qualities, XX-4. To be—d by important people. VILL To bed by the good. VII- 22, To receives from great men. XIX-1L. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 516 56 PRANG NATHAS INDEX PRANG NATHAS. 1-9. PRAPTI. 1-15. PRASNA, IV-20; XX-63. PRASTARA,. —Ashtakavarga- XXIIL17. PRAVAYA. _IITI-3, 10. PRAVRAJYA YOGAS, XXVII; XXVHI-1, 4, PRAVRITTI. 1-15. PRAYER. I-14; XIX-19 ete PRECEPTOR. Ii4; Il-16; IX- etc. PRECIOUS STONES, II-29; IX-14; XX-26. PREDICTIONS. X-7. PRESENTS. Money through acceptance of —. XX’ Offering of accepiable—. a piable deca To be solicited by eminent men with various Kinds of — their-hands, VL38, To receive tich—from one’s sovereign, VI-34, PRIDE. “Loss of—. XX-16. To be distinguished by — eae distinguished by —. PRIEST. To earn mone y b playing the role of a—. fs.” PRISHTA LAT CxVE oe TAS. XXVI PRISHTODAYA. Lg: - paket: XX33 ok IVATE PARTS, - 10,11; XxX-1g EV, PROFESSION. © 1-15 v-1: XXVIIL-1, 4, J ; PROFIT. 1-15; Xx145, PROGENY. — Xi1-3 29; XXIV-12 fete PROMINENCE. To soon ene on come to—, _ PROPERTY, Danger to one’s AXKVL20, To have self-acquired—. VI-6, To lose all one’s paternal—. VI-66. PURVASHADHA To spend away one paternal—, VIII-2 To suffer loss of. XIX-18. Theft of—by thieves XXI-27. PROPITIOUS. To be—. VI- 36. PROPORTION. The body and limbs of a person to be com- mensurate in theirs with the Lagna and other Rasis. XVI-1. PROSPERITY. II-5, 6; VI- 33 ete, PROSPEROUS. VI-3, 9, 20, 27 etc. life. XXL-44, PROSE COMPOSITION. To be clever in—, IV-27. PROTECT. To—others. VIII- 18. PROUD. VIII-1, 25. PROWESS. I-11; 11-3. PRUDENT. To be—. PSORIASIS. XIV-4,5, PUBLIC. To be cursed by the —. VI-23, Yo be insignificant in the eyes of the--. Vi-67. To be of much help to the— KVI-S. PUJA. I-14. PULMONARY DISEASE. XIV-14, PUMAN RASI, PUNGENT. II-31. PURANAS. To maintain one- self by reciting—. V-6. PURE. To be always—. III. 15, VI-20. 1-9 To be—. VI-65, PURNABALA. | 1V-22, 23. PURNAYUS. XIIL-6. PURO-LATTAS, XXVI-42, 44. PURUSHASUKTA, XII-16. PURVABHAGYA. I-14. PURVASHADHA. XIII-8. CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 517 INDEX 57 PUSHKALA YOGA RASI-MANA PUSHKALA YOGA. VI-19, PUSHYA. XLS; XIII-8. 20. PUSS. XXVI-15. QUADRUPED. Danger from | —with one’s wife and children. XIV. XXVI-I7, Death thro —with the mew —decanates. III-14, own family. X. ; —signs. 1-7. To apprehend—with enemies. QUALITY. 1-15. XXI-66. QUARREL, XXE37, 58; | To be drawn to a—. IX-19; XXVI-21. 36, 37, 45, 46. XXVI-10. Acquisition of wealth through | To_be fond of promoting—s. —s. XIX-6, VI-23. A tendency to always—with one’s sons and wife. XXI- 50, Ip promote—. XVIiI-12; XiX- ion of—s. XX-9. —caused by enemies, XXI- To—with one’s friends. XXI- 7. 3 —with a great Brahmin. XXI- | To—with one’s wife. XIX-9. 67. | QUARRELSOME, To be—. —with enemies. XXI-73. jon WI-S0; XXV-9, 12. —with one’s brothers, sonsand | QUARTER. 1-9; XIV-24; | | Te cnsaue oneself in—s. ViII- friends. XIV-4; X1X-20. XXIV-12 with one’s own relations. |. See also unde XXI-35, 54; XXVI-14. i QUERY. XI R irection”? 5 XX-63, RAG. _[I-30. RAMESWARAM. XII- RAHU. _II-16, 20, 28 ete, | RANDHRA -14, RAIN. XXV-20, | RANK. 3-15. RAINBOW. XXv-29, RASA. _II-16. RAJIANKA, E12. RASH. , To be—. VI-56; VIII. RAJAS, I-22, 23, 24, 27. puke RAJA YOGA. VI-37, 38; VII- | To commit—acts. 1X-18, 24; XX-54; XXVIL- RASI. Il-1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 11, 16 XXVIII-1, 4. etc. RAJYA. RASI CHAKRA, XXIII-2, RAM. 11-18, 20. | ee GUNAKARA. XXIV. RAMAYANA. XII-17- | RAMBLING. To have fruit nisi MANA. XXIV-23, 24, less—-. XX-18, 8 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, eee Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 518 58 RATRI SIGNS IN [DEX RESPECTS RATRI SIGNS. 1-8. RAVI, 15-15, 21, 24, 25; Ti 6. i-7, To have lost one’s Vil-22, RECREATION, _II-4. RECREATION GROUND. II- | 15 RECIUM. Bleeding from—. XIV-10. | REDUCTIONS. XXII-20, 25; XXIV-16, 17, 18 19 20, 21, 23 23, 28, 29, 30, 31. REFUGE. ‘To ascertain the— of the departed. XIV-23, REGIONS OF THE SIGNS. REKHA. VI-3. i} RECOTIONS. I-11; 1-4; (U- The nearest — signified b ee Jupiter and Mercury. -25, RELATIVE. Death of a—who was equal toa father. XXVI- Harassment from—s, XIX-26, per to or from—s, XXI- Sickness among—s. XIX-5, Time of death of the—signified by a particular Bhava, XX- RELIGION. Devotion to duty conformable to—, XKI-59.- RELIGIOUS BELIEFS. To be free from the—of others, VI- RELIGIOUS DEVOTION, Success in—. XXI-64, ATION. —of one’s | XXL39, | To abandon one’s—and obser- vances. XXV-1 : | RELIGIOUS FAITH, II-5. RELIGIOUS INSTRUC- TIONS. To maintain one- seif by—. V-6. RELIGIOUS MATERS. To be interested in all—. IX-10. RELIGIOUS MERIT. Loss of—. XxXI-65, To ascertain all about one’s father’s—,. XV-24. To be bereft of—. VITT-24. REMARRY. A woman to be got—ied, X-8, A woman to—. XI-3, To be the son ofa widow— ied. I RENOWN. A king widely— ed. VII-l; XXV-30. To ascertain about one's father’s prosperity and—. XV-22. | To become a—ed King. XX- a5 To become—ed. VI-2, 9 etc, To be highly—ed. VI-16. To be—ed ‘for one’s virtues. VHI-16, To be widely—ed. etc. To have a—ed brother, WIII- 14, 111-12, 15, ina | REPINING. A woman to be | 57+ XS. REPROACH. II-7; XXI-14. REQUIREMENTS. To be successful in obtaining all one’s—. VIII-33. RESIDENCE. in a foreign country. XXI-27. To stick up to one’s—without moving anywhere. IX-15. RELIGIOUS DUTIES, Perfor- | mance of one’s various—. XXI-80. “I | RESOLUTE. To be—. VI-3, 65. RESPECT. A woman to be— ed. XI-6, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 519 INDEX 59 RESPECT To be highly—ed. XXV-30. To be—able, III-s. ‘d by other men. VI- 3 XVIII-6, 11 To command great—. XX-Il- | To command intense—, XIX- 22. To command—from the best k - VI-27. To have. XIX- OGRADE. IV-2, 5 ete. RENCE. - II-5. does not command—. 8. er in showing—to- wards those that worship God Narayana. VI-30. To have no~—for Brahmins. REVERED. Loss seniors. XIX-18. To be highly—by one’s sove- reign, VI-12. To be—by all. XVI-27. REVERSES. To be full of--. VIIL-9. To suffer—. XX-17. REVILING. To be—others. VI-33. RHEUMATISM. To be trou- bled by—. XIX-13, RIBS. injury to the—XIV-8, RICE, 11-28, RICH Tobe—. VI-2 ete. To be happy and—VI-11. To suffer trouble from the—. XIX-25, RICHES. A king endowed with—, [L-17; VII-29, He 10th house slgnifies—. I- Te be devoid of. VIL: -2; 3, 28. To be endowed je VI- 65; VUI-7, 10,1 To have no—, viele, among— | ROYAL FAVOUR RICKETS. XIV-7. RIGHT HAND. etc. RIGHT LEG, XXVI-3 RIGHTEOU 'S COURSE. 36 9, 40 VI- RIHPHA. 1-16, RIKSHA SANDHI, RINA, 1-13 RING WORM, XXI-61, RING DECANATE. | RisINe SIGN. I-4, XUI-21 RITES. To perform pro: wry—. XXVI-49. To rigidly observe prescribed “VI-29. RITU. t1-2: | RIVALRY, Yoga under which and time when—will arise to the native. XVI-34. RIVER. (12. ROAD. 1-13; VI-48, 64 ete. ROAMING, To be—about. VILI-22, To be—on the roads unpercei- ved. VI-64. —through forests. XIX-6. ROGA. [-13, ROGUE, Tobea—. XVIII- 9, 10, To deal with—s. V-8. ROHINI. XXIII, 7, 8- ROOTS. Todealin—. V-&. ROSARIES. To be decked with—. VI-29, ROUGH INSTRUMENTS. To be a dealer in—. XVITI-2. ROYAL DISPLEASURE. To incur—. XXYVI-10. ROwaAL FAMILY, VII-2, 4, ROYAL FAVOUR. Moon that determines—, 15, It is the XV- CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 520 60 ROYAL FAVOUR To become prosperous through —. VIII-19. To maintain one-self through To receive—, 10 etc. ROYAL HONOURS. To get SX- ROYALTY. VIII-3. RUBY. I-29. RUCHAKA YOGA. VI-1, 2. RUDDY GOOSE. 41-17. SABDA. 11-26: SACRED ASHES. To be; one’s body with—, SACRED PLACES. to—. XX1-23, SACRED-PRECEPTS. To be skilled in the itio ae in the exposition of —, ‘Smear VI-29. To resort A SRED SCRIPTURES, To come a profi — be Proficient in the—, To ane living by the study ol, V5 SACRED SHRINES. To bea pelier visiting—. XXVII- SACRED TEXTS. Disputation regarding the mean} vodeiiaaat tad SACRED THREAD, P! Positions at the time of the Investiture of— X71-34. SACRIFICE, [1-1 Bids —ial rites, XXVII-7, SAFETY. XXVL-21, 36. SAGES. VI-6, SAGGITTARIUS, Dhanus, SAINTS, XXVIL5, SAKATA YOGA. I-14, 17. SAKTA, One of the ten avast- See under lanetary | INDEX SARAVALL RUDRA. _1i-27. RUDRA PUJA. XIL-I7.. RUIN. —of every business, XXVI-45. XIX-19; - | To_suffer—of one’s business. XIX-19; XX- | To, suffer a, VI-15, from — . Danger RUPA, I-10; 11-26. thas of a WL18. SALTISH, I-31. SALUTED. An emperor to be —by other kings. VII-30. To be saluted by eminent men. VI-53. SAMA-(NEUTAL). II-21, 22; XIYV-28. planet. —(Yoga). VI-14, 18. SANTI. 11-16, 20, 22, 24, 29, 31, 35 ete. SANKHA. VI-3, 30. SANKHA YOGA. _VI-37, 38. SANKHYA YOGAS, _VI-39. SANKRAMANA, XXVI-29. SANTA. One of the ten Avast- thas of a planet. IT]-18. SANYASI CHIEF, II-i9. SAPHIRE, 1!-29. SAPTAMSA. IL-1, 2, 6. SAPTASALAKA VEDHA. XXVI-26, SAPTAVERGA. TIl-2; XX- 3 SAPTAVARGAJA BALA, IV- 3 SARALA YOGA. _VI-S7, 65. SARASWATI YOGA, VI-26, 27. SARAT. 11-24, SARAVALI. XX-63, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 521 INDEX SARVASHTAKAVARGA 61 SATURN SARVASHTAKAYV. XXII-20; XXIV-34, SARVATOBHADRA KRA. XXYVI-43. SASA YOGA. VI-I, 4. SASIJA. _II-18. SASIN. _II-9, 24, 26, 28: SASISUTA. Il-2 SASTRAS., I!-5 XXV-8, SASTA. _II-16° 17. SATABHISHA. X SATURN. VII-4, 10. Ashtakavarga of—-.XXI Astangata reduction does not apply to—. XXII-18. Bhukti of—in Jupiter’s Dasa- XXI-40. 24 etc. 9. Bhukti_of—in Ketu’s Dasa. XXI-73. Bu Dasa, of—in Mars’ 4. Dhukti of in Mercury's Dasa- XXI-65. Bhukti of—in Moon’s Dasa, XXI-16. Bhukti_of—in Rahu’s Dasa. XXI-3) Bhukti of—in Sukra’s Dasa. XXI-81. Bhukti of—in the Sun’s Dasa. x Dasa_of—. XXI-48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 36. Demise of oneself, his father, mother, etc., to be guessed through the transit of—. XXIV-2, 3,7, 13, 14, During transit,—-bears fruit | when in the last portion of-a | sign. XXVI-25. Effeet of Gulika being in con- junction with—. XXV-16. Effect of Mars and—in Kataka identical with the 7th house. Effect of Mars conj—. XVIII-3. Effect or Mercury of Jupiter conj—. XVill-4. Effect of Moon and—occupy- ing the 7th. Xx-8- Effect of Moon conj.—. XVII-2. Effect of Moon in the several Navamsas being aspected by XVII-12, 13, 14, 15. Effect of Moon in the several Rasis occupying the Trims- amsa of—, XI-6, 7. Effect of Moon in the several signs being aspected by—. XVIIL- 10, Il. Effect fea Mag occupying each other’s Rasi or Amsa, and the Lagna, Moon and Venus being also associated there. XI-4. Effect of—being in the 4th house. XVI-14. Effect of—being well-placed and aspected by benefics in a night-birth. XVI-23. Effect of—in the 8th house, VIH-23, Effect of—in the 4th, >th, 6th and 7th houses. VIII-22, Effect of—in the Lagna. VIII- 20. Effect of—in the 9th, 10th, llth and 12th houses. VITI- 24, Effect of—in the 2nd and 3rd house, VIII--1, : Effect of the Sun conjunction XVIII-I Effect of the Sun and Moon being in trine to—and Mars. XVI-24. Effects of transit by—over the 12 houses. %XVI-22, 23. Effect of the loid of the 2nd ‘being connected with--XVI- 5. CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 522 62 SATURN Effect of Venus and the Moon being in opposition to Mars and—. X50 Eflect of Venus conjunction—. | XVIII-s. | Effect of Venus occupying a Varga of—or having the aspect of—. X-4, | Sth house, owned by and as- | pected or occupied by—or | Mandi causes the native to have a son by adoption. XII. 8 Full life-peiod of a man is the time taken by—to make three | pomplete revolutions. XXII- 2 Gulika is simil: ducing effects. XXY-20, If the 4th Dasa belongs to—, ya Prove dangerous, XX. lar_to—in pro- Latta of, XXVI-42, 44, Pindayurdaya years’ for—, ntea. u 4 i ahu is similar to—in givi effects, WiI34. 7S ahu,—and Ketu in the 10th make the native do sinful and Wicked acts. XVI-28. ie the Virinchi Yoga, VI- —'s aspects. 11-23, —'s gem is Saphire. governs touch, = 5 Stain is Sesamum. 11-28, —in the Sth house identical with Kataka gives I-29. II-26. children. X{q.5, iad —in transit in the Ist bri about loss suisand of hi Wealth and in incst one 10 most cases danger to life also. XXVI- —in transit in the 12th, 8th or the Ist house from the Mobn SATURN out danger to life, —isaeunuch, II-27. | —occupying a Kendra inden- tical with his exaltation or ‘a causes Sasa Yoga. —owning the 9th identical with a as- pected b: the child li are of a foster-father XVI-2 —plays the role of paternal uncle. 11-25. The abodes of—. I-16. The animals that have to be assigned to—. I]-20- The appearance and charac- teristics of—. I-14, The Ayus of the native to be deduced from the Ashtaka- varga of—. XXIV—I5. ¢ of—. 4. The friends and enemics—. JI-21, 22, 23, The 9th house or its lord being in a moveable sign and occu- pied or aspected by—and 12th house strong makes the mative to be another. XYVI-2 The particular division in a Rasi of which. the Jord in an Ashtakavarga, XXIIU-18, 19 adopied by The particular houses where when—transits, he gives good Tesults. XXVI-2, 5. The substance ascribed to—, -30. The things that ought to be guessed through—. TI-7, There is no Vedha between the Sun and—. XXVI-3. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 523 INDEX 63 SATURN SEPARATIO To find the year of calamity or | SELF. One ought to divine disease from—in the Ashiaka | “about one’s own—-through Varga. XXIV-41, the Sun. XV-15. Udu Dasa period of—, XI SELF CONTROL. XXVI-50. 13, 23. SELFISH. To be highly—.VI- When will—’s Dasa prove fatal?” 67, XX-31, SELF RESPECT. be pos- i VILI-22. A woman to Years of—in the Kalachakra system. XXIE-3. Years of—under the Naisargi- kayurdaya system. XXI-I7, VINI-26. SATVA, II-24, XiV-7 SAUMYA. I-21, 26, 29 ieioeats: “ot SAURASHTRA. "11-28. 158 SAURYA YO -44, 47, SAVOURY FOOD. To eat—. VIL-UL. SAVYA, XXIIL-1, 2,7, 14. XIX- To possess clear ns of—. Vi SCAB. XIV-5. To suffer from want of—. XX- SCANDAL. To be despised 18. and—ised. XX-17. SENSES. Re: conquering of To be subject to a—due to.a| — the—, information should be breach of decorum. XIX-14. sought through Jupiter. IL-5. SCENTS. Information regard- | The planets denoting the five ing—should be sought for| —. 11-26. through Venus. II-6, To have a desire to please the To earn through—, V-7. —. XXI-6. To have good—. VII-17. To have one’s—under control. SCORPIO. See under Vris- VI-31. chika. keep their—under cont- SCRIBE, Toeamn a living by wee ANSI? eing a—. V-5, SENSUALIS SCRIPTURE. ‘To have access oust to to—. XIX-19. Venue. i SCULPTURE. To eam] Tobea—. VIII-S. through—. V-8. SENSUAL PLEASURES. To SEA BATH. 11-2. indtleeane. “VILES. SEA VOYAGE. XXLS51, SEPARATION. Mental SEASONS. The—represented |” anguish caused by the--of by the planets. I-24. one’s parents and elders. SECOND HOUSE. VII-24, 25 XIX-26. e etc. —from one’s brothers. XXI SECOND WIFE. To haye 2 children by a—. XII-5, —from one’s children, XXI- SEDUCTION. —of a young 8. = female. XXI-78, —from one’s kith and kén. SEETAGU, II-21, 29. XXVI-11. CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 524 64 INDEX SEPARATION SHORT from one’s relations. XXVI- 13. —from one’s son. XXI-69, | from one’s wife.” X-4. To suffer—from one’s beloved. VIlI-26. To suffer the—of one’s dear friends. VIII-31. SERPENT. Childlessnessidue to the curse ofa—. XII-22. Coming in sight of a venomous —- XXI-: XIV-2, 3,9; Danger from— XXI-S0, 70, 71. Dark holes occupied by—s belong to Rabu and Ketu, H= » 20. Diseases engendered by—s, eae ngendered by—s. Installation cf the—deity. XII. aecanates, IIL14, © propitiate the | 8 tea e the lord of—s. SERVANT. ST YANT. Acauisition of 22, XXI-69; XXVI- eaeation of wealth from a Anything about a—should be ascertained. througi 11-20; RVG rough Saturn, Desertion of-...s. XIV-8 ; XIX. | Destructio; fs. -18; | xl n Of—s. XIX-18; Increase in—s, nee of—s. XXI-27. Isunderstanding with ¥ ae gslanding with one's To ascertain ‘the well-being, Ste. of one’s—, XV-21, ~ To be a—, XVIIL-6, To be a—under a XVIIL-13, aS be endowed with—s. VIII- XXI-48, woman. VIELE Te be possessed of—s. 13, Trouble to—s. XXI-i8. SERVICE UNDER GOVERN- MENT. Ii-l. SERVILE DUTIES, To do—. 17, SERVITUDE. _II-7. SESAMUM. !-28. SEVENTH HOUSE. VIII-3, G ete. SEVENTH STAR. XX-23, SEVERITY. XIX-6. SEXUAL ENJOYMENT, VIII- 19; XXVI-9, 39, 40. SEXUAL GRATIFICATION. XVI-13. SEARO AL INTERCOURSE. II- SEXUAL PLEASURES, XXV- 4. SHAD BALAS._IV.22, 23. SHAD VARGAS, _II1-2, IL. SHAKING. To haye—in the body. XXI-58; SHAKY. To have one’s posi- tion tobe—. Vi-58. SHAME. To be devold of—. VI-60; IX-10, SHANTIS, XXVI-49. SHARP-WITTED. To be—. VIU-1. SHASHTI. XI1-16. SHASHTYAMSA. _ III-1, 2, 3,5 SHEEP. The full period of life in the case of a—.XXII- 31 SHEPHERED. XVII-3,4 * SHODASAMSA. IIT-3, 6. SHORT. To be—in stature. 1X4, 9, To be a—. CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 525 INDEX 65 SHORT LIFE SINNER SHORT LIFE. XME7, 15, | SILLY. To become—. VIII- To have a—. VIIL-25; XIII-| 26, 17; XXV-26. SILPA. V-8. SHORT-LIVED. To be—. VI- | SILVER. II-2, 30; V-7, 1 4l, 58; VIIL-6, 7, 8, 9| SIMHA. I-7;’ Vil-9; VIII-1 ete. sHoRT SIGHTED. To be—. | SIMHASANAMSA. III-7; 8, (LS, SIMHAVALOKANA. XXIi- SHOULDER. Marks on one’s | 12. —. 1132. SIN. 1-13, 16; IL-3, 7. ae have one’s—s drooping. IX- SHRINES. To make one a traveller visiting holy —. XXVII-5. To resort to sacred places and x _ 23. SICKLY, To be—during one’s early years. VIII—22. SICKNESS, Freedom from—. XXI-64; XXVI-9, 16, One’s brothers and children to be troubled with—, XXI-49. One’s—ought to be guessed through Saturn, 11-7. arising from wind and bile. XXI-77, 82. —to elders, XXI-10, 52, —to one’s ease XIX 14; XX-20; XXI-11, —to one’s dear Thiends. 16; XXI-16, —through XXI1-24, To have—among one’s rela- tives. XLX-5, To suffer from—. XX-18. XXL47; XXVE-12, 23, 24, SIGHT. The Sun and Mars govern—. II-26, To possess clear organs of sense, —, hearing etc. VI-3. SIGN. Quarters represented XX- heat and wind. by th s. 1-9, SIKH 1-16, 26, 28. SILK SEN FINERIES. Income through—. Y-7, Early destruction of a child in consequence of the—ful acts of the parents. XITI-3, Childlessness due to a—ful deed to people that ought to be revered. XII-21. To be afraid to commit—ful acts. VI-63, To be intent in committing— ~ ful acts secretly. VIL To be intent on doing what i is —ful. XVIL-IL. To be intent in doing—ful deeds, XVIII-1. To be—ful. VIII-15, 16. To commit—ful actions. VI- 33; XXI-48. vi- To. commit—ful deeds. To do a—ful deed, XXVI-23. To do—ful and wicked acts, XVI-28, To do—ful deeds. IX-18. To entangle oneself in—ful actions. VI-68. aig a—ful course, VITI- To eecretly commit—ful acts. | _VII-33. | To secretly commit—ful deeds, X11. | To ward off the several—s al- ready committed, XX-13. SINDHU, 11-28. SINISTER LOOK. To have a —- VIILI-28, SINNER. XVIII-11, 9 cco. rent Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 526 66 INDEX SIRSHA : a SON IRSHA. I-10, Birth ofa—. XX-6; XXI-79. SIRSHODAYA. L8; XI11-2; | Birth ofa very good—, XX! XIV-22, 27; KX-33. 72, 74. SISTERS. To be without bro- thers or—. XXYV-10. SITA. 11-21, 35» SP. SITUATION. To be without a—having lost the one already got. VI-61. SIVA. IL-l, 15, 17, 27; VI-29; XU-20, 24; XIV-2, SIXTH HOUSE. VII-16, 24, 8 etc. SKANDA. XIL-18. SKILFUL. XVII-3, 8. SKIN. IE-11, Sone DISEASE, 11,33; XIV- SKY.” XxV-27, 29, SLANDER. To—the good. VIII-32, To be a—er. VIII-i0, SLAVE. A \ 4 woman to bea eal or—and unchaste, XI- To be served by servants and —s. XX-12, SMALL Pox, SMELLING, SMRITI. 1-12; [ri SNAKE. XIV-20, SNAKE CATCHER. 11-20, SODHYAPINDA, XXIV-1, 3, 5, 7, 13, 15 sae SOLAR YEAR. XIx-4, SON. A woman to bear good —s. XI1-2, 10, About one’ i—s, information should be sought for by refer- ting to Jupiter. XV-, 16, 21, Ss XVI-12, i XIV-15, 11-26. Acquisition of a good—, XXI- 39, Acquisition of a—, XYV-10, 29: Adoption of a=. XII-34. Danger to—s and wife. XIX-5. Information regarding one’s —s should be sought through Jupiter. 1-5. Mental anguish caused through one’s—. XXVI-14. Mercury denotes the adopted 1-25. Quarrel with—s. XIV-5. Separation from one’s—, XXI- 69, The time when one’s _son‘s death may happen, XVII-8. Time when one will lose a—. XX-17. Time when one’s wife and—s will suffer from sickness. XXVI-23. Time when the birth ofa—may be expected. XII-25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. To be endowed with a good wife and—s. VI-30. To be in the company of one’s wife,—s, etc. XX-10 To be the—of a widow re- married. XVIII-2. To have a—by adoption. XII- 8. To have quarrels with one’s brothers and—s. X1X-20. To have—s. VI-20, 33; VIII- 4 To have—s and grandsons. VI- 15 To have~s in plenty. XII-3. To haye—s of good’ character. VI-25; VIIL-6; 1X-16. To live with one’s mother,—s ete, VIIL-14, To possess good—. XXV-I1, To possess very few—s. IX- 4, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotti ## Page 527 INDEX SON To possess wife and—s. VI-31, To quartél with one’s wife | and—s. XXI-50. To secure the comfort of | one’s—s. XXI-82. | To suffer distress through—s. VIII-15, | When a—is born, the first | thing to be done is to deter- mine his longevity. XUI-l. SON-IN-LAW. Distress to one’s—. XX-18. SONLESS. To become—. X-2. SORROW. I-14; I-12; VIII- 4, 10, 20, 25 etc. SOUL—. I-26, SOUR. IL-3], SOVEREIGN. Danger from the—. XIV-2; XXI-38, 71. Though a friend of the—, to be hated by others VIII-10. ay bea friend of the—. VI- 19 be honoured by the—. VI- 3 IX-8; XIX-11; XXI-20, 3° , 39, 44, 49, 60, 64, Te To be rovered by one’s—, VI- Tg, be the favourite of the—. To fear one’s—. XX-15- rte, ast trouble from the—, VI- “ get wealth through the—. VIII-25 ; X1X-20, To incur the displeasure of the ie VUI-3 5 XIX-5, 21; XX- To meet with death through the displeasure of one’s—. XIV-20, To receive presents from one’s VIE-34; XTX-12. Trouble from the—, XIV-4; XIX-14, 17; XXL-21, 47. SPARSA. I-26, "SPAWNS. XI /SPEAK, To— - opposingly. VII-27. To--kindly. To—woundi SPEECH. An the 2nd house. Information rding one’s charming—should be sought for through Venus, II-6. It is Mercury that influences IX-6. . Vv. one’s dexterity in—. 11-4; XV-15. Biercnsy, is pleasant in—. H- the Moon is soft in—. IL9. To be affable in one’s—~. VI- 12, To be eloquent in one’s—, VI- 9: VULI3; XX-3. To be equivocal in one’—. VIU-25. To be gentle in one’s—. YVI- 31 To be harsh in—. _VIiI-12. To be of good—. VI-49. To be witty in—. VITI-11. ‘To have confidence in one’’—. XIX-10. SPELLS. The employment of magical—. XIV-I4. To be conversed with charms or—. VIJI-12 Working—for the injury of another. XXI-71. SPEND. dor money on vile things. VIIL-33 Tomch. Vill- 27, 33; XX- spinirs. XI-21, 22, 24. SPITE. Mutual—with ano- ther. XIX-5. SPLEEN. ae 29.5 ser gNDOUR, Tlme when one may expect—. XXI-39. To have bodily—. 18; XXI- CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 528 68 SPLENDOUR INDEX SUBHAMALA To have wealth,—, etc. VE | 63; VIII-19. j To live in all—and prosperity. XX-7. To lose one’s—. SPOIL. To—oth 52, SPORT. Information regarding one’s—should be sought | through Venus. 1-6. | To obtain facilities for one’s | —and happiness, XIX-12, | To be ever—ing with a damsel | of a very amiable disposition. VI-24. XIV.-18, 1-16. Income through—ing. V-4, SRAVANA VRATA. XIL-17. SRI. The Goddess—.Vi-34, SRIKANTA YOGA, VI- SRINATHA YOGA. VI-2 SRIPATI, XII1-25, | SRUTI, 1-12, STAMMERING, To be—, | VIII-2. STAR. XIX-2, 3 > XXVI-13; ete. STATE. To be fully e Tossed in —affairs, Viedy. pean To serve the—, VIIl-2, STATIONERY. To be—in one Dogan in— Kae ‘0 be short in—. to be tall in—, VIUI-1; 1x- STATUS. Effects should be so declared as to suitably fit in with one‘s—. XXT-84, To get higher—.“ xx-5. STEAMER. Time when a— may be purchased or sold. XXI-19, STIGMA. To get a—to one’s family. XIX-17, STOMACH. Death by—ache. XIV-!19. Disease in the—. VIII-30: XXVI-10. To have illness affecting the—. XIX-18: XX-17. To suffer from—ache. XXVI- 15. STONE. XXV-24. To be skilled XVI. Wound caused by 2 blow from—XIV-8. STORIES. To be intent on hear- ing—of great people. VI-55. STOUT. To be not—. XXV- STRANGURY. XIV-7. STRENGTH. 11-3; IV-1, 8, 21 ete. To attain power and—through the help of a wealihy person- age. 1X-15, To be devoid of—. VI-€0. To have exceeding—. IX-10, To have—, VIII-4, 13, 25, 29; IX.9. STRIFE. XXVI-14. STRONG. To be—. VI-4, 6; VIIL2, 5, To be—willed, VIII-25. STTHANA BALA. Iv-I, 21, sree {[KARANAS, XII- 5, 16, STUMBLE. XVI-6, STUPID. To be—. VIII-24; XXV.8, A woman to haye a—husband. To be hit by a—. in — work, HE-12; STURDY. To be—, IIE-12, SUBHA. A name to denote the 9ih house. 1-14, —planet. XX-41 SUBHA KARTARI. VL8, 11, 13 SUBHA MALA. VI-21, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 529 INDEX SUBHA STEEANAS SUBHA STTHANAS. I-17. SUBHA VEDHAS. XXVI-48. SUBHA VESI, VI-8. SUBHOBHAYACHARI. VL8. SUBJECTS. A king protecting | his—by following a course of conduct approved by all. VI- 34. A king to be worshipped by his—like a deity, VII-14. A king who will do good to his—. VIII-19. SUBRAHMANYA. God —. XII-16, SUBSTANCES. The—pertain- ing to the planets, 1-30. SUCCESS. A term to indicate the 10th house. 1-15. Conditions for predicting the— ofa Bhava, XVI-31, 35. —in agriculture. XX-5. —in religious devotion. XXI- 64. The planets that are delaredto bring—to a Bhaya XV-7. Time to have—in business. XIX-6, 7. Time when one has—XXI-49; XXVI-12, 13, 17, 35, 37. Time when one otal to pre- dict—to the family. XX-3. To achieve—in a business at the very outset. VI-65; VIII- 7. To be—ful in whatever one begins to undertake, VIII-13. To gain—through one’s fri- ends. I-16. To have—in all undertakings. XXVI-14. To have — in XXILIL. To have one’s—over his oppo- nents praised by one and all. VI-25. SUDRA, Acquisition of much mone ers: CCH clapoush. 2B fasts, everything, | the—caste. 69 XXI-48. Harassment through the en- mity of a Sudra, XX1-25 Mercury is the lord of the— community. II-24. SUFFERINGS. One‘s—should be guessed from the 6th house, XV-23, SUGANDHA. I-12. SUICIDE. Rahu causes un. natural deaths such as—. XIV-15. SUKHA, 1-12. SUKHITA. One of the ESESEED of a planet. ten il- SUKLAPAKSILA Iv-1. SUKRA. 1-6; 11-24, 27, XXI-43, 51, 59; 67, 75. See also under Venus. SUKRITA. 1-14 SIELSUISTESE/ AY XXVIUI- SULA YOGA. _VI-39, 41. SUMALA YOGA, Vi-22. SUMANGALI. XII-20. SUN. IL-8. About one’s father, the effects of the 12 Bhavas are to be deduced conntas from the—. XV-21, 22, 23, 24, Ashtavarga of the—. XXIII- 3. Bhukti of the—in Jupiter’s Dasa. XXI— Bhokti of the—in Ketu’s Dasa. XXL-68. Bhukti of the—in Mercury’s Dasa. XX1-60, Bhukti of the—in Rahu’s Dasa. XXI-36. Bhukti Dasa. of the—in Saturn’s XXT-52. in the Dasa of XXI-28, in the Moon’s ## Page 530 70 INDEX SUN SUN Bhukti of the—in the ‘Dasa of Venus. XXI-76. | Cause of sonlessness when the —is badly placed. XII-20. Conception may take place when the—transits through an Apachaya Rasi. X{1-12. Diseases brought on by the—. XIV-2. Effects during the Dasa of the Sun. XXI-3, 4, 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11. ” Effect of Gulika being associa- ted with the—. XXY-15. Effect of the Moon in the seve- ral Nayamsa being aspected bythe —. XVIII-i2, 13, 14, 15, 16, Effect of the Moon in the several signs being aspected by the—. XVIII-6, 7, 8, 9, ie Effect of the—being connected with the lord of the 2nd. XVI-5, Effect of the—being posited in the I2houses. VII-1, 2, 3, Effect of the —being well— placed and aspected by bene- fies ina day birth, XVI-23. Effect of the—in conjunction- with suenorthe other planets. Effect of the—‘s transit through certain asterisms in the Sapta- salaka Chakra. XXVI-26, 27, 29, 33, 34, 35, 42, 44. Effects of the— ’s transit brough the 12 houses. KXVI- 0, 11 If the 7th house or its lord be eclipsed by the—’s rays loss of wife is certain, X-4. If the 7th house or the setting Nayamsa belongs to the—, the woman will have a diseased womb. XI-4. In a day-birth, time of demise when the Lagna is in the Rasi occupied by the—. XVII-25. In the case of an auspicious Bhukti, the good effects will be manifested when the— enters the planet’s exaltation sign. XX-38. Information that can be ascer- tained through the—and other planets. II-1, 7. Lord of the 5th, Jupiter, Mars and the—, all in male Nav. Amsas dead ip the birth of a good number of childre SI10. Idren, Mars and the—in the 4th cause the house of the native to be burnt. XVI-14, Mars and the—produce effect when they are in the first ten degrees of a sig: XXVI-25, ativesha is a halo i round the. ‘Xxyoe 4° Pindayurdaya to be adopted when—is strongest. XXIL. Reduction to be effected when a planet is within the ran, of he XXIV-30. a The © which thei Karaka. X . ilies The birth of a child and the —'s transit. XII-31, The country in one’s past and future births; pertaining to the —. X1V-26, The funct f in the matter of the possibility of progeny. XII-14, 15 The gereral order of the—'s Dasa in a person's life XXII- z The houses where—’s transit gives good results. XXVI-2, CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 531 INDEX SUN val SURI The kind of ascetic caused by | the—. XXVII-5, The lord of the Oth ina Dusst- | thana and the—in the 9th | cause destruction of the ene- | mies. XVI-18. The moon in an odd Rasi or Amsa in the sth and aspected by the—iead to barrenness. XII-7. The 9th house from the —is termed the father’s, XXIV- | The particular division in a Rasi of which the—is lord in an ashtakavarga, XXIII-18, 9: The—, alone in the Sth identical | with Kataka may give child- ren by a second wife. XII-5. The—and Moon in trine to Saturn and Mars will cause the child to be abandoned by both the parents. XVI The—and Rabu in the 7th cause loss of wealth through the The—and the lord of the Lagna make one long lived if they are Iriendly ; of medium life, if neutral; shorts lived, if ini- mical. XtL-1 ae case death through fire, bilious fever, bile or we: XIV-14. ae The—even if he be the owner of the 8th house will sive only good effects, XX-4 The—in the Sth PG with a childless sign causes a child to be born late in life. XII-4, The—in he 9th and its lord in a Dussthana or betwixt two malefics cause the demise of father soon after birth. XVI- association of woman. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, The—in the 9th will cause dis- tress to that bhava. XV-26. The—in the 6th or sth will cause danger from fever. XIV-11. The—in the 10th makes the native a great and mighty personage. XVI-28. The—indicates Kailasa as re- fupe of the departed. XIV- The’ 's transit and the father’s demise. XXIV-5S, 8. The things that may be divined with respect to a person’s life by means of the—. XV-15. The 12th and the 2nd if occu- pied or aspected by the Moon and the—will make the native soe from eye-disease. X1V- 0. Udu Dasa period of the— XIX-2, 5, 6, 18. Upagrahas and the—’s posi- tion. V-5. When the—transits the Rasi and Nayamsa occupied by the lord of the 8th house, death may take place.’ XVII- 57205 x When the—transits the Oth, 7th or 12th place from Venus, death may happen. XVIL-27. Years of the—in the Kala- chakra system, XXII- 3. Years of the—the Naisargi- kayurdaya system. XXII-17. Year of the—under the Pinda- yurdaya system, XXII-21. SUN’S LATTA, XXvI-45, 46. PUN ltt YOGA. VI-5, 6, SUPARUATA YOGA. VI-44, SURALOKAMSA. III-7, 9. SUREDYA. Ii-12, SURI, I1-22. Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 532 72 INDEX SURROUNDINGS THEFF SURROUNDING 3. To dwell | SWARGA, XIV-23, in insanitary— _IX-18. SWASTTHA. One of the 10 SURYA. I-6;1 | Avastthas of a planet. Iil- SUSSTHA. 11-20; X 18. SUSSTTHANAS. I-17, SWEATING ge nOUR: To SUSUBHA YOGA. VL8, 13. live by V-8. SUTA, I-12, SWEET: SPEAKING. To be SUVASI YOGA, VI-9. —. VIt-1l. SUVESI YOGA. VI-9, 13 SWA. I-10. SWAKSHETRA, IlI-6, 18; VI- | 1 &soon. SWAN. I-19. TALL, XXv-28. TAILORING. To be in— XVIIL-2, TALE-BEARER, ie for the 12th an adept A designa- house. I- a become a—.VI-52; XVIII- TALES TO on VILL TAS, af foe ne the nose. TALKATIVE, To be—,VIII- TALL, Rahu is—, Situga has got a—b HERS. To bear II-33, ody. VUI-L; i- To bein stature. TAMAS, _ Anoth “Bahu i wa cr name for Mars and ie own. their distinguist cae teen clstinaishing “charac: TANKS. To sink wells and— | oa the road. Vas. 74 TAPAS. A name for the 9th house. 1-14, TARUNA. _III-3, 10, TASTE. 11-26. TASTELESSNESS, XIV-3, 17. | CC-0. Kashmir Research Inst T SWEET-SUBSTANCES. II-2. SWEET-TONGUED. To be - VI-20; XVIII-2. SWOCHCRA. III-6. SWOON. XIV-6. TATKALIKA-: peu SUH- RITVA. TAURUS. See TEACHING, II-5. TEASE. To—others. VI-23 TEETH. Hlness affecting—. XIX-18. Saturn has got large—. ]-14, To have bad—, I-59. To suffer from a disease due to an inflamation in the—, XXI-77. TEMPER. Warmth of—, XXI- 44, TEMPERAMENT. To be of an excited—. 60, TEMPLE. II-1, a 15, | TEMPLE OF SASTA. 11-6, TEMPLE MATTERS. Trou- ble in connection with—, XIy-6, TEMPORAL STRENGTH. Hi-2, Iy-l. TENDERNESS. TENETS. XXVII-5. TENTH HOUSE. VII-9, 24; & so on. 16, THEFT. Income through—. v-4, | —of property. XXI-27. titute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 533 ‘THIEF 73 UBHAYA SIGN THIEF, THIGHS. IX-2; THIRD HOUSE. VII- 16, 24 etc. THIRST. XIV-4, THOUGHTS. To be skilled in interpreting other people’s —._ I%-3. THRIVE. To—well. V1-36. To be—ing. I-10. THROAT. XIV-4,:. THUNDER, XXI-26; XXY- | 25. THUNDER - STORM. XXI- rH WART. To--everything. VILI-33, THYAJYAKALA. XXY-17. TIGER. W-17; XIV-20. TIGMAKIRANA, A name for the Sun. L TIMID. _To be—. ‘VI 23. TIME of FRUITION. XXIII- bl TINNEVELLY. XXVIII-5. TITHI. XIL-15, 18. TONGUE, II-34. TOOTH ACHE. from—. XIX-25. TORMENT. To—other people. VITI-10. TORTURE. XIV-6. TORTURED, One of the ten Geers of a planet. IIi- TOUCH. II-26; VI-3. TRADE, XIX-26. Tobea—r. XVIIE-9. To be clever in—ing, TRANQUILLITY. XV-23; XIX-7. TRANSIT. XII-26; To suffer IX-7. mind. of XVI-31, UBHAYA. 10 TS. XXVI-39, 40. | TRAVELLER. XXVII-5. | TR/ AVELLING. XXVI-22, TX-14; XVIII 6; XXL 72,79. TREASURE HOUSE, ILS. | TREASURY. 11-16. TREATMENT. To be won only by kind—. 1X-9. TREE. XiI-19, 21; XIV-19, 27. Character of—s generated by the planets. 1-37. | TREMBLING. To have—of the body. XXI-34. | TRIFLES. To be angry at—. | BX | TRIFANMA, XXVI-29. | TRIKONA. 1-18; 11-6; VI- 21 etc. “an — reduction. XXiV-16, 17, 18- TRIMSAMSA- ee 4, 16,17; 1V-3; X!-6, TRIELE SY MBHONY. 11-6; ‘TROUBLE. V-4; XIX-14; ete. TRUE. To. word, XX-L TRUTHFUL. 13; IX-6. ‘TULA. 16,73 IX%-7; _XI-6 XIV-18 5 ’XVILL-9 5 XXIV. 24. TURAGA-GATI. XXII-12. TWELFTH HOUSE. VII-28 be—to one’s XXV-9. To be—. VIII- C3 . TWINS, To be the father of XVII-9- XIV-14, 18. | TYPHOID. U UBHAYA SIGN, XIII-14. CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 534 74 UBHAYODAYA UBHAYODAYA. I-8; XX-33. UCHCHA, 1-6 UCHCHAJA BALA. IV-1, 2. UDAYA, I-10. UDU DASA, XII1-25: XIX- 4; XX-63, XXVIII, 4. UGLY FACE. To have an—. VUII-21; XXV-26. UKSHA. ' Name for Vrishabha La ULCER. Danger from—-XIV- ra ULKANIPATA. XXVI-29, UMBRELLA. II-2; VI-38; VU- 3, 16. UNASSAILABLE. To be—. VIIL-8 UNBIASSED MIND. XXI-57. UNCHASTE. A female to be XI-1,.6, UNCLEAN. To be—. VIII 23 UNCONSCIOUSNESS. To suffer from—, XX-1g. UNCONTROLLED. A woman to be—. XI-7. UNDERSTANDING. XY-15- UNDERTAKING. XV-15. UNDERTAKING. varga system is declared to ve effective in all—s. KXIV- Evil counsel will prevail in one’s—. XX-16, Ashtaka- | Te accomplish large—s, XVI- | To bring to a successful ter- mination any—originated by oneself. XX-11, To complete a mighty —. XXVLI). To have disappointment in all one’s—s. VITI-31, To have interruptions in all one’s—s. VI-33. To have success in all—s. XXVL-I4. INDEX URINARY DISEASES UNDISCRIMINATING: . To be—. VI-62. UNFAVOURABLE. To have —effect. XX~ UNFORTUNATE. To become VL-17, UNFRIENDLY PEOPLE, | Association with—.XXI-58 | UNGOVERNABLE. A female to be—. XI-2. UNGRATEFUL, To be—.VI- 23; VILI-28; XXV-12. | UNHAPPY. To be—. VI-II. | 17, 23. 523 VIII-9, 17, 22, 28 29; XXVI-9. UNHAPPINESS. 111-10. UNIVERSE. VI-31. UNLUCKY. To be—. VIII- | 32; XXVI-19. UNPOPULAR. To be—. VIII- te UNRIGHTEOUS. To commit —deeds. VIII-27. To incline towards—conduct. Vi-10. UNSTEADY. To be—in mind. VI-33. To have—wealth. I-56. UNTOWARD. X- XX-18, 19, 27; XXIV-39. 42; KXVI- 8 38. UNTOWARD BHAVA. XXVI-31. UNTOWARD EFFECTS, Xv- 29. UNTOWARD EVENTS. XIv- etc. UNTRUTHFUL. To be—. XVILII-3, UPACHAYA. I-18; IV-6; etc. UPAGRAHAS. XVII-lo ete. UPAKETU. XXv-1, 25, 26. URAS-. I-11. URDHVA. 1-8. URINARY DISEASES. XIV- us CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 535 75 INDEX UTENSILS venus UTENSILS, XXP8, 43,81, | ULTAMA. TET, 8 14 UTPANNA DASA.” XXIL16.! UPTAMA VARGA. VII 13. ay ie name for Sign | VEDHA ASTERISM. XXVI- sicily 28. VAGBES Avra dte3% YEENA YOGA. _VI39; 20° VAHSN AS GLE VEGETABLE SIGNS ; VAIKUNTA. XIV-23. | VEHICLE. coe SS ste VAISESHIKAMSAS. TIT- 7; | VEINS. 11) SEE: VENERATION, = VAAYA. _II-24, VENERIAL NsaipLAINTS. VAK. 1-10. ET as: YARRA AIVs2)95 yENOMOUS BITES. XIV-15- VAKRABHA, ‘1-8. VENDS.. 16 etc. } VARYAKRAMA. XXILIL. | A malefic in the 4th.—in the TNL GILSivinelai || 7iaud the Mon tn ihe 10th; VAT AKTYOGA, “vias, | | or—and Mercury in the 7th, VALOUR. I-11; VE16, 47; | Jupiter in ore and male- VIL-10; IX-14; XVI-28; | _ fies in vi gin: lead to family XVIU-14; XX-4. exinction. X VALOROUS. XVL-7. Aintakavergarof—- 0 CXILL 8. VANQUISHED, I-60. | oeithi of-—in the Dasas of the VARA YOGA. VI-I8. | several plane 11, 19, VARAHAMIHIRA, XX-63; | 27, 35,43, 5! 67, 75- eps | Cogception, may -take . place VARGA ee. when the Sun and—in the VARGO LIAM Neel] 76 ot. | tase of males ARGOTTAMAMSA. 1X-20. transit through goers Rasis or Amsas- ARIE RATED COLOUR. II- | Dasa period © q J Sein 265 AXT-16, 7, 18, 79, 80,81 VARSHAPA BALA. Tv-1. Ae. VARSISHTA YOGA, VI-I4, | Effect 3 the lord of the 4th 8. ‘and—well-placedin nek agna VASTRA. I-12. vasuMAT YOGA. VI-l9. VATA. ILI.) VEDAS. Il-5: v-5; VI-315 EDAS. v5; Vi-31; VEDANTA _ PHILOSOPHY. XX- VIT-S. VEDADHYAYANA. V-5. ve a8, XXVI-3; 4, 5, 6, 7, XVL13. being associ- V-16. ee owning the ibe connected and the 4th. | Eifect of Gulika ated with—. Effect of the p! 2nd phar with—. Effect of ine Transit of— over the several hous s from the Moon. Effect of—being 28 eer iconjunction with each of the other plancis Woe . i 1. Kashmi¢ Research Institute, Stinager. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 536 76 VENUS XVII, 2, 3,4, 5. Effect of—occupying the Lagna and thejother bhavas. VITI-17, 18, 19, Graha factor of —XXIY-26. Information about one’s wife and progeny that may be guessed through the Ashtaka- varga of—. XX{V-12. Information to _be sought for through—. XV-16. The) bhavas for which—is a Karka, X\y-17. In transit,—becomes effective when he is in the middle por- tion of a sign. XXvVI-25, Jupiter and—if they own Ken- | dars become powerful cause evil. XX-50, to Lord of the 7th and—in a dual | Rasi or Amsa make the per- son to have two wives. X-5, Moon in the several Amsas aspected by—. XVITT-12 eae 2 VILI-12, Moon in the pected a 10, 1 laisargika Da i =e xe Hane ‘asa period of—, Pindayurdaya XXII-21, he Astangata reduction does ae apply to. XXI-18, © Sth asterism from that of — lemed to XX VI.43, Scelicism caused TI-5 Several signs as- Dasa period of tear Latta The kind of a xxy The position of. tal order of p Dasas, -in the gene- rocedence in XXII-27, CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, a XVIIL6, 7, 8, | INDEX vIDHU There will te guarrcl in the Latta of—. XXVI-46. —alone in the Sth identica give with Kataka may possibly childien by a second wife: XM-5 —and the M to Mars and native wifeless —hemmed in between two malefics causes loss of wife. ial opwasition Saturn make the or issueless —in conjuaction with a malefic in the 7th, .th or 9th makes the native bereft of a wife. X-4. —in the 7th causes distress to the bhava. XVv-26, —in tne 6th bri about loss of honour and wealth and in most cases danger to life also. XXy . —in a transit gives good results in all places other than the aethe 7th, and 4th XXVI-a, —in Vrischika identical with the 7th, causes loss of wife. X-3. When the Sun transits the 6th, 7th or 12th house reckoned from—at birth, death is sure tohappea. XVIE27, VERSES, To be reciting char- ming—containing the name of God Narayana. VI-30, VERSIFYING. To be clever in—VI-27. VIBHAVA. A term for the Vth house. 1-15, VICTORICUS. VI-2; VIL4; VIII-3, 7, 9 VICTORY. XX1-44; XXvt. —in war. Il-L. VID. I-15, 22, 27, 28, 35, V. Stinuat, Digitvea By eGangotti ## Page 537 INDEX Fin VIDYA VYOMA /IDY A term to denote the | To be of oe lisposition. V1- 2nd house. I-10. 45: XI. VIDYADHARAS. XIV-6, | To Los “ve9, 12; VUI-7; VIEWS. ae be crooked in XL6, one’s—. VIGHNA, the 8th house. 1-14. VIGOUR. Xy-15. ene VIKALA. One of the ten Avast- thas of a planet. I1-19, 20. VIKRAMA. A designation to denote the 3rd house. I-11. VIKRAMARKA. 1X-14. VILE. One's speech to be very —in quality. VIIL-28. To be epenzed i in doing—acts. VILI-32 ‘To be—in character. To reside XVI-4. To spend money on things, yIll-33 VIL Ey Tb. unjustly—others. yi-l0. ras ne, ies the headman of a To live in ue Fe VvIMALA YOGA. vWOLENCE. through—XXI-28 VIRGO. Sce Kanya. VIRILE POWER. Ii-13. VIRINCHI YOGA. yy -28, 31. VIRTUE, 1-14; XX0-57, ‘To be renowned for one VIII-16, VIRTUOUS. Holding quite antagonistic to conduct. XXYV-26. One who has stored wealth eter. INT-14, amidst — people, XVL3. VI-57, 69. Wealth got Ss carned through—mean RVI To be anxious to do—acts, VIIT-16, To be engaged in the practice a term to denote To ei a teat VE; XVL2, 20; <VIl-i4, To help the— Vat 29, To make one— ly inclined. XXVIL7. pe perform some—deed, XIX- 1 To recite in company with the —the charming verses cont- aining the name of God Narayana. VI-30. To win the approbation of the XX.6. VISAKHA, XL8. pase kene si IKALA, XIn- VISHNU, TI-15, 27 ; II1-6; etc. VISHTI KARANA. XII- 15. | VITAL POWER. To lose one’s —. VIII-31. Decay of—, XXV-26. VITTA. A term denoting the 2nd house. 1-10, | VORAGIOUS, To be a—eater. VIlI-22, VOWS. Xi 24: XXVI-49, VOYAGE. To o>tain facili for one’s—. Augmeniation of. alt by 6 lucrative—s. 3 views | | VRISHABHA. VRISCHIKA. 1-4; IV-5, 6, | VRISHA. 1-6, -6,7,8; 1Vs5 etc. | VIRTTL y-1, | VULTURE. 1.18, —faced Decenaies, VYAPARA. I-15. VYATIPATA, XXV-1 I-16. Ti-13. 23, 28. VYAYA, OF C@SGiRAShmit Reseakeh Institute, WAAUAADigilized by eGangotri ## Page 538 _ -—4 "8 INDEX WAITED UPON WEALTH W WAITED UPON. To be—by faithful attendants. VI-7. WALK. To-—gently. VIII-6. To be fast in—ing. 1X-4. WANDER. Vill-9. To—in the roads. | WANDERING. To be—with- | out a wife. To be—, 8. VIII-3. IX-7; XIX-5; KX- Inclination to be always—. XV-26, To lead a—life. 2S, WAR. IV-2; XX1-28. WARRIOR. To be a~. XVIII- WASHERMA “17; esis N. W173; CHMAN. To be a—of city. KVIEIZ ie WATER. 1-12; 11-2, 15, 27, 36 etc, tog De from horned animals. Death due to—or by some—y diseases. XIV-19, Income throu, gh trade on— Products, V-:. The Moon brings on death through—y diseases, XIV- To be afraid of—. XXV-24, To have a body sim po IX ilar to a— 0 suffer fro, —di; VIU27 m a—disease. To suffer fi —y di XIV-11; XxVod yee —y signs. 1-7; XIv-11, WAY. A designation for the 7th house. I-13, WEAK. To be—in the lower limbs. IX-10, WEAK-KNEED. To be—. IX- 1 WEAK-MINDED. To be—. VIli-9. WEAKNESS. To have bodily —. XX-I7 To have one’s gait retarded due to bodily—. XXVI-I5. WEALTH. A_woman to be without—. XI-9, A woman to possess—. XI-5, A woman to have a husband who has los: all his—. XI-3. Accession of-—. XXI-4, Acquisition of—. XIX-6; XX- 5; XXI-17, 28, 29, 33, 41, Addition of--from a host of enemies. XXI-46. —. An appellation to signify the 2nd house. I-10.; —an expression to denote the 11th house, I-15. Augmentation of—ay trade. XIX-26. Danger from fire to concealed —. XIX-5. Destruction of—, XXI-66. Gain of—. XXIIH-11; XXVI- 21, Increase of—. XXI-51. Influx of—XXI-81; XXIV-43, Information regarding one’s— should be sought for through Venus. II-6. Ketu in the 3rd house confers on the native. VIII-29, Ketu in the 12th house will destroy—. VIII-33. X-2; XIX-13, :XXVI1-9, 12, 13, 15, 16,.1'7).22,.24. 33, 34; 35. it conjecture about rough Jupiter. XV~ CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 539 INDEX 79 WEALTH WEALTHY Ostentation in the acquisition | To expect loss of—. XXI-10, of—. XXV- 3 Phenomenai incr-ase of—.| To enjoy other ‘people’s—. XXI-56. ) IX. Planets are always favourable | To freely utilise other’s—. to one who he. stored— | _IX-11. 1 virtuous | To get--. XIX-22. ‘ To get—through fire, king Yon of—.| and fighting. “XIX-9. 7 x | To get—through the Sove- Fo,acquire iminense—. XIX | reign, VILD5~ To acquire—, XXI-3. To acquire—by doing many daring Geeds. VI-2. To attain—. XVI-5, To be a king endowed with much—. VII-23, To be a mine of blessing from the Goddess of—, 1-24. To be bereft of—. I-10. To be blessed with abundance of—. VI-7. To be devoid of—, VIII-8, 22; XXV-11. To be endowed with—, IIT 8, 93 VI-I5, 40, 54; VIII-16; XII-32. To be prepared fi _—. xe ‘or loss of- To be renowned for one’s— VL-6. To be robbed of one’s—by his enemies, I-59, To be the uae of immense To be withoui—. TII-14; VI- 41, 60; VITI-21, 23; XVI-6; XXVIi- 6. To become the lord of much hoarded—, YI-55. To become the owner of— earned with much difficulty. VI-56. Tocommand—, VI-34. To enjoy continuous happiness and—. XX-10, To have all one's—disappear. XX-20. To have an uninterrupted influx of—. XX-12 To have everlasting—. VI-36. 53. To have lasting—. VIIT-24. To have loss of—. XIX-20, 25; XXI-5, 18, 24, 25, 37, 47, 52, 65. To have one’s — augmented through a young woman. XVIIL-S. To have one ’s—destroyed. IX- 19; XX! To ve ue 63; VIII-4, 11, 13, 19; XXI-75; XXVL-I1. 23, To lose one‘s—. VII-3, 26. To posses much—, VI-31, 46 48. To posses no—or corn. XXV- 9. i possess—. IX-15; XVIII- Te secure—. XIX-19. To usurp other's—. VI-4. Unexpected loss of—. XXI- 69. —to be poor. XXIV-12. WEALTHY. About a man, one ought to _ ascertain through Venus. TI-19. To be a—man. _IlI-10. To be very. Tll-11, 12, 155 etc. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 540 80 WEALTHY Yoga for the husband of a | woman to be—. XI-3. WEAPON. Danger from—. XIV-2, 4; XXI-22, 33. Income through v-4. It is through Mars that one | should as 1in about a—. I-3, To be wounded by—s. XXY- 4. To earn money by the use of as.) XVLI-1. To meet with injury from a—. VU1-31. To suffer from wounds caused bya—, XL Trouble from—s. XIX-14, 17; RXI-26, 34, 36.54, WEARINESS. XIV-3. WEARISOME. To suffer fati- gue by—jcurneys. XXVI-19. To undertake —journey. XXVI-9, ; id WEAVER. Anything about a — ought to be ascertained through Venus. I-19. WEAVING. To be an adept in—. XVI{Ii-2. WEIGHT. One's words to have XXVI-I8. WELFARE. To Rag ae ion “~BEHA Te VES HAVED. To be—. ascertain a WELL-DRESSE Aa VL6 3D. To be—. WHEAT, 11-26, 23 WHITE CHOWRIES. JI-2. WHOLESOME DIET. XXII- | WICKED. @ ORER to become One to be—“in hi ae to bein bi To associate with the—. VITI-28. ey is disposition. v-4; WIFE To be despised by the—. VI- 5 sie beely disposed. VIUI-14. be—ly inclined. VI-7. by e friend the—- VI-10. He lasses XVI-28; XX- 17, 19. . To get remarks from—people. XI-71. : To have intercourse with— women. 1X-13. To have intrigues with-women pre ‘Fo have mental anguish through—peopl2. XXI-30. To have misunderstandings with—. XIX-1 WIDOW, A woman to become a—. XI-3,9. To be the son of a—remarried. XVI-2, WIFE. A designation for the Tth house. 1-13. A malefic in the 7th if he owns the place will do good to the wife. X-6. A tendency to quarrel with one‘'s—. 0. A woman to become the—of a King. XL7. A Yoga under which the—of a person will command all hap- piness, ‘A Yoga by which one’s wife will be virtuously disposed. XVI-20. Acquisition of wealth from one’s—-. VII. Acquisition of —XIX-17; XXI 35. Danger from—._ XIV-2. Danger to—. XIV-8; XIX-S. Destruction of one’s—, IX.19. Effect of one’s — being born under certain asterisms. XI-9. CC-0, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 541 INDEX 81 WIFE WINDY Exit of one’s—. XXI-26. Happiness to one‘s—XIX-10. Information about one’s—and progeny through the Ashtaka- varga of Venus. XXIV-12, Information regarding one’s— should be sought for through Venus. II-6; XV-16, Intercourse with another man’s Loss of one’s—. XXI-37; 53: XXVI-22, ; eRe of — and children. Misunderstandings with ¢ XIE. igi ST ig maintense from. eaters disease to one’s Sureagita — and children ims of acquisition of a—, X- To ascertain the direction of the country of one’s—, X-12, To ascertain the Janma Rasi of one’s—, X-11. To be addicted to other peo- ple’s—ves. .XVIII-3, 11, 12. To be bereft of—. vi-17. To be blessed with a good—. VI-22, 30, 49; VIII-15, 18,” To be endowed with—.’ VI.3 27, 31, 545 VIN-19;, IX-162 To be fond of one’s—. X1.12, To be happy with one’s. VIM-21; XXI-51; XXVI-19, To be the husband of many— ves. XXV—12, To be wandering without a—, VII-3. To be wedded to a bad—, VII- To be—tess. VIII-17; X-5, 8. To be without a—. VIII-10. To cast {a look at other peo- ple’s—ves. VI-51. . To enjoy the company of one’s —and children. XXI-80. To enjoy continuous prosperity in the company of one’s—, XxX-10. . To have a rich lady as one’s—. VIII-i2. To have an excellent—. VI- To have children by a second —. XII-5, To have two—ves. X-5. . To live in the company of one’s —and children. XXI-56. To live with one’s—and be happy. VIII-!4, 29. To lose one’s—and become addicted to other people’s— ves, VI-64. . To lose one’s—- VIII-9; X- 1, 2, 3, 4. - To lose one’s—and children. XIX-21. To possess wealth XVIll-4. 2 To quarrel ae one’s—- 9; XXVI-I7. . Te suffer loss of —. VIII-31: ~7, 15. Trouble to children and—. XIX-23 5 XX-19 5 AXT24- Trouble to—- Eid Trouble to— and children. and—. XIX- -42. WILD BEASTS. Death due to—. XIV-18. WIND. 119, 11, 13; XIV-8; ete. is WIND DISEASE, VIII-26; WINDY. —disorders. XXI- 35, CAS, Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri Cy ae ## Page 542 82 INDEX WISE YAKSHA WISE. To be very—, VIII- 18. Troubles arising from serious offences done to—men. XIV- 6, WISE MAN.To be a—. XVIII- 7, 10. WISDOM. II-5; VI-6. WISHES. To realise one’s—. VUl-30, Attainment of one’s cherished —. XXVI-12. WITCHES. XIv-7. WITCH CRAFT, XIy-14. pete. To be—. XVIII-11, To be—in speech, (11. WOLF. i30, ree WOMAN. 11-2; V-7. Acquisition of—, XXI-43. Death through—, XTIV-13 Toss of wealth through—. X- anaes ofa—, XI-11. ne fond of — hi \- “XVII. not his own To be a dealer in—. XVIII- To be a servant = XVIL13 Tvant under a—. To be fond of wicked—. XVIII To be fond of young—. IX- ton sporting with To be inten es IX-3. © Come to grief —. poe ii grief through: To divine the number of—that a Pelron: may associate with. To have intrigues with bad—. YAGNAS. II-1, VIII-18 ; XIX-13. To have intrigues with—not one’s own. VI-4, VIII-26. To long for—. IX=1. To resort to the society of low —- XIX-20. Troubles from—.XIV-3. WOMB. A woman to havea diseased—. XI-4, | WOOD. Danger from—.XIV- 2, Death due toa—. XIV-19. To deal in—en materials. V- 8 Wound as a result of a blow from a piece of—. XIV-8. WOOL. To earn one’s liveli- hood through—. V-2° WORD. A person not true to his—. XX-15; XXV-9, One whose—s have no weight. XXVI-18. WORK. To spoil other’s—, VI-52. WORMS. Death through—. XIV-15- WORN OUT. To wear— cloths. VI-66, WORSHIP. I-14; VI-29; XII- 24; XXI-7. WORSHIPPER. II-17. WOUNDS. 1-13: I1-3; XIV. & etc. WRATH. XX-19. WRATHFUL. I1-8, 10; VIII- 25. WRESTLER. To be a—, XVIII-3, WRETCH. To be a mean—, VILI-10. WRITING. To be skilled in XVIII-5. y YAKSHA, XIV-3, 6. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ## Page 543 INDEX : 83 YAMA ZODIAC YAMA. XII-21; XIV-2, 3. | 18, —s world. XIV-23. YAMAKANTAKA, XII-25; XVIL6, 7, 8, 14; XXV-1, 3,| Xv-15. 18, 19, 20, 21. | YOUNGEST BROTHER. XI- YAVANAS. IL28; XXIL-17, |. 9 YEAR, 11-24. YOUNSTERS. XII-20; XXI- —'s strength. IV-l. 47. YOGA KARAKA. XX-48. | YOUTH. II-10. YOGARISHTA. XIIL6. YUDDHA BALA. IV-2. YOUNG, II-8. YUGA YOGA. YVI-39, 41. YOUNG FEMALES. VIII-| YUVATI (Rasi). 1-9. Z YOUNG WOMAN, XyIItS. YOUNGER BROTHERS ZENITH. ¥15. | ZODIAC. XXVIE1, 4. CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri — wa ee ## Page 544 CC-0. Kashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri ; ## Page 545 CC-0gKashmir Research Institute, Srinagar. Digitized by eGangotri SR ars ci aaa a,